golang大厂面试2

golang大厂面试

滴滴

写个二分查找

以下是一个简单的二分查找算法的 Go 语言实现:

package main

import "fmt"

// 二分查找函数
func binarySearch(arr []int, target int) int {
    left, right := 0, len(arr)-1

    for left <= right {
        mid := left + (right-left)/2

        // 如果中间元素等于目标值,则返回其索引
        if arr[mid] == target {
            return mid
        }

        // 如果中间元素大于目标值,则在左侧继续查找
        if arr[mid] > target {
            right = mid - 1
        } else { // 否则在右侧继续查找
            left = mid + 1
        }
    }

    // 若未找到目标值,则返回 -1
    return -1
}

func main() {
    arr := []int{1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11}
    target := 7

    index := binarySearch(arr, target)
    if index != -1 {
        fmt.Printf("目标值 %d 的索引为 %d\n", target, index)
    } else {
        fmt.Printf("未找到目标值 %d\n", target)
    }
}

该程序首先定义了一个名为 binarySearch 的函数,接受一个已排序的整数数组 arr 和目标值 target,返回目标值在数组中的索引。如果未找到目标值,则返回 -1。

主函数中定义了一个已排序的整数数组 arr 和目标值 target,并调用 binarySearch 函数进行二分查找。如果找到目标值,则输出其索引;否则输出未找到目标值的提示信息。

以上代码演示了如何使用 Go 语言实现一个简单的二分查找算法。

自我介绍

挑一个项目具体说下

怎么理解“不要用共享内存来通信,而是用通信来共享内存”

这句话是 Go 语言的设计哲学之一,也是 Go 语言并发编程中的重要原则。

在传统的并发编程中,多个线程或协程通过共享内存来进行通信。这种方式可能会引发一些问题,比如竞争条件(Race Condition)、死锁(Deadlock)、活锁(Livelock)等。为了避免这些问题,Go 语言提倡使用通信来共享内存。

在 Go 语言中,通信是通过通道(Channel)来实现的。通道是一种特殊的数据类型,可以用于在不同的 Goroutine 之间传递数据。通过将数据发送到通道,接收方可以从通道中接收到数据。这种方式实现了 Goroutine 之间的同步和通信,而不需要显式地使用共享内存。

使用通信来共享内存的好处有以下几点:

  1. 避免竞争条件:由于通道在同一时间只能有一个 Goroutine 发送或接收数据,因此可以避免多个 Goroutine 同时访问共享内存导致的竞争条件问题。

  2. 简化同步:通过通道,可以实现 Goroutine 之间的同步,而无需使用显式的锁机制。通道的发送和接收操作会自动阻塞,直到另一方准备好,从而实现了隐式的同步。

  3. 提高可读性和可维护性:通过使用通道来进行通信,可以使并发代码更加清晰和易于理解。通道的发送和接收操作可以直接反映出 Goroutine 之间的交互,使代码更加易读和易于维护。

总之,通过使用通信来共享内存,可以避免并发编程中常见的问题,并提高代码的可读性和可维护性。这也是 Go 语言在并发编程方面的一个重要特点和设计原则。

用过什么缓存?

是的,Redis 是一个非常常见和流行的缓存系统,被广泛用于构建高性能的应用程序。Redis 是一个开源的内存数据库,它支持多种数据结构,如字符串、哈希、列表、集合和有序集合。

作为缓存系统,Redis 具有以下特点和优势:

  1. 快速的读写性能:Redis 将数据存储在内存中,因此具有非常高的读写性能。它使用单线程模型和异步 I/O,能够处理高并发的读写请求。

  2. 多种数据结构支持:Redis 支持多种数据结构,如字符串、哈希、列表、集合和有序集合。这使得开发人员可以根据具体需求选择合适的数据结构,从而更高效地使用缓存。

  3. 持久化支持:除了将数据存储在内存中,Redis 还提供了持久化的功能,可以将数据定期写入磁盘,以防止数据丢失。

  4. 分布式支持:Redis 提供了集群和分片的功能,可以将数据分布到多个节点上,从而实现高可用性和横向扩展。

  5. 丰富的功能:除了作为缓存系统,Redis 还提供了许多其他功能,如发布/订阅、事务、Lua 脚本执行等,使得它在更多的应用场景下可以发挥作用。

在实际应用中,Redis 可以用于缓存常用的查询结果、数据计算结果、热门的数据等,以减轻数据库的负载,提高系统的性能和响应速度。它还可以用于分布式锁、消息队列等场景。

总结来说,Redis 是一个强大的缓存系统,具有高性能、多种数据结构支持和丰富的功能。它在构建高性能、可扩展的应用程序中发挥着重要的作用。

redis是单线程还是多线程?

Redis 是单线程的。

Redis 使用单线程模型来处理客户端请求。这意味着 Redis 在任何给定的时间只能处理一个请求,不会并行处理多个请求。这是因为 Redis 的性能瓶颈通常不在于 CPU 的计算能力,而是在于网络和内存的速度。

虽然 Redis 是单线程的,但它通过使用异步 I/O 和非阻塞的网络模型来实现高并发的读写操作。这使得 Redis 能够在单线程的情况下处理大量的并发请求,并且具有出色的性能。

此外,Redis 还通过一些技术手段来提高性能,如使用内存映射文件(Memory-mapped files)来加速持久化操作,使用多路复用器(Multiplexer)来处理多个客户端连接等。

需要注意的是,虽然 Redis 是单线程的,但在某些情况下,Redis 可以通过使用多个实例(多个 Redis 进程或 Redis 集群)来实现并行处理多个请求,从而提高整体的吞吐量和性能。

redis作为单线程,是怎么支持高并发的?

Redis作为单线程的数据库,之所以能够支持高并发,主要有以下几个原因:

  1. 非阻塞I/O:Redis使用了多路复用技术,通过单线程处理多个客户端请求,实现了非阻塞I/O操作。这样可以在等待I/O操作的同时处理其他请求,提高了并发处理能力。

  2. 内存存储:Redis将数据存储在内存中,读写速度非常快。相比于磁盘存储的数据库,Redis能够更快地响应客户端请求,提高了并发处理能力。

  3. 单线程避免了线程切换开销:线程切换是多线程并发中的一个开销较大的操作,而Redis作为单线程的数据库,避免了线程切换的开销,提高了并发处理能力。

  4. 高效的数据结构和算法:Redis提供了丰富的数据结构和高效的算法,如哈希表、跳跃表、布隆过滤器等,这些数据结构和算法的设计使得Redis能够高效地处理各种操作,提高了并发处理能力。

需要注意的是,虽然Redis是单线程的,但是在某些情况下,Redis也可以通过多个实例的方式来实现并发处理。

对内存操作更深入的了解过吗?

Yes, I have some understanding of memory manipulation. Memory operations refer to operations such as reading, writing, modifying, and deleting data in computer memory. In the field of software development and database, memory operation is a very important part, because memory operation is fast and can provide high-performance data processing capabilities.

In memory operations, common operations include:

  1. Memory read (Read): Read data from memory, and access data in memory through pointers or variable names.

  2. Memory write (Write): write data into memory, and modify the data in memory through pointer or variable name.

  3. Allocate: Apply for a piece of memory space for storing data. In C/C++, you can use the malloc or new keyword to allocate memory.

  4. Deallocate: Release previously allocated memory space so that it can be reused by other programs or the operating system. In C/C++, you can use the free or delete keywords to release memory.

When performing memory operations, you need to pay attention to the following points:

  1. Memory access out of bounds: Accessing beyond the allocated memory space may result in data corruption or program crash. Therefore, memory allocation and deallocation need to be carefully managed.

  2. Memory leak: The allocated memory space is not released, which will lead to memory leaks, which will gradually reduce the available memory of the system. Therefore, after memory allocation, you need to ensure that the memory is released in time when it is no longer needed.

  3. Concurrent access conflicts: In a multi-threaded or multi-process environment, if multiple threads or processes access the same memory space at the same time, data inconsistency or race conditions may occur. Therefore, a synchronization mechanism is required to ensure correct access to memory.

In short, memory operations are an integral part of development, and rational use of memory operations can improve program performance and efficiency.

Ever wondered why memory operations are fast?

Memory operations are fast for several reasons:

  1. Physical structure of memory: Memory consists of a series of storage units, each with a unique address. This linear physical structure makes it possible to access any storage unit in the memory through direct addressing, without the need for complex operations such as head seeks like disks and other storage media.

  2. Electronic characteristics of memory: Memory is made up of electronic devices, and electrons are transported very quickly. When the CPU needs to read or write data in the memory, it can be quickly completed through the transmission of electrical signals, thereby realizing high-speed data access.

  3. Use of cache: Modern computers use cache (Cache) to speed up memory access. The cache is located between the CPU and the memory, and can temporarily store the most frequently used data and instructions of the CPU. When the CPU needs to read data, it will first look it up in the cache, and if it finds it, it can be used directly, avoiding the overhead of frequent memory access.

  4. Memory management mechanism: The operating system divides the physical memory into a series of virtual memory pages through the virtual memory management mechanism, so that the data in the memory can be loaded into the physical memory on demand. When a program needs to access the data corresponding to a certain virtual address, the operating system will load the corresponding virtual memory page into the physical memory, thereby reducing the access time of the actual physical memory.

To sum up, the reason why the memory operation is fast is due to the combined effect of multiple factors such as the simple physical structure of the memory, the fast electronic transmission speed, the use of cache memory, and the memory management mechanism of the operating system.

Redis memory operation is fast? Is there IO read and write

When will IO read and write happen?

When will IO do writes?

Redis memory operations are fast because it stores data in memory, not on disk. The read and write speed of memory is much faster than that of disk, so Redis has high read and write performance.

However, when Redis persists, it will write the data in the memory to the persistent file on the disk to ensure the persistence of the data. This involves IO read and write operations.

What happens when IO reads and writes include:

  1. Write operation: When Redis receives a write operation (such as a SET command), the data will first be written to the data structure in memory, and then Redis will asynchronously persist the data to the persistent file on the disk to ensure Data persistence.

  2. Read operation: When Redis receives a read operation (such as a GET command), if the data is in memory, it can be read directly from memory, which is a fast operation. If the data is not in memory, Redis will read the data from the persistent file on disk into memory, and then return it to the client.

It should be noted that Redis supports multiple persistence methods, including RDB (Redis Database) persistence and AOF (Append-Only File) persistence. RDB persistence is to save the data in memory to a binary file on disk in the form of a snapshot, and AOF persistence is to save the write operation log to a file on disk in an appended manner. When performing persistence, IO read and write operations will be involved.

总结起来,Redis内存操作非常快速,但在进行持久化时,会发生IO读写操作,以将数据写入到磁盘中,保证数据的持久性。

redis写入通信协议是什么?

redis写入操作IO操作快是因为异步

Redis使用的通信协议是Redis协议,也称为RESP(Redis Serialization Protocol)。RESP是一种简单而高效的文本协议,用于客户端与Redis服务器之间的通信。它基于TCP/IP协议进行数据传输,使用文本格式进行命令和响应的序列化和反序列化。

关于Redis写入操作的IO操作快,确实与异步操作有关。在Redis中,写入操作通常是异步的,即当客户端发送写入命令时,Redis会立即返回一个响应,而实际的数据写入到内存或磁盘中的操作将在后台进行。

这种异步写入的机制使得Redis能够快速地响应客户端请求,而不需要等待实际的数据写入操作完成。这是因为内存的写入速度比磁盘快得多,而Redis主要将数据存储在内存中。通过将实际的IO操作推迟到后台进行,Redis可以在较短的时间内处理更多的写入请求,从而提高了写入操作的性能。

需要注意的是,虽然Redis的写入操作是异步的,但这并不意味着数据的持久性。为了确保数据的持久性,Redis提供了持久化机制,如RDB和AOF,将数据定期或实时地写入到磁盘中。这些持久化操作可能会引入额外的IO开销,但Redis通过异步写入操作来减小对性能的影响。

用go协程的时候也是要走IO的,go是如何处理的?

IO多路复用有看过吗?

在Go语言中,使用协程(goroutine)执行IO操作时,会通过一种称为“IO多路复用”的机制来处理。

IO多路复用是一种同时监视多个IO操作的机制,它允许在一个线程中同时处理多个IO事件,从而提高并发性能。

在Go语言中,可以使用select语句来实现IO多路复用。select语句可以同时监视多个通道的IO事件,并在其中一个通道就绪时执行相应的操作。

selectHere is a sample code that demonstrates how to implement IO multiplexing using coroutines and statements:

package main

import (
    "fmt"
    "net/http"
    "time"
)

func main() {
    urls := []string{
        "https://www.google.com",
        "https://www.facebook.com",
        "https://www.twitter.com",
    }

    for _, url := range urls {
        go fetch(url)
    }

    // 等待所有协程执行完毕
    time.Sleep(5 * time.Second)
}

func fetch(url string) {
    resp, err := http.Get(url)
    if err != nil {
        fmt.Printf("Error fetching %s: %v\n", url, err)
        return
    }

    defer resp.Body.Close()

    fmt.Printf("Fetched %s: %v\n", url, resp.Status)
}

In the above code, we use http.Getfunctions to send HTTP requests and use coroutines to execute multiple requests concurrently. selectMonitor all IO events through the statement, and when one of the requests is completed, the corresponding operation will be performed.

It should be noted that although using coroutines can improve concurrency performance, too many coroutines may lead to waste of system resources. Therefore, in practical applications, it is necessary to reasonably control the number of coroutines according to the specific situation.

Yes, I understand IO multiplexing. IO multiplexing is a mechanism to monitor multiple IO operations at the same time, which allows multiple IO events to be processed in one thread at the same time, thereby improving concurrency performance.

In the traditional blocking IO model, each IO operation blocks the current thread until the IO operation is completed before continuing to execute subsequent code. This way is less efficient when dealing with multiple IO operations.

The IO multiplexing mechanism monitors multiple IO events in one thread, and when one of the IO events is ready, it will notify the application to process accordingly without blocking the current thread. In this way, multiple IO operations can be processed simultaneously in one thread, improving concurrency performance.

In the Go language, selectstatements can be used to implement IO multiplexing. selectThe statement can monitor the IO events of multiple channels at the same time, and perform corresponding operations when one of the channels is ready. This allows multiple IO operations to be processed concurrently in one coroutine without creating additional threads.

The advantage of using IO multiplexing is that it can reduce the overhead of thread creation and destruction, and improve system performance and resource utilization. At the same time, it also simplifies the programming model, making the code more concise and easier to maintain.

What do you know about the data structure of redis? In-depth talk about the internal implementation

Redis supports a variety of data structures, including strings (String), hashes (Hash), lists (List), sets (Set), ordered sets (Sorted Set), etc. Each data structure has its specific purpose and internal implementation.

  1. String (String): Redis strings are binary safe and can store any type, such as text, pictures, serialized objects, etc. The internal implementation uses Simple Dynamic Strings (SDS), which automatically expands and shrinks memory and provides fast read and write operations.

  2. Hash: A hash is a collection of key-value pairs, similar to a dictionary or map in other programming languages. Redis uses a hash table as an internal implementation, and uses a hash function to map keys to index positions to achieve fast lookup, add, and delete operations.

  3. List (List): A list is an ordered collection of string elements that can be inserted and deleted at both ends of the list. Redis uses two data structures of doubly linked list and compressed list (ziplist) to implement the list. The doubly linked list supports fast insertion and deletion operations, and the compressed list can reduce memory usage.

  4. Set: A set is an unordered collection of unique elements that do not allow duplicate elements. Redis uses two data structures, hash tables and integer arrays, to implement collections. Hash tables are used to store larger collections, while integer arrays are used to store small collections.

  5. Sorted Set: A sorted set is an ordered collection of unique elements, each element is associated with a score, and can be sorted according to the score. Redis uses two data structures, skip list and hash table, to implement ordered collections. Skip lists support fast insertion, deletion, and range query operations.

In addition to the above common data structures, Redis also supports some special data structures, such as bitmap (Bitmap), geographic location (Geospatial), etc. These data structures provide efficient data operation and query capabilities in specific scenarios.

In general, Redis meets different needs by choosing the appropriate data structure, and provides efficient data storage and operation performance through optimized internal implementation. This makes Redis a powerful tool for data storage and processing.

What kind of structure is the jump table?

A skip list (Skip List) is an ordered data structure that speeds up search operations by adding multi-level indexes to the linked list. The design of the skip table is inspired by the balanced tree, but compared to the balanced tree, the implementation of the skip table is simpler and easier to understand.

The skip list consists of multiple levels, and each level is an ordered linked list. The bottom layer is the original ordered linked list, while the upper layer is formed by connecting some nodes in the bottom layer list. Each node contains a value and pointers to the next level of nodes.

The core idea of ​​the skip table is to reduce the time complexity of the search by skipping the search. In the jump list, each node has a certain probability of jumping to the upper layer, so that the target node can be quickly located in the higher-level linked list. Therefore, the time complexity of the lookup operation of the jump table is O(log n), which is comparable to that of a balanced tree.

The insertion and deletion operations of the jump table are also more efficient. The insertion operation only needs to find the insertion position in the underlying linked list, and insert the corresponding node in each level. The delete operation needs to delete the corresponding node in each level. The time complexity of these operations is also O(log n).

The advantage of the jump table is that it is simple to implement, easy to understand, and can provide better performance in some scenarios. It is used in Redis to implement data structures such as Sorted Sets to provide fast range queries and insertion operations. However, the space complexity of the skip table is higher because of the additional index space required. Therefore, in some cases, a balanced tree may be more suitable.

Let's talk about the extension type

In Redis, you can implement custom data structures and functions through extension types (Extension Types). Extension types allow developers to write custom data structures in C and add them to Redis as plugins.

The implementation of extended types is realized through the Redis Modules System. Developers can use C language to write their own modules, and use the API provided by Redis to interact and extend Redis.

By extending the type, developers can implement various custom data structures and functions to meet specific business needs. For example, a developer could implement a new data type, such as a graphical object or a calendar event. They can define new data structures and operations and add them to Redis, making them a data type supported by Redis. In this way, this custom data type can be stored and manipulated in Redis.

Extension types can also implement custom commands and functions to extend the functionality of Redis. Developers can write their own commands and functions and register them in the module. In this way, specific functions such as complex calculations, data processing, and business logic can be implemented by executing custom commands and functions.

Through extension types, the functions of Redis can be infinitely extended and customized. Developers can use C language to write custom modules according to their own needs and business scenarios, and integrate them into Redis. In this way, the high performance and flexibility of Redis can be fully utilized to meet various complex application requirements.

hyperlog log in detail

HyperLogLog (Super Log Log) is a probabilistic cardinality estimation algorithm used to estimate the number of unique elements in a set. It achieves efficient cardinality estimation by using a fixed memory space, and can provide near-accurate estimation results even when the number of elements is very large.

The core idea of ​​HyperLogLog is to use a special data structure called a cardinality estimator. This estimator uses a fixed-length bit array, where each position in the array is a binary bit. In the initial state, all bits are set to 0.

When an element is added to HyperLogLog, it will go through a series of hash function calculations, and according to the calculation results, it is determined whether certain bits in the bit array need to be set to 1. Specifically, a hash function maps an element to an integer value and finds the corresponding position in the bit array based on the binary representation of this integer value. If the value of this position is 0, set it to 1; if it is already 1, do nothing. In this way, some positions in the bit array are set to 1, while others remain 0.

To estimate cardinality (that is, the number of unique elements in a collection), HyperLogLog uses the number of 1 positions in the bit array as an estimate. Specifically, it calculates using the average number of 1 positions in the bit array and the length of the bit array, and then passes an adjustment function to get the final estimate.

The advantage of HyperLogLog is that it can use a fixed memory space to estimate a very large base, and the error of the estimation result is small. For example, using 12KB of memory space, billions of cardinality can be estimated, and the estimation error is usually within 0.81%. This makes HyperLogLog highly efficient and scalable in big data scenarios.

HyperLogLog is widely used in Redis to implement cardinality statistics. Redis provides a number of related commands, such as PFADD, PFCOUNT, etc., for adding elements and obtaining cardinality estimation results. By using HyperLogLog, developers can efficiently perform cardinality statistics in Redis, such as counting the number of unique visitors to a website, counting user activity, and so on.

Which databases have you used?

What is the database engine used for?

How to understand the concept of ACID

innoDB supports transactions, why does he support transactions?

I have worked with a variety of databases, both relational (e.g. MySQL, PostgreSQL, Oracle) and non-relational (e.g. Redis, MongoDB, Elasticsearch). Each database has its own characteristics and applicable scenarios.

A database engine is the core component in a database management system (DBMS) that handles data storage and retrieval. Different database engines have different implementations and features. Common database engines include InnoDB, MyISAM (for MySQL), Oracle Database Engine (for Oracle), etc.

ACID is an acronym for four key characteristics of database transactions, including Atomicity, Consistency, Isolation, and Durability. These characteristics ensure that the database is reliable and consistent when processing transactions.

InnoDB is a commonly used storage engine in MySQL database, which supports transaction processing. The reason why InnoDB supports transactions is because it implements the ACID feature, which can guarantee the atomicity, consistency, isolation and durability of transactions.

Supporting transactions is very important for databases, because transactions can ensure data integrity and reliability. A transaction is a logical unit of a set of database operations that either executes successfully or rolls back. Through transactions, a series of operations can be regarded as an atomic operation, which ensures data consistency. Moreover, transactions can also provide isolation, ensuring that concurrent operations do not interfere with each other.

InnoDB achieves transaction isolation and concurrency by using multi-version concurrency control (MVCC). It uses locks and multi-version records to control concurrent access and modify the database, avoiding data conflicts and interference. In addition, InnoDB also supports transaction persistence, which ensures data persistence and recovery by writing data to log files on disk.

Therefore, InnoDB supports transactions to provide reliable data processing and ensure data integrity, making MySQL a reliable relational database management system.

Have you seen data structures such as B-tree and B+ tree? Understand or not understand the structure of these trees, what problem is to be solved?

Yes, I am familiar with data structures such as B-tree and B+-tree, and understand their construction and application.

B树和B+树是常用的平衡多路搜索树,用于解决磁盘或其他外部存储设备上的数据存储和检索问题。它们的设计目标是优化磁盘I/O访问,提高数据的读写效率。

这些树的构造主要解决以下问题:

  1. 数据分布:在外部存储设备上,数据通常以块(block)的形式存储,每个块的大小有限。B树和B+树的构造考虑了块的大小,通过将多个关键字和对应的指针组织在一个块中,减少了磁盘I/O的次数,提高了数据的读写效率。

  2. 平衡性:B树和B+树都是平衡树,意味着每个节点的左右子树的高度差不超过1。通过保持平衡,可以保证在最坏情况下的搜索性能仍然是对数级别的。

  3. 数据排序:B树和B+树中的关键字是有序的。这使得在进行范围查询时非常高效,只需要遍历关键字的有序序列即可。

  4. 支持范围查询和顺序访问:B+树在B树的基础上进行了优化,将关键字只存储在叶子节点上,并通过指针将叶子节点连接起来。这样可以加快范围查询的速度,并支持按顺序访问数据。

总的来说,B树和B+树通过平衡性、有序性和块的利用等特点,解决了在外部存储设备上进行高效数据存储和检索的问题,是常用的数据库索引结构。

说下对docker的理解,是解决什么问题的?

Docker是一种开源的容器化平台,用于可移植地构建、部署和运行应用程序。它通过利用操作系统级虚拟化技术,将应用程序及其依赖项打包到一个独立的、可移植的容器中,从而实现了应用程序的隔离和轻量级部署。

Docker解决了以下问题:

  1. 应用程序的环境一致性:在开发和部署应用程序时,往往会面临环境不一致的问题,例如操作系统版本、依赖库的安装等。使用Docker可以将应用程序及其依赖项打包到一个容器中,确保在任何环境中运行时的一致性。

  2. 应用程序的隔离性:Docker利用容器化技术,将应用程序及其依赖项隔离在一个独立的运行环境中。每个容器都有自己的文件系统、进程空间和网络接口,互不干扰。这样可以避免应用程序之间的冲突和资源竞争。

  3. Rapid Deployment and Scaling: Docker can quickly create, start and stop containers. By using Docker images, a new container can be deployed in seconds without manually configuring the environment and installing dependencies. In addition, Docker also supports horizontal expansion of containers, which can quickly increase or decrease the number of containers according to demand.

  4. Resource utilization and efficiency: Docker uses operating system-level virtualization technology, which is more lightweight and takes up fewer resources than traditional virtual machines. Multiple containers can share the same operating system kernel, improving resource utilization and application performance.

In general, Docker solves the problems of application environment consistency, isolation, rapid deployment and expansion through containerization technology, making the development, testing and deployment of applications more convenient and efficient.

What message middleware did you use at work?

In my work, I have used the following message middleware:

  1. Apache Kafka: Kafka is a high-throughput, durable, distributed publish-subscribe messaging system. It has high performance, scalability, and reliability, and is widely used in scenarios such as building real-time data streaming platforms, log collection, and messaging.

  2. RabbitMQ: RabbitMQ is an open source message middleware based on AMQP (Advanced Message Queuing Protocol). It supports several messaging models, including point-to-point, publish-subscribe, and request-response. RabbitMQ is reliable, flexible, and easy to use, and is widely used in task queues, log processing, and microservice architectures.

  3. ActiveMQ: ActiveMQ is an open source message middleware based on the JMS (Java Message Service) specification. It provides features such as reliable message delivery, transaction support, and high-performance message queues. ActiveMQ is suitable for building a reliable asynchronous message communication system and processing a large number of messages.

  4. Redis Pub/Sub: Redis is an open source in-memory database that includes publish-subscribe (Pub/Sub) functionality. It supports multiple subscribers to subscribe to one or more channels, and realizes the broadcast and real-time push of messages. Redis Pub/Sub is suitable for simple message publishing and subscription scenarios.

The above are several message middleware I have used in my work. Each middleware has its unique characteristics and applicable scenarios. It is very important to choose the appropriate message middleware according to specific business needs.

What is version control used for? How do you usually study?

When it comes to version control, I usually use Git as my primary version control tool. Git is a distributed version control system with powerful branch management, merging and code tracking functions, and is widely used in software development.

There are several ways to learn version control at ordinary times:

  1. Practice at work: I often use Git for code management and version control at work. Through practical operations and problem solving, I gradually become familiar with and master the use of Git.

  2. Online Tutorials and Documentation: There are many good online tutorials and documentation to learn the basic concepts and operations of Git. For example, the official Git documentation, GitHub's help documentation, Git tutorial website, etc. are all good learning resources.

  3. Video Tutorials and Courses: There are plenty of quality video tutorials and online courses to learn Git. By watching video tutorials, you can have a more intuitive understanding of Git usage methods and techniques.

  4. Practical projects: Participating in actual project development, especially multi-person collaborative projects, can better understand the importance and practical application of version control. Learn how to use Git for branch management, merge conflicts, and more by working with team members.

In general, learning version control needs to combine practice and theory, and gradually improve the proficiency and understanding of version control tools through the combination of practical operation and learning resources.

Self introduction

Do you personally prefer the business direction and the infrastructure direction?

As a programmer, the interviewer may ask you whether you prefer the business direction or the infrastructure direction. This is a very common question, and the interviewer wants to know your interests and tendencies in different directions.

When answering this question, you can answer according to your actual situation and interests. Here are some possible answers:

  1. Prefer business direction: You can emphasize your focus on business needs and user experience, enjoy working with business teams to understand business needs and develop solutions. You can mention how you enjoy solving real problems, participating in product development and creating value.

  2. Preference for infrastructure: You can emphasize your interest in system design and technical architecture, and enjoy researching and optimizing system performance, scalability, and security. You can mention how you enjoy challenging complex technical problems, designing efficient systems and delivering reliable infrastructure.

Whichever direction you choose, it's important to be able to explain your reasons and demonstrate your passion and ability in that direction. At the same time, it can also emphasize your interest in comprehensive projects and teamwork, showing that you are willing to switch and learn flexibly between different directions.

Pick a project that is challenging for you, and tell us about the difficulties and how you solved it?

What kind of problems can be solved with redis in the service?

Redis可以用于解决许多与数据存储和缓存相关的问题。以下是在服务中使用Redis时常见的应用场景和问题解决方案:

  1. 缓存:Redis被广泛用作缓存层,可以将频繁访问的数据存储在内存中,提高读取速度。通过将数据缓存在Redis中,可以减轻数据库的负载并提高系统的响应时间。

  2. 会话管理:Redis可以用于存储和管理用户会话信息,包括用户登录状态、权限信息等。通过将会话数据存储在Redis中,可以实现分布式会话管理和共享会话状态。

  3. 队列和任务管理:Redis的列表数据结构可以用于构建消息队列,用于处理异步任务和实现任务调度。通过将任务数据存储在Redis列表中,可以实现任务的顺序执行和分布式任务处理。

  4. 计数器和统计:Redis的计数器功能可以用于实时统计和计数,例如网站访问量、点赞数等。通过使用Redis的原子操作,可以实现高效的计数和统计功能。

  5. 发布-订阅:Redis的发布-订阅功能可以用于实现实时消息推送和事件通知。通过将消息发布到特定的频道,订阅者可以接收到相应的消息,实现实时通信和广播功能。

除了上述应用场景,Redis还提供了其他功能,如事务支持、持久化存储、分布式锁等,可以用于解决更多的问题。根据具体的业务需求和系统设计,可以灵活地使用Redis来解决不同的问题。

nodejs和go是基于什么样的考虑是用这两种语言的?

选择使用Node.js和Go语言作为开发工具,通常基于以下考虑:

Node.js:

  1. 异步和事件驱动:Node.js基于事件驱动和非阻塞I/O模型,适合处理高并发的网络应用。它的单线程模型可以处理大量的并发连接,适用于实时通信、聊天应用、实时数据处理等场景。

  2. 前端开发背景:对于前端开发人员来说,使用Node.js可以在前后端之间共享JavaScript代码,实现全栈开发。这种无缝的前后端协作可以提高开发效率和代码复用性。

  3. NPM生态系统:Node.js拥有庞大的NPM(Node Package Manager)生态系统,提供了丰富的开源模块和工具,可以快速构建和扩展应用。

Go语言:

  1. 高性能和并发:Go语言被设计为高性能的编程语言,具有轻量级的协程(goroutine)和并发原语,适合处理高并发的任务。它的并发模型和调度器可以有效地利用多核处理器,适用于构建高性能的网络服务和分布式系统。

  2. 内存管理和安全性:Go语言具有自动内存管理(垃圾回收)和强类型检查,可以减少内存泄漏和安全漏洞的风险。它的静态类型系统和编译时检查可以提供更好的代码可靠性和可维护性。

  3. 快速开发和部署:Go语言具有简洁的语法和丰富的标准库,可以快速编写和部署应用。它的静态链接和可执行文件的生成可以简化部署过程,减少对依赖的依赖。

选择Node.js还是Go语言取决于具体的需求和项目特点。Node.js适合构建实时应用和前后端协作,而Go语言适合构建高性能和并发的系统。

限制用户评论过去一个小时内只能评论三次,用redis实现?

可以使用Redis来实现限制用户评论过去一个小时内只能评论三次的功能。下面是一种可能的实现方法:

  1. 首先,创建一个以用户ID为键、评论时间戳为值的有序集合(sorted set)在Redis中存储用户的评论记录。

  2. 当用户发起评论请求时,首先检查用户在有序集合中的评论记录数量是否超过三次。

  3. 如果评论记录数量未超过三次,则将当前时间戳作为值,用户ID作为成员添加到有序集合中,并设置过期时间为一个小时。

  4. 如果评论记录数量已经达到三次,则不允许用户发起评论请求。

  5. 在下一次评论请求之前,可以通过查找有序集合中的成员数量来判断用户是否可以发起评论请求。

以下是一个使用Node.js和Redis实现上述功能的示例代码:

const redis = require('redis');
const client = redis.createClient();

// 检查用户评论次数是否超过限制
function checkCommentLimit(userId, callback) {
  const currentTime = Date.now();
  const oneHourAgo = currentTime - (60 * 60 * 1000); // 一小时前的时间戳

  // 统计一小时内的评论记录数量
  client.zcount('user_comments:' + userId, oneHourAgo, currentTime, (err, count) => {
    if (err) {
      callback(err);
    } else {
      callback(null, count >= 3); // 判断评论记录数量是否超过三次
    }
  });
}

// 添加用户评论记录
function addComment(userId, callback) {
  const currentTime = Date.now();

  // 添加评论记录,并设置过期时间为一个小时
  client.zadd('user_comments:' + userId, currentTime, currentTime, (err) => {
    if (err) {
      callback(err);
    } else {
      client.expire('user_comments:' + userId, 60 * 60); // 设置过期时间为一个小时
      callback(null);
    }
  });
}

// 在用户发起评论请求时调用该函数进行限制判断
function handleCommentRequest(userId) {
  checkCommentLimit(userId, (err, isLimitExceeded) => {
    if (err) {
      console('Error: ' + err);
    } else if (isLimitExceeded) {
      console.log('Comment limit exceeded. Please wait before making another comment.');
    } else {
      addComment(userId, (err) => {
        if (err) {
          console('Error: ' + err);
        } else {
          console.log('Comment added successfully.');
        }
      });
    }
  });
}

// 示例使用
const userId = 'user123';
handleCommentRequest(userId);

这个示例代码使用了redis模块来连接Redis数据库,并通过有序集合存储用户的评论记录。checkCommentLimit函数用于检查评论次数是否超过限制,addComment函数用于添加用户评论记录,handleCommentRequest函数用于在用户发起评论请求时进行限制判断。你可以根据实际需求进行相应的调整和扩展。

mysql的存储引擎了解哪些?

mysql索引用过哪些?

了解过聚簇索引和非聚簇索引吗?

MySQL的存储引擎主要有以下几种:

  1. InnoDB:默认的存储引擎,支持事务、行级锁、外键等功能,适合处理大量的写操作。
  2. MyISAM:不支持事务和行级锁,但具有较高的插入和查询性能,适合处理大量的读操作。
  3. Memory:将数据存储在内存中,适用于对性能要求较高,但对数据可靠性要求不高的场景。
  4. Archive:只支持插入和查询,不支持修改和删除操作,适用于存储归档数据。
  5. CSV:将数据存储在逗号分隔的文本文件中,适用于导入和导出数据。
  6. Blackhole:不会存储任何数据,所有的写操作都会被丢弃,适用于数据复制和同步的场景。
  7. NDB Cluster:适用于分布式数据库集群,提供高可用性和高性能。

MySQL的索引类型包括:

  1. B-Tree索引:适用于全值匹配、前缀匹配和范围查询,是最常用的索引类型。
  2. 哈希索引:适用于等值查询,但不支持范围查询和排序操作。
  3. 全文索引:适用于对文本内容进行全文搜索的场景。

聚簇索引(Clustered Index)是一种索引的物理存储方式,它决定了表数据在磁盘上的物理排序方式。在聚簇索引中,表中的数据按照索引的顺序进行存储,因此聚簇索引的叶子节点存储了整个表的行数据。InnoDB存储引擎的主键索引就是聚簇索引。

非聚簇索引(Non-clustered Index)是一种独立于表数据的索引结构,它的叶子节点存储了索引的键值和一个指向数据行的指针。非聚簇索引的叶子节点并不存储实际的行数据,而是存储指向实际数据行的指针。MySQL的B-Tree索引就是一种非聚簇索引。

覆盖查询和回表查询了解吗?

是的,覆盖查询和回表查询是与索引相关的概念。

覆盖查询(Covering Query)是指查询语句只需要通过索引就能够获取到所需的数据,而无需再去访问表的数据行。这种查询方式可以减少IO操作,提高查询性能。当查询语句中所需的列都包含在索引中时,就可以实现覆盖查询。

Index lookup means that after the query statement locates the data row through the index, it needs to access the data row of the table again to obtain the required columns. This query method will increase additional IO operations and reduce query performance. When the required columns in the query statement are not all included in the index, it is necessary to query back to the table.

The choice of covering query and back-table query depends on whether the required columns in the query statement are included in the index. If the columns required by the query statement are included in the index, then the coverage query is preferred to improve query performance. If not all the columns required by the query statement are included in the index, then a query back to the table is required. When designing an index, you can consider including all the columns required by common queries in the index to reduce the number of queries back to the table.

How to analyze the performance of sql?

Have you paid attention to other fields in explain? Have you paid attention to the type field?

There are many ways to analyze SQL performance, the following are some commonly used methods:

  1. Use the EXPLAIN statement: In MySQL, you can use the EXPLAIN statement to view the query plan and understand the query execution method and access path. The EXPLAIN statement returns a table containing the query's execution plan and related statistics. By analyzing the output of EXPLAIN, you can determine whether the query uses an index, whether there is a full table scan, whether there is unnecessary sorting, etc.

  2. Use slow query logs: MySQL's slow query logs record query statements whose execution time exceeds the set threshold. You can collect slow query logs by setting the slow query threshold and enabling slow query logs. By analyzing the slow query log, you can find out the query statement with a long execution time and optimize its performance.

  3. Use performance analysis tools: You can use some performance analysis tools to analyze SQL, such as MySQL's own Performance Schema, pt-query-digest, etc. These tools can provide more detailed performance metrics and analysis reports to help identify potential performance problems.

In the output of EXPLAIN, in addition to the type field, there are some other fields that need attention:

  • id: The identifier of the query, which can be used to identify subqueries in the query.
  • select_type: The type of query, including simple query, subquery, joint query, etc.
  • table: The name of the table involved in the query.
  • partitions: query the partition information involved.
  • possible_keys: Possible indexes to use.
  • key: The index actually used.
  • key_len: The index length used.
  • ref: The column or constant to compare against the index.
  • rows: Estimated number of rows to scan.
  • Extra: extra information, such as whether a temporary table is used, whether file sorting is used, etc.

These fields can provide detailed information about query execution, helping us understand the query execution process and performance bottlenecks. Especially the type field, which indicates the access method of the query. Common values ​​​​are: ALL, index, range, ref, eq_ref, const, etc. Different values ​​represent different query access methods, which can be judged according to the type field Query whether an index is used, whether there is a full table scan, etc.

What is the difference between B+ tree and hash index?

B+ tree index and hash index are common database index structures, and they have some differences in implementation principles and applicable scenarios.

  1. Data structure: The B+ tree index uses a tree structure, which is hierarchical and sequential, and a certain number of key-value pairs are stored in each node. Hash indexes use a hash function to map key values ​​into a fixed-size array, with each array element corresponding to a data row.

  2. Search efficiency: B+ tree index is suitable for range query and sort query, its search efficiency is high, and the average time complexity is O(log n). The hash index is suitable for equivalent query, directly locates the corresponding data row through the hash function, the search efficiency is high, and the time complexity is O(1). But hash index does not support range query and sort query.

  3. Index maintenance: When inserting and deleting data in a B+ tree index, the index needs to be dynamically adjusted to maintain the balance of the tree, which will bring certain maintenance costs. When inserting and deleting data, the hash index only needs to calculate a new hash value, and update the corresponding position in the array, and the maintenance cost is low.

  4. Disk occupation: The B+ tree index occupies a large amount of storage because it needs to store pointers and key-value pairs for each node. The storage footprint of a hash index is relatively small, because only the hash value and the pointer to the data row need to be stored.

  5. Data storage order: The data in the B+ tree index is stored in the order of keys, and supports range query and sorting query. Data storage in a hash index is unordered, and range queries and sort queries are not supported.

To sum up, the B+ tree index is suitable for range query and sort query scenarios, and is suitable for storing large amounts of data. Hash indexes are suitable for equivalent query scenarios and are suitable for storing relatively small data. In practical applications, according to different query requirements and data scale, choosing an appropriate index structure can improve the query performance of the database.

What types of locks have you used?

What is pessimistic lock, what is optimistic lock

How does optimistic locking guarantee final consistency?

常见的锁类型有以下几种:

  1. 共享锁(Shared Lock):多个事务可以同时获取共享锁,用于读操作,不阻塞其他共享锁的获取。

  2. 排他锁(Exclusive Lock):排他锁只允许一个事务获取,用于写操作,阻塞其他共享锁和排他锁的获取。

  3. 行级锁(Row-level Lock):在并发环境下,锁定数据库表中的某一行或某几行,用于保护数据的完整性和一致性。

  4. 间隙锁(Gap Lock):在行级锁的基础上,锁定一个范围,即锁定两个行之间的间隙,用于防止并发插入造成的数据冲突。

  5. 意向锁(Intention Lock):在行级锁和表级锁之间的层次上,用来表示事务将要在某个层级上加锁。

悲观锁(Pessimistic Lock)是一种保守的锁策略,它假设并发环境下会有冲突产生,因此在访问共享资源之前会先对其进行加锁。悲观锁在操作共享资源时会将其锁住,其他事务需要等待锁的释放才能访问资源。

乐观锁(Optimistic Lock)是一种乐观的锁策略,它假设并发环境下不会出现冲突,因此在访问共享资源之前不会加锁。乐观锁在操作共享资源时不会对其进行加锁,而是在提交事务时检查资源是否被其他事务修改过,如果发现冲突,则回滚事务重新执行。

乐观锁如何保证最终一致性,通常通过以下方式:

  1. 版本控制:在数据中引入版本号或时间戳字段,每次修改数据时更新版本号。在提交事务时,检查版本号是否仍然匹配,如果匹配则提交成功,如果不匹配则回滚事务。

  2. CAS(Compare and Set)操作:使用原子操作实现CAS机制,即比较当前值与期望值是否相等,如果相等则更新值;如果不相等则重新获取最新值并再次尝试。

通过以上方式,乐观锁可以在并发环境中保证数据的一致性。如果检测到冲突,会回滚事务并重新执行,直到没有冲突为止。这样可以减少锁的使用,提高并发性能。

事务的基本特性?解释一下

事务隔离级别有哪些?解释一下

事务是数据库管理系统中的一个操作单元,它由一系列数据库操作组成,这些操作要么全部成功执行,要么全部回滚,保证数据的一致性和完整性。事务具有以下四个基本特性(ACID):

  1. 原子性(Atomicity):事务中的所有操作要么全部成功执行,要么全部回滚,不允许部分操作成功部分操作失败。

  2. 一致性(Consistency):事务执行前后,数据库的状态必须保持一致。事务的执行不会破坏数据库的完整性约束。

  3. 隔离性(Isolation):并发执行的事务之间应该相互隔离,每个事务都应该感知不到其他事务的存在。事务的执行结果应该与串行执行的结果一致。

  4. 持久性(Durability):一旦事务提交成功,其对数据库的修改应该永久保存,即使系统发生故障也不会丢失。

事务隔离级别是指多个事务并发执行时,各个事务之间的隔离程度。常见的事务隔离级别有以下四种:

  1. 读未提交(Read Uncommitted):最低的隔离级别,事务可以读取其他事务未提交的数据。可能会出现脏读、不可重复读和幻读的问题。

  2. 读已提交(Read Committed):事务只能读取其他事务已提交的数据。可以避免脏读问题,但仍可能出现不可重复读和幻读的问题。

  3. 可重复读(Repeatable Read):事务在执行期间多次读取同一数据时,能够保证读取到的数据是一致的。可以避免脏读和不可重复读问题,但仍可能出现幻读的问题。

  4. 串行化(Serializable):最高的隔离级别,事务串行执行,可以避免脏读、不可重复读和幻读的问题。但是并发性能较差,一般情况下很少使用。

不同的隔离级别在保证数据一致性和并发性能之间做出了不同的权衡。在实际应用中,根据业务需求和数据访问特点选择合适的隔离级别。

分库分表分区有哪些差别?

分表遇到联表查询怎么分页?

分库、分表和分区是数据库水平扩展的常见策略,它们有以下差别:

  1. 分库:将数据按照一定的规则拆分到多个独立的数据库实例中,每个数据库实例负责一部分数据。分库可以提高系统的并发处理能力和数据存储能力,但需要考虑跨库事务的问题。

  2. 分表:将数据按照一定的规则拆分到多个独立的表中,每个表负责一部分数据。分表可以提高单表的查询和写入性能,但需要考虑跨表查询的问题。

  3. 分区:将表中的数据按照一定的规则拆分到多个独立的分区中,每个分区负责一部分数据。分区可以提高查询性能和维护性,同时可以支持数据生命周期管理,但需要数据库支持分区功能。

对于分表遇到联表查询需要分页的情况,一种常见的做法是在分页查询时先在各个表上进行分页查询,然后再将分页查询的结果进行联合。具体步骤如下:

  1. 根据分页条件,在各个表上进行分页查询,获取各个表的分页结果。

  2. 将各个表的分页结果进行联合,得到最终的联合结果。

  3. 对最终的联合结果进行排序,按照分页条件提取需要的页数据。

需要注意的是,由于联表查询可能涉及到大量数据的组合,分页查询的性能可能较低。在设计分表策略时,可以考虑将经常需要联表查询的字段放在同一张表中,以减少跨表查询的开销。另外,使用合适的索引和优化查询语句也可以提高联表查询的性能。

shardingjdbc如何实现分页查询的?其内部偏移如何实现的?

除了用jdbc和中间件方式之外,分库分表下联表查询还有别的解决方案吗?

Sharding-JDBC 是一个基于 Java 的开源中间件,用于支持分库分表的数据库访问。它可以通过一些配置来实现分页查询。具体步骤如下:

  1. 在 SQL 查询中,使用特定的语法标记分页查询,如 LIMIT 或 ROWNUM

  2. 在 Sharding-JDBC 的配置文件中,配置分页参数,包括每页记录数量和当前页码。

  3. Sharding-JDBC 会根据配置的分页参数,自动将分页的查询转化为多个子查询,每个子查询在对应的数据库分片上执行。

  4. Sharding-JDBC 会将各个子查询的结果进行合并,并按照分页参数进行排序和截取,得到最终的分页结果。

Regarding the implementation of internal offsets, Sharding-JDBC will calculate the offset of each subquery according to the paging parameters, and then use the offset in each subquery to limit the range of query results. By adjusting the offset and the number of records per page, the query of different page numbers can be realized.

In addition to using JDBC and middleware (such as Sharding-JDBC) to realize joint table query under sub-database and sub-table, there are several solutions as follows:

  1. Implementation at the application layer: split the join-table query into multiple single-table queries, and merge and process data at the application layer. This method requires the application program to process the data, which has higher requirements for developers.

  2. Redundant data: Redundantly store associated fields required for joint table query in each table of sub-database and sub-table to avoid cross-table query. This approach will increase data redundancy and storage space consumption, while maintaining the consistency of redundant data.

  3. Data synchronization tool: Use the data synchronization tool to synchronize the data of the sub-database and sub-table into a unified database, and then perform joint table query on the database. This method requires additional data synchronization tools and configuration maintenance, and may introduce data synchronization delays.

Choosing the right solution requires evaluation and selection based on specific business needs, data access patterns, and technology stacks.

Have you used nginx?

What are the functions of nginx?

What layer is nginx load balancing at?

In addition to nginx load balancing, do you know about other load balancing?

Yes, I know about Nginx.

Nginx is a high performance open source web server and reverse proxy server. It has the following functions:

  1. Static file service: Nginx can directly provide access to static files, reducing the load on dynamic servers.

  2. Reverse proxy: Nginx can be used as a reverse proxy server to forward requests to multiple backend servers to achieve load balancing and high availability.

  3. Dynamic content caching: Nginx can cache dynamic content, reduce requests to back-end servers, and improve performance.

  4. SSL/TLS encryption: Nginx supports SSL/TLS encryption to protect the security of transmitted data.

  5. URL rewriting and redirection: Nginx can rewrite and redirect URLs according to configuration rules to achieve flexible URL management.

  6. HTTP/2 and WebSocket support: Nginx supports HTTP/2 and WebSocket protocols, providing more efficient data transmission and real-time communication.

Nginx's load balancing is performed at the seventh layer (application layer). It can distribute requests to multiple servers in the backend according to the configured load balancing algorithm (such as round robin, IP hash, minimum number of connections, etc.).

In addition to Nginx, there are other common load balancing solutions, such as:

  1. HAProxy: A high-performance TCP/HTTP load balancer that supports multiple load balancing algorithms and health checks.

  2. Apache HTTP Server: A widely used web server that also acts as a reverse proxy and load balancer.

  3. F5 BIG-IP: A commercial load balancing and application delivery controller (ADC) that provides rich load balancing and security features.

  4. AWS Elastic Load Balancer: A managed load balancer provided by Amazon Web Services for distributing traffic in a cloud environment.

Choosing an appropriate load balancing solution requires consideration of factors such as specific needs, performance requirements, and budget.

Is there any difference between reverse proxy and forward proxy?

Reverse proxy and forward proxy are two different proxy modes, and their main difference lies in the direction and usage scenarios of the proxy.

Forward proxy (Forward Proxy) is a proxy mode in which the proxy server is located between the client and the target server. In the forward proxy mode, the client sends a request to the proxy server, and the proxy server initiates the request to the target server on behalf of the client and returns the response to the client. The client needs to configure the information of the proxy server to access. Forward proxies can be used to hide the real IP address of the client, bypass access restrictions or filters, etc.

Reverse proxy (Reverse Proxy) is a proxy mode in which the proxy server is located between the target server and the client. In reverse proxy mode, the client sends a request to the proxy server, and the proxy server processes the request on behalf of the target server and returns the response to the client. The client does not need to care about the real target server, it only needs to access the proxy server. Reverse proxy can be used for load balancing, caching, SSL encryption and other functions.

To sum up, a forward proxy is a proxy server that requests resources from an external server on behalf of the client, while a reverse proxy is a proxy server that processes the client's request on behalf of the target server. The forward proxy requires the client to configure the proxy server information, while the reverse proxy is transparent to the client.

Are you familiar with linux?

Yes, I am quite familiar with the Linux operating system.

Linux is an open source, Unix-like operating system widely used in servers and embedded devices. I am very familiar with the following aspects of Linux:

  1. Basic concepts and architecture of Linux: I understand the basic concepts of Linux kernel, user space, and file system, as well as the characteristics of Linux's multi-user, multi-tasking, and time-sharing operating systems.

  2. Linux command line interface: I am familiar with Linux command line interface, including common commands and operations, such as file and directory management, rights management, process management, network configuration, etc.

  3. Linux package management: I know common Linux package management tools such as apt, yum, and dnf, and how to use them to install, update, and uninstall packages.

  4. Linux network and security configuration: I understand Linux network configuration and network service settings, such as IP address configuration, routing settings, firewall configuration, etc. I am also familiar with Linux security configuration, such as user rights management, file permission settings, SSH configuration, etc.

  5. Scripting for Linux: I am familiar with Linux scripting languages, such as Bash script, to write and run scripts to automate tasks and batch operations.

In general, I have in-depth knowledge and hands-on experience with Linux operating systems for day-to-day administration and maintenance.

How to count the top ten IP addresses with the most visits in the nginx log?

To count the top ten IP addresses with the most visits in the Nginx log, you can follow the steps below:

  1. Open a terminal and use a text editor to open the Nginx access log file, usually located at  /var/log/nginx/access.log or  /etc/nginx/logs/access.log.

  2. Use command-line tools (such as  awk or  grep) to process the log files and extract the IP addresses in the logs. Assume the IP address is in the first field of each line in the log file.

    Extract the IP address using  awk the command:

    awk '{print $1}' /var/log/nginx/access.log
    

    Use  grep commands with regular expressions to extract IP addresses:

    grep -oE '([0-9]{1,3}\.){3}[0-9]{1,3}' /var/log/nginx/access.log
    
  3. Count the extracted IP addresses and sort them according to the number of visits, and take the top ten:

    使用 sort 命令对 IP 地址进行统计和排序:

    awk '{print $1}' /var/log/nginx/access.log | sort | uniq -c | sort -nr | head -n 10
    

    使用 grep 命令配合正则表达式进行统计和排序:

    grep -oE '([0-9]{1,3}\.){3}[0-9]{1,3}' /var/log/nginx/access.log | sort | uniq -c | sort -nr | head -n 10
    

    这样,你将会得到访问量最多的十个 IP 地址及其对应的访问次数。

请注意,上述命令中的日志文件路径 /var/log/nginx/access.log 可能会因为你的实际情况而有所不同,请根据实际路径进行替换。另外,也可以根据实际需要对命令进行调整和优化。

es用过吗?使用过哪些功能?

了解其内部实现吗?

es写入数据如何保证两边数据一致性,两边数据同时写入会越来越大?

是的,我熟悉 Elasticsearch(简称为 ES)并使用过它的一些功能。

以下是我使用过的一些 ES 功能:

  1. 文档索引和搜索:ES 提供了强大的全文搜索功能,可以对文档进行索引和搜索,并支持复杂的查询操作。

  2. 分布式架构:ES 是一个分布式的搜索和分析引擎,可以通过集群方式部署,实现数据的高可用性和横向扩展。

  3. 复杂查询和聚合:ES 支持各种查询类型,如匹配、范围、布尔、模糊等,并且能够进行聚合操作,如求和、平均值、最大值、最小值等。

  4. 实时数据处理:ES 支持实时数据的索引和搜索,可以快速处理大量的实时数据。

  5. 数据可视化:ES 提供了 Kibana 工具,可以对 ES 中的数据进行可视化展示和分析。

关于 ES 的内部实现,我也有一定的了解。ES 是基于 Apache Lucene 的分布式搜索引擎,它使用倒排索引来快速检索数据。ES 将数据分成多个分片(shard),每个分片可以在不同的节点上存储和处理。ES 使用分布式的协调节点(coordinating node)来处理请求,并将请求转发到适当的分片上。

As for the consistency of data written by ES, ES uses a distributed write protocol to ensure data consistency. When data is written to ES, ES first writes the data to the primary shard (primary shard), and then copies the data to the replica shard (replica shard) through the replication mechanism. The write operation returns success only when both the primary and replica shards have successfully written data. This ensures data consistency and reliability.

Regarding the problem that the data on both sides will be written more and more at the same time, ES provides some mechanisms to control the size of the data. One of the mechanisms is to control the retention time of data by setting the retention policy of the index. The retention time of data in ES can be set according to requirements, and the data beyond the set time will be automatically deleted. In addition, ES also provides the function of rolling index (rollover), which can automatically create a new index according to the size or time of the index to control the size and segmentation of data.

Self introduction

What aspects do you mainly look at for new opportunities?

Pick a thing that I personally feel more satisfied with and has technical challenges, and talk about the details

Is there any summary in terms of infrastructure service stability?

In terms of infrastructure service stability, here are some conclusions:

  1. High-availability design: In order to ensure the stability of the service, it is necessary to design a high-availability architecture. This can be achieved by using mechanisms such as load balancing, redundant backup, failover, etc. For example, use a load balancer to distribute traffic across multiple servers to prevent single points of failure.

  2. Monitoring and alerting: Establish a comprehensive monitoring system to monitor the status and performance indicators of services in real time. This can be achieved by using monitoring tools and log analysis tools. At the same time, set up an alert mechanism to notify team members in a timely manner so that problems can be quickly responded and resolved.

  3. Automated operation and maintenance: Automation is the key to ensuring stability. Using automated tools and scripts to deploy, configure, and manage infrastructure services reduces human error and increases efficiency. Automation can also help restore service quickly, such as automated backups and automated failovers.

  4. Disaster recovery and backup: establish a disaster recovery and backup mechanism to prevent data loss and service interruption. This can be achieved by setting up redundant backups, cross-region replication, and regular backups. At the same time, conduct regular disaster recovery drills to ensure the reliability of backup and recovery mechanisms.

  5. Security Protection: Securing infrastructure services is also an important aspect of ensuring stability. Take appropriate security measures such as access control, authentication, and encryption to reduce potential security risks and attacks.

  6. Capacity Planning: Perform capacity planning for infrastructure services to ensure sufficient resources to handle expected loads. Regularly conduct capacity assessment and performance optimization to ensure the scalability and stability of the service.

  7. Exception handling and troubleshooting: Establish a complete exception handling and troubleshooting mechanism to quickly locate and solve problems. This can be done by recording and analyzing logs, using troubleshooting tools, and establishing emergency response procedures.

In short, the stability of infrastructure services requires comprehensive consideration of various factors, including design, monitoring, automation, disaster recovery, security, capacity planning, and troubleshooting. Through proper planning and implementation of these measures, the stability and reliability of infrastructure services can be improved.

How to ensure high concurrency of services?

What are the details of the optimization points?

To ensure the high concurrency performance of the service, the following optimization points can be considered:

  1. Horizontal expansion: To achieve horizontal expansion by increasing the number of servers to share the load. You can use a load balancer to distribute requests to multiple servers to improve concurrent processing capabilities.

  2. Caching mechanism: Use caching to reduce the pressure on databases and other backend services. You can use memory cache (such as Redis) or distributed cache (such as Memcached) to store frequently accessed data to improve read performance.

  3. Asynchronous processing: Convert some time-consuming operations into asynchronous tasks to avoid blocking the main thread. For example, you can use message queues to handle background tasks, thereby increasing concurrent processing capabilities.

  4. Database optimization: optimize the database, including index design, query optimization, database connection pool configuration, etc. This can improve the read and write performance of the database, thereby increasing the concurrent processing capability of the service.

  5. Concurrency Control: Use concurrency control mechanisms to protect the consistency of shared resources. For example, use locking mechanisms or optimistic locking to control access to shared data and avoid concurrency conflicts.

  6. Exception handling and fault tolerance mechanism: Establish a complete exception handling and fault tolerance mechanism to deal with abnormal situations that may occur in a high-concurrency environment. For example, set the timeout period, retry mechanism and circuit breaker mechanism to ensure the stability and availability of the service.

  7. Performance monitoring and tuning: Establish a comprehensive performance monitoring system to monitor service performance indicators in real time and perform performance tuning. Performance analysis tools can be used to identify performance bottlenecks and optimize accordingly.

  8. Front-end optimization: optimize the loading speed and rendering performance of front-end pages, reducing network requests and resource loading time. This can be achieved by compressing and merging static resources, using CDN acceleration, using caching, etc.

以上是一些常见的细节优化点,具体的优化策略和方法还需要根据具体的应用场景和需求进行调整和实施。

golang垃圾回收机制了解吗?

是的,我了解Golang的垃圾回收机制。

Golang使用了基于三色标记的并发、非分代的垃圾回收机制。下面是一些关键概念和机制:

  1. 并发标记:Golang的垃圾回收器采用了并发标记的方式进行垃圾对象的标记。它在程序执行的同时,使用一个或多个后台线程来标记不再使用的对象。这样可以减少垃圾回收对程序执行的影响。

  2. 三色标记:Golang的垃圾回收器将对象分为三种颜色:白色、灰色和黑色。初始状态下,所有对象都是白色的。当一个对象被标记为灰色时,表示它需要进一步检查其引用的对象是否也是垃圾。当一个对象及其引用的对象都被标记为黑色时,表示它们是活跃对象,不会被回收。

  3. 垃圾回收阶段:Golang的垃圾回收器分为标记阶段和清除阶段。在标记阶段,垃圾回收器会从根对象(如全局变量、栈上的对象等)开始,遍历对象图并将不再使用的对象标记为灰色。在清除阶段,垃圾回收器会清除所有标记为白色的对象,并将它们的内存释放回内存池。

  4. 内存分配:Golang的垃圾回收器还负责管理内存的分配。它使用了分代内存分配策略,将内存分为多个大小不同的堆,每个堆都有一个对应的垃圾回收器。当程序需要分配内存时,垃圾回收器会从合适的堆中分配内存,并在需要时触发垃圾回收。

总的来说,Golang的垃圾回收机制采用了并发标记、三色标记和非分代的方式,以提高垃圾回收的效率和性能。它能够在程序执行的同时进行垃圾回收,并通过标记和清除的方式来管理内存和回收垃圾对象。这使得Golang在内存管理方面具有较好的自动化能力,减轻了开发者的负担。

mysql主键索引和非主键索引在搜索和检索过程中有什么区别吗?

事务的隔离级别有哪些?

脏读幻读说一下

主键索引和非主键索引在搜索和检索过程中的区别如下:

  1. 主键索引:主键索引是唯一的标识一条记录的索引,它的搜索和检索过程非常高效。主键索引在数据存储时是按照主键的顺序进行存储的,因此可以快速定位到具体的记录。

  2. Non-primary key index: A non-primary key index is an index based on a non-primary key column, and its search and retrieval process will be slightly slower than that of a primary key index. A non-primary key index can contain duplicate values, and its storage order has nothing to do with the physical storage order of the data.

There are four isolation levels for transactions:

  1. Read Uncommitted (Read Uncommitted): The lowest isolation level, a transaction can read uncommitted data of another transaction. Dirty reads, non-repeatable reads, and phantom reads may occur.

  2. Read Committed (Read Committed): Requires a transaction to only read committed data. The problem of dirty reads is solved, but the problems of non-repeatable reads and phantom reads may occur.

  3. Repeatable Read (Repeatable Read): When a transaction reads the same data set multiple times during execution, its results are consistent. Dirty reads and non-repeatable reads are solved, but phantom reads may occur.

  4. Serializable: The highest isolation level that requires transactions to be executed serially to ensure that no concurrency issues arise. Dirty reads, non-repeatable reads, and phantom reads can be solved, but concurrency performance will be sacrificed.

Dirty reads are when one transaction reads data from another uncommitted transaction. Phantom reading means that in the same transaction, when the same range of data is queried multiple times, the results of the two previous and subsequent queries are inconsistent, which may be due to the insertion or deletion of data by other transactions.

How does mysql implement transactions?

Do you understand the mysql master-slave synchronization process?

Common modes of sub-database and sub-table

At the beginning, a project has a lot of data, and later it needs to be divided into databases and tables. Is there any idea to achieve smooth switching under the condition of non-stop service?

In MySQL, transactions can be implemented through the following steps:

  1. Use the BEGIN, START TRANSACTION, or SET AUTOCOMMIT=0 statement to start a transaction.
  2. Execute a series of SQL operations, including insert, update, and delete.
  3. If all SQL operations are executed successfully, you can use the COMMIT statement to commit the transaction and save the results permanently in the database.
  4. If an error occurs during transaction execution or a rollback operation is required, the ROLLBACK statement can be used to roll back the transaction and undo the previous operation.

MySQL master-slave synchronization is a data replication mechanism, which is mainly used to improve the availability and scalability of the system. When a transaction is executed on the master database, the operation records of the transaction will be transmitted to the slave database in the form of binary logs, and the slave database will synchronize data with the master database by parsing these binary logs.

Commonly used sub-database sub-table modes are:

  1. Vertical sub-database: different tables are distributed to different databases according to business functions, and each database is responsible for the data of a part of the table. It can improve the performance and scalability of the database, but it will increase the complexity of the associated query between the databases.

  2. Horizontal database sharding: Distribute the data of the same table into multiple databases according to certain rules, and each database is only responsible for a part of the data. It can improve the performance and storage capacity of the database, but it will increase the complexity of data migration and maintenance.

  3. Horizontal split table: Distribute the data of the same table into multiple tables according to certain rules, and each table is only responsible for a part of the data. It can improve the performance and storage capacity of the database, but it will increase the complexity of the merge operation and cross-table query during query.

The idea of ​​smooth switching in the case of non-stop service is as follows:

  1. Create a new database and table structure to ensure compatibility with the original database and table structure.
  2. Use the data migration tool to migrate the original data to the new database.
  3. Add a data routing layer to route requests to the new database according to certain rules.
  4. In the data routing layer, new database nodes are gradually added, and the traffic is gradually transferred from the original database nodes to the new database nodes.
  5. Monitor traffic and performance to ensure that the new database node is running properly and the traffic of the original database node is gradually reduced.
  6. Finally, the original database node can be taken offline to complete a smooth switchover.

This can ensure that the service will not be stopped during the switchover process, ensuring data continuity and availability.

Design a short link service

The idea of ​​designing a short link service is as follows:

  1. URL generation: The user enters a long link, and the server generates a unique short code, which can use a UUID generation algorithm or a custom short code generation algorithm.

  2. Data storage: store long links and short identification codes in the database, and establish a mapping relationship.

  3. Short link generation: splice the short identification code with the service domain name to generate a complete short link.

  4. Access redirection: When a user accesses a short link, after receiving the request, the server queries the database to obtain the corresponding long link according to the short identification code, and redirects the user to the original long link through HTTP 301 redirection.

  5. Access statistics: The number of times the short link is clicked and other relevant statistical data can be recorded for analysis and monitoring of usage.

  6. Security considerations: Security checks can be performed on long links to prevent malicious links and security threats.

  7. High availability and load balancing: Consider using distributed storage and load balancing technologies to ensure high availability and performance of services.

  8. URL expiration and management: You can set the validity period of short links, regularly clean up expired links, and provide a management interface for managing and deleting short links.

以上是一个基本的短链接服务的设计思路,具体实现可以根据需求和技术选型进行调整和扩展。

好的,下面是一个使用Go语言设计的简单短链接服务的示例:

package main

import (
    "crypto/md5"
    "encoding/hex"
    "fmt"
    "log"
    "net/http"
    "strconv"
    "time"

    "github.com/gin-gonic/gin"
)

var urlMap = make(map[string]string)

func main() {
    router := gin.Default()

    router.POST("/shorten", shortenURL)
    router.GET("/:shortCode", redirectURL)

    router.Run(":8080")
}

func shortenURL(c *gin.Context) {
    longURL := c.PostForm("long_url")
    shortCode := generateShortCode(longURL)

    urlMap[shortCode] = longURL

    c.JSON(http.StatusOK, gin.H{
        "short_url": fmt.Sprintf("http://localhost:8080/%s", shortCode),
    })
}

func redirectURL(c *gin.Context) {
    shortCode := c.Param("shortCode")
    longURL, exists := urlMap[shortCode]

    if exists {
        c.Redirect(http.StatusMovedPermanently, longURL)
    } else {
        c.String(http.StatusNotFound, "Short URL not found")
    }
}

func generateShortCode(url string) string {
    hash := md5.Sum([]byte(url + strconv.FormatInt(time.Now().UnixNano(), 10)))
    return hex.EncodeToString(hash[:8])
}

这个示例使用了Gin框架来处理HTTP请求和路由。短链接的映射关系保存在一个全局的urlMap变量中,通过/shorten接口来创建短链接,通过/:shortCode接口来重定向到长链接。

生成短标识码的函数generateShortCode使用了MD5哈希算法对长链接进行哈希,并将结果的前8个字符作为短标识码。

请注意,这只是一个简单的示例,实际的短链接服务可能需要更复杂的逻辑来处理并发、持久化存储等问题。

学而思

自我介绍

在第一家公司主要做些什么?

后端核心开发的项目是什么?

权限系统如何做?

Go语言中的权限系统可以通过以下步骤来实现:

  1. 定义角色和权限:首先,定义系统中的角色和对应的权限。角色可以是管理员、普通用户等,权限可以是读取、写入、删除等操作。

  2. 用户认证:实现用户认证功能,包括用户登录和注册。可以使用第三方库如gin、jwt等来简化认证过程。

  3. 权限验证:在需要进行权限验证的地方,比如路由处理函数中,对用户的角色和权限进行验证。可以使用中间件来实现权限验证,例如gin框架的AuthMiddleware。

  4. 数据库存储:将角色和权限信息存储在数据库中,可以使用关系型数据库如MySQL或非关系型数据库如MongoDB。

  5. 角色管理:提供角色管理功能,包括创建角色、修改角色权限、删除角色等。

  6. 权限管理:提供权限管理功能,包括创建权限、修改权限、删除权限等。

  7. 用户角色管理:提供用户角色管理功能,包括为用户分配角色、修改用户角色、删除用户角色等。

  8. 日志记录:记录用户的操作日志,包括登录、权限变更等,以便后续审计和追踪。

以上是一个基本的权限系统的实现步骤,具体的实现方式可以根据实际需求和项目情况进行调整和扩展。

在Go语言中实现权限系统可以采用各种不同的方法,具体取决于你的应用需求和设计偏好。以下是一种可能的实现方式:

1. Define roles and permissions: First, you need to define the roles and corresponding permissions in the application. A role represents a user or a user group and has specific permissions in the system. Permissions represent the actions a user can perform or the resources they can access.

2. Design the data model: Use Go's structure (struct) to represent related entities such as users, roles, and permissions, and define necessary fields for them. For example, a user can contain information such as a user name, password, and a role can contain a name and a list of associated permissions, etc.

3. Implement authentication: In Go applications, authentication mechanisms are usually used to verify the identity of users. Common authentication methods include basic authentication, token authentication, and OAuth, among others. You can choose the appropriate authentication method and integrate it into your application.

4. Establish an access control list (ACL): An access control list is a set of rules that define which users or roles can perform which operations or access which resources. In Go, you can use a data structure like a hash map (map) to map roles to corresponding permission lists.

5. Permission verification: When a user makes a request, you need to perform permission verification on it. Depending on the user's identity and the requested operation/resource, you can query the ACL to determine whether the user has permission to perform the operation or access the resource.

6. Implement middleware: In order to simplify the process of permission verification, you can write one or more middleware functions to handle the permission verification logic. These middleware functions can be executed before each route handler that requires authorization checks.

7. Error handling and authorization denial: If the user does not have sufficient permissions to perform an operation, you need to handle errors appropriately and display an appropriate authorization denial message to the user. You can define custom error types and return corresponding error responses when needed.

8. Audit logs: For sensitive operations or resource access, it is recommended to record audit logs to track and monitor user activities. Go provides a variety of logging libraries, you can choose the logging library that suits your needs, and log related events when necessary.

Please note that the above steps are only a basic framework, and the specific implementation may vary according to application requirements. You may also need to consider other aspects such as password encryption, session management, and role assignments.

How to do interface permissions?

In the Go language, interface permissions can be used to implement permission control on API interfaces. Here's one possible implementation:

  1. Define interface permissions: First, define the interfaces and corresponding permissions in the system. You can use a custom structure or constant to represent the mapping relationship between interfaces and permissions. For example:
type APIPermission string

const (
    ReadAPI    APIPermission = "read"
    WriteAPI   APIPermission = "write"
    DeleteAPI  APIPermission = "delete"
)
  1. User authentication: implement user authentication functions, including user login and registration. You can use third-party libraries such as gin, jwt, etc. to simplify the authentication process.

  2. Authorization verification: In the interface processing function that requires authorization verification, verify the user's role and authorization. You can use middleware to implement permission verification, such as AuthMiddleware of the gin framework. During the verification process, it can be judged whether the user has the right to access the interface according to the user's role and the requested interface.

func AuthMiddleware() gin.HandlerFunc {
    return func(c *gin.Context) {
        // 获取用户信息,包括角色和权限
        user := getUserInfo(c)
        
        // 获取请求的接口
        api := getRequestedAPI(c)
        
        // 验证用户是否具有访问该接口的权限
        if !checkPermission(user, api) {
            c.JSON(http.StatusForbidden, gin.H{"message": "Permission denied"})
            c.Abort()
            return
        }
        
        // 继续处理请求
        c.Next()
    }
}
  1. Database storage: store role and permission information in a database, you can use a relational database such as MySQL or a non-relational database such as MongoDB.

  2. Role management: Provide role management functions, including creating roles, modifying role permissions, deleting roles, etc.

  3. Rights Management: Provide rights management functions, including creating rights, modifying rights, deleting rights, etc.

  4. User role management: Provide user role management functions, including assigning roles to users, modifying user roles, deleting user roles, etc.

  5. Logging: Record user operation logs for subsequent auditing and tracking.

The above is an implementation method of basic interface authority control, and the specific implementation method can be adjusted and expanded according to actual needs and project conditions.

Implementing interface-level permission control in Go language can be accomplished through the following steps:

1. Define interface permissions: First, you need to define the permission levels or roles required for each interface. This is done by assigning each interface a unique identifier and associating it with the appropriate privilege level or role.

2. Implement authentication: In Go applications, authentication mechanisms are usually used to verify the identity of users. Make sure your application has properly implemented authentication methods such as Basic Auth, Token Auth, or OAuth, etc.

3. Define user roles and permissions: Define the user roles in the application, and the list of permissions that each role has. Data structures such as struct or map can be used to represent user roles and related permissions.

4. Middleware implements permission verification: Write a middleware function to handle permission verification logic. This middleware function should be executed before each interface handler that requires permission control. Middleware functions can check whether the current user has the required permissions to access a particular interface.

5. Apply the middleware to the interface: apply the permission verification middleware to the interface that requires permission control. This can be achieved by using Go's HTTP router or functionality provided by the framework.

6. Process the authority verification result: According to the authority verification result, determine how the interface responds. If the user has sufficient permissions, continue processing the request; otherwise, return an appropriate error response or authorization denial.

7. Optional: Audit logs and exception handling: For sensitive operations or resource access, you can record audit logs to track user activity. Also, ensure proper handling and response when exceptions or errors occur to increase the robustness and security of the system.

Please note that the above steps provide a basic framework that you can extend and adjust according to your application needs. Also remember to encrypt passwords according to best practices, manage sessions, and ensure user roles and permissions are assigned and managed appropriately.

Implementing interface-level permission control in Go can be accomplished through the following steps:

1. Define interfaces and permissions: First, you need to define your interfaces and the permissions associated with them. Determine which interfaces require permission verification, and assign corresponding permissions to each interface.

2. Design user roles and permissions model: In your application, define the data model of user roles and permissions. A role represents a user or group of users that has a specific set of permissions in the system. Permissions represent a user's ability to access an interface.

3. Implement authentication: Use appropriate authentication methods (such as basic authentication, token authentication, or OAuth, etc.) to verify the user's identity. This ensures that the user is an authenticated, legitimate user.

4. Middleware implements permission verification: Write a middleware function to perform permission verification before processing the request. This middleware function checks that the user's role matches the requested interface, and verifies that the user has permission to perform the action.

   The following is a sample code snippet that demonstrates how to use middleware for interface permission verification:

    ```go
    func AuthMiddleware(next http.Handler) http.Handler {         return http.HandlerFunc(func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {             // Authenticate here

            // Check user permissions
            if !checkUserPermission(user, r.URL.Path) {                 http.Error(w, "Unauthorized", http.StatusUnauthorized)                 return             }


            // The user has sufficient permissions to continue processing the request
            next.ServeHTTP(w, r)
        })
    }

    func checkUserPermission(user User, path string) bool {         // Check the permission according to the user and path         // Return true to indicate that the user has permission, return false to indicate that the user has no permission     }     ```



   In the above code, the `AuthMiddleware` function is a middleware function that checks whether the user's permissions are sufficient to execute the requested interface. If permissions are insufficient, an unauthorized HTTP response is returned.

5. Apply middleware: Apply `AuthMiddleware` middleware to route handlers that require interface-level permission verification. In this way, whenever a request arrives at the interface, it will first go through permission verification.

   Here's an example code snippet that demonstrates how to use middleware in a route handler:

    ```go
    func main() {
        // 创建路由器
        router := http.NewServeMux()

        // 应用权限校验中间件
        router.Handle("/api/sensitive", AuthMiddleware(http.HandlerFunc(handleSensitiveAPI)))

        // 启动服务器
        http.ListenAndServe(":8080", router)
    }

    func handleSensitiveAPI(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
        // 处理敏感接口的逻辑
    }
    ```

   在上述代码中,对于 `/api/sensitive` 接口,我们使用 `AuthMiddleware` 中间件来进行权限校验。

请注意,以上步骤提供了一个基本的框架,你可以根据自己的应用需求进行修改和扩展。此外,还应考虑密码加密、会话管理和角色分配等其他安全措施,以确保系统的安全性。

在 Go 中,可以通过接口来定义权限控制的规则和方法。接口是一种契约,规定了实现它的类型必须实现哪些方法。通过定义接口,可以将权限控制的逻辑从具体的实现中分离出来,从而提高代码的可维护性和可扩展性。

下面是一个示例,演示如何使用接口来实现权限控制:

go

Copy

package main

import (
    "fmt"
)

type User struct {
    Name string
    Role string
}

type Resource interface {
    Read(user *User) error
    Write(user *User) error
}

type Document struct {
    Content string
}

func (d *Document) Read(user *User) error {
    if user.Role != "admin" && user.Role != "user" {
        return fmt.Errorf("unauthorized access")
    }
    // 具体的读取逻辑
    return nil
}

func (d *Document) Write(user *User) error {
    if user.Role != "admin" {
        return fmt.Errorf("unauthorized access")
    }
    // 具体的写入逻辑
    return nil
}

func main() {
    user := &User{Name: "Alice", Role: "user"}

    doc := &Document{Content: "This is a secret document"}

    err := doc.Read(user)
    if err != nil {
        fmt.Println(err)
        return
    }

    err = doc.Write(user)
    if err != nil {
        fmt.Println(err)
        return
    }
}

在上面的示例中,我们定义了一个 User 类型,表示用户,它包含了用户名和角色信息。我们还定义了一个 Resource 接口,规定了读取和写入资源的方法。接着,我们实现了 Document 类型,它实现了 Resource 接口,并在实现方法中添加了权限控制逻辑。最后,我们创建了一个 User 实例和一个 Document 实例,然后调用 Document 实例的 Read 和 Write 方法,这些方法会检查用户是否具有相应的权限。

在实际应用中,我们可以根据需要定义更多的资源类型和权限控制规则,并根据具体的业务需求来实现相应的接口和方法。同时,还可以使用第三方的权限控制库,如 Casbin 等,来更方便地实现权限控制。

在线消息服务讲下

如何避免redis故障

要避免Redis故障,可以采取以下措施:

  1. 安全配置和访问控制:使用密码保护Redis服务器,确保只有授权的客户端可以访问。可以通过Redis的配置文件设置密码,并且只允许需要访问Redis的应用程序使用正确的密码连接。

  2. 备份和持久化:使用Redis的持久化功能定期将数据写入磁盘,以防止数据丢失。Redis支持两种持久化方式:RDB快照和AOF日志。可以选择其中一种或同时使用两种方式来保护数据。

    • RDB快照:将Redis数据快照保存到磁盘上的二进制文件中。可以通过定期执行SAVE或BGSAVE命令,或者设置自动保存策略,来实现RDB快照。

    • AOF日志:将每个写操作追加到日志文件中,通过重放这些命令来恢复数据。可以通过设置自动重写策略,来控制AOF日志文件的大小和定期重写。

  3. 高可用和故障转移:使用Redis Sentinel或Redis Cluster来实现高可用性和故障转移。Redis Sentinel是Redis的一个分布式系统,用于监控主服务器和从服务器的健康状态,并自动进行故障转移。Redis Cluster用于在多个节点之间分布和复制数据,并自动进行故障转移。使用这些机制可以确保即使发生故障,Redis服务器仍然可用。

  4. 监控和告警:设置监控系统来实时监测Redis的状态和性能。可以使用工具如Prometheus、Grafana等监控Redis的关键指标,例如内存使用、CPU利用率、连接数等。同时,设置适当的告警规则,以便在出现异常情况时及时通知管理员。

  5. 定期维护和升级:定期进行Redis的维护和升级。升级到最新的稳定版本可以获得更好的性能和安全性。同时,定期检查Redis的配置和硬件资源,以确保其适应当前工作负载和可用资源。

  6. 错误处理和容错机制:在应用程序中,需要处理与Redis连接和操作相关的错误。例如,合理处理连接超时、写入错误和响应错误等。可以使用重试机制、错误日志记录和回退策略,以增加容错性和可靠性。

通过以上措施,可以提高Redis的可用性和稳定性,降低故障风险,并确保数据的安全和持久性。

要避免 Redis 故障,可以考虑以下几个方面:

1. 高可用性设置:使用 Redis 的主从复制(Master-Slave)或者集群模式(Cluster)来实现高可用性。主从复制可以提供故障转移和数据备份功能,而集群模式可以实现数据分片和负载均衡。

2. 持久化策略:选择适合你的应用的持久化策略,以防止数据丢失。Redis 支持两种持久化策略:RDB 和 AOF。RDB 是将内存中的数据快照保存到硬盘,AOF 则是将每个写操作追加到日志文件。你可以根据应用需求选择一种或者同时启用两种持久化策略。

3. Monitoring and alerting: Set up a monitoring system to monitor the status and performance indicators of the Redis server in real time, such as memory usage, number of connections, command execution time, etc. By setting alert rules, you can be notified in time when anomalies occur, so that you can quickly respond and fix problems.

4. Regular backup: Regularly back up Redis data so that data can be quickly restored in the event of a failure. You can use the tools provided by Redis or third-party tools to make backups, and store the backup files in a safe location.

5. Hardware and network failure protection: ensure that the hardware device and network environment where the Redis server is located are stable and reliable

How does log monitoring work? How was it designed?

Log monitoring is a method of inspecting and analyzing log data generated by applications in real time or periodically. It helps spot potential problems, failures, and anomalies, and provides visualization and reporting on system health.

The following are general steps for designing and implementing log monitoring:

1. Identify monitoring objectives: Define what and what you want to monitor. This can include system errors, unusual events, performance issues, and more. Identifying monitoring goals will help define appropriate monitoring strategies and set alerting rules.

2. Choose the right tools and technologies: Choose the log monitoring tools and technologies that suit your environment and needs. Some common tools include ELK Stack (Elasticsearch, Logstash, and Kibana), Splunk, Grafana, and Prometheus, among others. These tools help you collect, store, analyze, and visualize log data.

3. Configure log collection: Configure applications, servers, containers, etc. to generate and record logs. Make sure that the log output contains enough information to meet the monitoring requirements, and log records in a uniform format.

4. Set up log collectors: Using the selected log monitoring tool, set up an appropriate log collector to collect and forward log data. This can be done by integrating directly with the application, using a log proxy, or using a log aggregation tool.

5. Define monitoring indicators and alert rules: Define key monitoring indicators and alert rules based on your monitoring objectives. These metrics can be system error counts, exception stack traces, occurrences of specific events, etc. Set up appropriate thresholds and alert conditions to trigger alerts when predetermined thresholds are crossed.

6. Visualization and analysis: use the visualization function of log monitoring tools to display charts, dashboards and reports of log data and monitoring indicators. This allows you to view the health of your system in real time and historically, and perform in-depth analysis to identify issues and trends.

7. Notification and Response: Configure alert notification mechanisms to promptly notify relevant team members when an alert is triggered. This can be done via email, text message, Slack, etc. Make sure there is a clear response plan and assignment of responsibilities to respond quickly to potential issues.

8. Continuous improvement and optimization: Regularly evaluate and adjust the log monitoring strategy, and optimize and improve according to the actual situation. Based on experience and feedback, add new monitoring metrics, alert rules, and visualizations to meet changing needs.

The above are the general log monitoring design and implementation steps. The exact implementation may vary depending on the needs of the organization and the application. It is recommended to carefully evaluate your environment and goals, and choose suitable tools and methods to build a reliable and efficient log monitoring system.

Log monitoring refers to the process of real-time monitoring, analysis, and alarming of logs generated by systems, applications, or services. The following are general steps and recommendations for designing log monitoring:

  1. Determine monitoring needs: First, determine what log content needs to be monitored. Determine the log types and keywords that need to be monitored based on the key indicators, error types, and abnormal conditions of the system or application.

  2. Choose an appropriate log collection tool: Choose an appropriate log collection tool or platform, such as ELK (Elasticsearch, Logstash, and Kibana), Splunk, and Graylog. These tools provide powerful log collection, storage, and analysis capabilities.

  3. Configure log collectors: deploy log collectors (such as Logstash, Fluentd, etc.) on systems or applications that need to be monitored, and configure them to collect and send log data to a central storage or analysis platform.

  4. Set up log storage and indexing: choose an appropriate storage method, such as Elasticsearch, Hadoop, etc., to store log data. At the same time, set appropriate indexes for log data for subsequent query and analysis.

  5. Real-time monitoring and alerting: Configure the monitoring system to analyze and monitor log data in real time. Rules such as keyword filtering, regular expression matching, and statistical indicators can be set to detect anomalies. At the same time, set appropriate alarm rules, such as sending emails, SMS, Slack messages, etc., and trigger automated responses.

  6. Log analysis and visualization: Use visualization tools such as Kibana, Grafana, etc. to analyze and visualize log data. By creating dashboards, charts, reports, etc., you can more intuitively understand the status and trends of the system.

  7. Regular maintenance and optimization: Regularly check the status and performance of the log monitoring system to ensure that it is running normally and meeting requirements. According to the actual situation, optimize the configuration of log collection, storage and analysis to improve efficiency and performance.

In addition to the above steps, there are some design principles and recommendations:

  • Flexibility in log collection: Ensure that the log collection system can collect log data from various sources (such as files, databases, applications, network traffic, etc.) and support multiple log formats and protocols.

  • Security and privacy protection: When designing a log monitoring system, security and privacy protection should be considered. For example, technologies such as encrypted transmission, access control, and data desensitization are used to protect sensitive information and prevent unauthorized access.

  • Compression and archiving of log data: For a large amount of log data, compression and archiving technologies can be considered to reduce storage space and improve query efficiency.

  • Distributed and high availability: If you need to monitor distributed systems or multiple nodes, you can design a distributed log monitoring architecture and consider high availability and failover mechanisms to ensure system stability and availability.

To sum up, the design of log monitoring needs to select appropriate tools and technologies according to specific needs, and follow some design principles and best practices to achieve real-time monitoring, analysis, and alarming of logs.

Ever wondered how to reduce stress when writing to ES?

There are several reasons why writing to ES can cause high stress:

  1. The amount of written data is too large. This is the main reason. You can consider reducing the batch size to reduce the amount of data written in each batch.

  2. The frequency of writing data is too high. You can consider adding an interval or current limit, and the interval increases the time interval between write requests.

  3. The format of the written data is complex. Consider simplifying complex data into a more lightweight format that reduces parsing and indexing workloads.

  4. Writing logic is relatively heavy. Consider deferring part of the write logic to the background instead of processing it directly when writing.

  5. Index settings are not optimal. Check the index settings such as the number of shards and the number of shard replicas, and reduce their reasonable range.

  6. ES node resources are tight. Check the CPU, memory, and disk usage of ES nodes, and increase throughput through capacity expansion.

  7. The network is unstable. Strengthen network isolation to prevent other services from affecting communication between ES nodes.

To reduce write pressure, you can also consider:

  • Use batch write API to reduce some protocol overhead
  • Turn off real-time refresh, delay refresh to improve throughput
  • Choose to write the fewest fields, only write the necessary fields
  • Write the master node alone, not the data node

The above precautions can effectively reduce the pressure on ES write requests and help your write services to be more stable.

When writing logs to Elasticsearch (ES), you can consider the following ways to reduce the pressure on the system:

  1. Batch writing: The number of write operations can be reduced by batch writing, which can effectively reduce the pressure on ES. Accumulate a batch of log data to a certain amount, and then write the batch data to ES at one time, which can reduce network overhead and resource consumption.

  2. Control concurrency: Reasonably control the number and rate of concurrent writing threads. By setting the appropriate number of threads and write rate, you can balance the pressure of writing and the processing capacity of the system.

  3. Utilize caching: Caching technology can be used to reduce direct write requests to ES. Temporarily store the written log data in the cache, and write them to ES in batches periodically or under certain conditions, which can reduce frequent write requests to ES.

  4. Create indexes in advance: Create the required indexes and mappings in advance, which can reduce the overhead and delay of index creation. In this way, when writing data, ES only needs to insert the data into the corresponding index, and does not need to create an index when writing.

  5. Fragmentation and clustering: Reasonably configure the number of fragmentation and cluster nodes of ES to adapt to the load of the system. Depending on the amount of data and query load, you can increase or decrease the number of shards and increase the number of nodes to improve the performance and throughput of writing and querying.

  6. Hardware and resource tuning: optimize the hardware configuration and resource allocation of the node where ES is located. For example, increase the memory and storage capacity of the node, and adjust the heap memory and garbage collection parameters of the JVM to improve the performance and stability of ES.

  7. Data compression and archiving: For historical data or cold data, data compression and archiving technologies can be used to archive data to low-cost storage media. This can reduce the size and load of the index and improve the performance of ES writes and queries.

  8. Data cleaning and regular maintenance: Regular cleaning and maintenance of unnecessary or outdated data in ES. Deleting indexes that are no longer needed and outdated data can free up storage space and improve query performance.

To sum up, through reasonable configuration and optimization, as well as using strategies such as batch writing, concurrency control, and caching, the pressure on writing logs to ES can be reduced, and system performance and stability can be improved.

When writing data to Elasticsearch (ES), there are a few strategies you can adopt to reduce pressure and improve performance. Here are a few common methods:

1. 批量写入:代替逐条写入数据,尝试进行批量写入。将多个文档打包成批次,并一次性发送给 ES。这减少了网络开销和请求处理时间,从而提高写入性能。

2. 使用索引别名:使用索引别名来路由写入请求。通过使用别名,可以将写入请求分配到不同的索引上,实现负载均衡。这样可以将写入压力分散到多个索引上,提高吞吐量。

3. 利用缓冲区和刷新间隔:在 ES 配置中调整缓冲区和刷新间隔的设置。缓冲区是指内存中用于缓冲写入操作的区域。通过增加缓冲区大小或延长刷新间隔,可以减少频繁的磁盘写入操作,提高写入效率。

4. 分片和副本配置:合理配置索引的分片和副本数量。增加分片数量可以将负载分摊到多个节点上,提高并发性能。同时,增加副本数量可以增强数据的冗余和可用性。

5. 异步写入:将数据写入 ES 的过程异步化,以减少对写入请求的等待时间。可以使用消息队列或异步任务来将数据发送给 ES,使应用程序能够更快地继续处理其他任务。

6. 调整服务器资源:确保 ES 集群具有足够的计算、内存和存储资源来处理写入负载。根据负载情况,适时增加节点数量、升级硬件或扩展集群规模。

7. 数据预处理:在将数据发送给 ES 之前,进行必要的数据预处理和格式化。这可以包括数据清洗、字段映射和优化索引结构等操作,以减少 ES 对数据的处理需求,提高写入性能。

8. 监控和调优:持续监控 ES 集群的性能和健康状况。使用集群监控工具跟踪关键指标,如索引速率、响应时间和资源使用情况。根据监控结果,进行调优和性能优化,以解决潜在的瓶颈和问题。

通过采取上述策略,可以降低将数据写入 ES 时的压力,并提高系统的性能和可靠性。需要注意的是,具体的优化方法可能因环境和应用程序的特定需求而有所不同,建议根据实际情况进行评估和调整。

火焰图怎么来寻找瓶颈的?

使用Go火焰图可以帮助我们找到应用程序中的性能瓶颈。下面是一些使用Go火焰图来寻找瓶颈的步骤:

  1. 生成火焰图:首先,需要在应用程序中添加性能分析代码,并生成火焰图。可以使用Go的内置工具pprof来进行性能分析。例如,在代码中插入runtime/pprof包,并在关键代码段前后调用StartCPUProfile()StopCPUProfile()函数。然后,运行应用程序并生成CPU分析文件,如go tool pprof -http=:8080 profile_file

  2. 可视化火焰图:使用火焰图可视化工具来展示生成的火焰图。常用的工具有go-torchgo-flamegraph。例如,使用go-torch工具可以运行go-torch -u http://localhost:8080来生成火焰图的HTML报告。

  3. 分析火焰图:打开生成的火焰图报告,可以看到函数调用栈的层级结构。每个函数在火焰图中以矩形框的形式表示,框的宽度表示函数在CPU上消耗的时间比例。通过观察火焰图,可以找到消耗大量时间的函数和函数调用路径。

  4. 定位瓶颈:在火焰图中,通常可以通过查看宽度较大的矩形框来找到潜在的性能瓶颈。这些宽度较大的框表示消耗大量CPU时间的函数。可以从顶部开始,逐层向下查看函数调用路径,找到可能的瓶颈点。

  5. 优化和改进:一旦找到潜在的瓶颈点,可以针对性地进行优化和改进。可以考虑使用更高效的算法、减少不必要的函数调用、并发处理等方法来提高性能。

需要注意的是,火焰图只能提供函数调用路径上的性能信息,可能无法完全反映出所有的性能问题。因此,在使用火焰图进行性能分析时,还需要结合其他工具和方法,如基准测试、内存分析等,来全面评估和优化应用程序的性能。

go火焰图是分析go程序性能和问题的有效方法。通过火焰图,可以有以下几种方式来识别和解决瓶颈:

  1. cpu占用高。检查火焰图的CPU时间线,看看哪些函数cpu消耗最高。这可能是运行时间长的循环或计算密集型操作,需要优化算法或使用更高效的数据结构。

  2. 等待io操作。在火焰图的待等待时间线上有突出的脉冲,表示存在大量io等待,如磁盘读写或网络调用。需要减少io调用次数,或提高io效率。

  3. Goroutines block. The number of goroutines in the flame graph suddenly increases, but the CPU time is very short, indicating that there are a large number of idle goroutines. This may be blocked on synchronization mechanisms such as channels and mutexes.

  4. High memory usage. Use the memory time curve in the flame graph to see when the memory usage spikes. Depending on the function that caused the memory spike, optimize the data structure or memory reclamation mechanism.

  5. time complexity problem. Long-running functions can have time complexity issues. Check its CPU time and number of calls, combine code analysis complexity, and find optimization methods.

  6. deadlock. All lines in the flame graph are flat and unchanged, indicating that the current situation cannot be improved, and it is likely to be a deadlock problem.

In general, through the flame graph, you can observe the performance data of go programs in different aspects, combined with code analysis, to find the entry point for code optimization and problem solving. Mainly need to pay attention to CPU, IO waiting time, memory usage, goroutine changes and other aspects.

Using Flame Graph is a powerful tool for analyzing application performance bottlenecks. Here are the general steps to use Flame Graph to find bottlenecks:

1. Generate a flame graph: First, enable profiling in your Go application. The Go language provides the `net/http/pprof` package to easily generate performance analysis data. You can import this package in your application code and register pprof handlers on specific routes. For example:

```go
import _ "net/http/pprof"

func main() {
    // ...
    go func() {
        log.Println(http.ListenAndServe("localhost:6060", nil))
    }()
    // ...
}
```

Then, run your application and access `/debug/pprof` path to get profiling data.

2. 导出和处理分析数据:使用 `go tool pprof` 命令将性能分析数据导出为可视化火焰图形式。运行以下命令:

```bash
go tool pprof -http=:8080 http://localhost:6060/debug/pprof/profile
```

这将在本地启动一个 HTTP 服务器,并在浏览器中显示火焰图。

3. 分析火焰图:在浏览器中打开火焰图,并探索各个函数的调用层次结构。火焰图的 x 轴表示时间,y 轴表示函数调用堆栈。堆栈最深的函数显示在顶部,而调用它们的函数则位于底部。

- 查找高耗时函数:寻找火焰图中占据较大面积的矩形块,这表示该函数在运行过程中消耗了大量的时间。这些函数往往是潜在的性能瓶颈。

- 深入分析子函数:选择一个感兴趣的函数,展开其子函数,并检查它们所占据的时间比例。这有助于确定是否存在子函数级别的性能问题。

- 注意函数调用路径:通过观察函数之间的调用关系,可以识别出哪些函数频繁调用、嵌套层次较深等。这些信息对于确定性能瓶颈的原因非常有用。

4. 优化和重复分析:根据火焰图的分析结果,你可以优化代码,例如减少函数调用次数、优化算法或并发处理等。进行优化后,重新生成火焰图,以验证是否改善了性能。

需要注意的是,火焰图只提供了应用程序在特定时间段内的快照。性能分析数据的收集应尽可能涵盖真实的生产环境和负载情况,以获得更准确的分析结果。

火焰图是一个强大的工具,但其解读需要一定的经验和技巧。建议在使用火焰图进行性能分析时,搭配其他的监控工具和技术,以全面了解应用程序的性能状况,并根据实际情况进行优化和改进。

go GMP模型

在 Go 语言中,并发模型通常被称为 GMP(Goroutines, M, P)模型,而非 GPM 模型。

下面是关于 GMP 模型的说明:

  1. Goroutines:Goroutine 是 Go 语言并发模型中的基本执行单元。它可以看作是轻量级线程,由 Go 运行时(runtime)进行管理和调度。相比于传统的线程,创建与销毁 Goroutine 的开销较小,并且能够高效利用系统资源。

  2. M(Machine):M 表示操作系统的线程(Machine Thread),也称为工作线程。M 的数量由 Go 运行时根据系统的处理器核心数自动设定,并在运行时进行调整。每个 M 负责执行 Goroutine,包括创建、切换和调度等操作。M 线程会被阻塞在系统调用或其他长时间操作上,以确保 Goroutine 的并发执行。

  3. P(Processor):P 是指处理器上的逻辑处理单元,也称为调度处理器。P 的数量由 Go 运行时配置,一般与 M 的数量相等或更多。P 的主要职责是管理 Goroutine 的调度,将可运行的 Goroutine 分配给空闲的 M 线程进行执行。P 还负责管理全局的运行时任务,如垃圾回收和阻塞的 Goroutine 的唤醒。

GMP 模型的核心思想是将 Goroutines 调度到 M 线程上执行,以实现高效的并发编程。P 调度器在运行时负责协调和平衡 Goroutine 的执行,从而充分利用系统的处理能力。

需要注意的是,GMP 模型在 Go 运行时中进行了抽象和优化,并且具体的实现细节可能会有变化。Go 语言设计了一套独特的调度算法和机制来提供高性能的并发操作。

Go语言的GMP模型是指Goroutine、M(Machine)和P(Processor)三个概念组成的并发执行模型。Goroutine是Go语言中的轻量级线程,M是操作系统线程的抽象,P是调度器的抽象。GMP模型通过将Goroutine映射到M和P上,实现了高效的并发执行。

具体来说,GMP模型的执行过程如下:

  1. Goroutine: Goroutine is the implementation of lightweight threads in Go language, which can be regarded as a kind of coroutine. Goroutine can be created through the go keyword and can be executed concurrently, but it does not create a new operating system thread. A Go program can run multiple Goroutines at the same time. Each Goroutine has its own stack space and can communicate and synchronize through channels.

  2. Machine (M): M is the abstraction of the operating system thread in the Go language and is used to execute Goroutine. One M can execute multiple Goroutines. When a Goroutine is blocked, M will stop executing the Goroutine and start executing other Goroutines, thus improving the efficiency of concurrent execution. By default, the Go language will create M with the same number of CPU cores, but the number of M can be set through the GOMAXPROCS environment variable.

  3. Processor (P): P is the abstraction of the scheduler, which is used to map M and Goroutine. There is a global P scheduler in the Go language, which is used to bind M and Goroutine. When a Goroutine in an M is blocked, P will bind the M to other Goroutines, thereby improving the efficiency of concurrent execution. P can also perform load balancing and assign M to different CPU cores for execution.

In general, the GMP model achieves efficient concurrent execution by mapping Goroutines to M and P. In the Go language, concurrent programming can be easily realized by using Goroutine and channel, while the GMP model provides the underlying concurrent execution mechanism to ensure the efficiency and reliability of concurrent execution.

How to implement a thread-safe map

In Go, the standard library does not provide a native thread-safe Map type. But you can implement a thread-safe Map by using a mutex (Mutex) or a concurrent-safe Map implementation. Here are two common methods:

1. Use a mutex (Mutex):
   ```go
   import "sync"

   // 线程安全的 Map
   type SafeMap struct {
       m   map[keyType]valueType
       mutex sync.Mutex
   }

   func (s *SafeMap) Put(key keyType, value valueType) {
       s.mutex.Lock()
       defer s.mutex.Unlock()
       s.m[key] = value
   }

   func (s *SafeMap) Get(key keyType) (valueType, bool) {
       s.mutex.Lock()
       defer s.mutex.Unlock()
       value, ok := s.m[key]
       return value, ok
   }

   // 其他操作方法(如删除、遍历等)也需要加锁保证线程安全
   ```

   在上述示例中,我们使用了 sync 包中的 Mutex 来实现互斥锁,确保在对 Map 进行读写操作时只有一个 Goroutine 能够访问。

2. Use concurrency-safe Map implementation:
   In addition to using mutexes, you can also use some third-party libraries to implement concurrency-safe Maps, such as sync.Map. This type provides a built-in concurrency safety mechanism and can be directly used for read and write operations of multiple Goroutines.
   ```go
   import "sync"

   var safeMap sync.Map

   // Store key-value pairs in the Map
   safeMap.Store(key, value)

   // Get the value corresponding to the key from the Map
   , ok := safeMap.Load(key)


   // Delete the specified key safeMap.Delete(key)    from the Map

   // traverse the key-value pairs in the Map
   safeMap.Range(func(key, value interface{}) bool {        // process the key-value pairs        return true // continue to iterate    })    ```



Both of these methods provide a thread-safe Map implementation. You can choose one of the methods according to actual needs to ensure the safety of concurrent operations.

It should be noted that although a thread-safe Map can be implemented using a mutex or a third-party library, frequent read and write operations may still cause performance bottlenecks in high-concurrency scenarios. Therefore, the balance between concurrency and performance needs to be carefully weighed when designing and using thread-safe data structures.

Create an array underlying expansion

In Go, an array is a fixed-size data structure whose length is determined when it is created and cannot be dynamically expanded. If you need an array that can grow dynamically, you can use the Slice type.

Slices use arrays as data storage at the bottom, but it provides the functions of dynamic expansion and flexible operation. When the capacity of the slice is not enough to accommodate more elements, Go will automatically expand the capacity. The following is an example of dynamic growth through slices:

```go
package main

import "fmt"

func main() {     var slice []int // declare a slice, the initial value is nil

    // Use the append function to add elements to the
    slice slice = append(slice, 1)
    slice = append(slice, 2)
    slice = append(slice, 3)

    fmt.Println(slice) // output: [1 2 3]
}
```

In the above example, we first declare a slice `slice` whose initial value is nil. Then, add elements to the slice by successively using the `append` function. When the capacity of the slice is insufficient, the `append` function will automatically expand the capacity and return a new slice, and then add new elements to it.

It is worth noting that since a slice is a reference type, a new underlying array will be created during expansion, and the original elements will be copied to the new underlying array. Therefore, frequent addition of a large number of elements may cause memory reallocation and copy operations, which have a certain impact on performance.

To sum up, a slice in Go is a dynamically growing data structure that can be used instead of an array and provides a convenient expansion mechanism. By using the `append` function, you can add elements to a slice and achieve dynamic expansion of the underlying array.

In the Go language, the length of an array is fixed and cannot be dynamically expanded. If you need dynamic expansion, you can use the slice (Slice) type. The bottom layer of the slice is an array, but the length of the slice can be dynamically expanded.

At the bottom of the slice, when the length of the slice exceeds the capacity of the underlying array, a new underlying array is created and the original data is copied into the new underlying array. The capacity of the new underlying array is usually twice that of the original array, but when the length of the original array is relatively large, the capacity of the new array may be slightly more than twice.

The following is a sample code for creating and expanding slices:

go

Copy

package main

import "fmt"

func main() {
    // 创建长度为3、容量为3的切片
    s := []int{1, 2, 3}
    fmt.Printf("len=%d cap=%d %v\n", len(s), cap(s), s)

    // 将切片长度扩大到6,并赋值
    s = append(s, 4, 5, 6)
    fmt.Printf("len=%d cap=%d %v\n", len(s), cap(s), s)
}

In the above code, by using the append function to expand the length of the slice to 6 and assign a value, the capacity of the underlying array will be automatically expanded to 6. The output is as follows:

Copy

len=3 cap=3 [1 2 3]
len=6 cap=6 [1 2 3 4 5 6]

In general, in the Go language, slices can be used to meet the needs of dynamic expansion. The underlying layer of a slice is an array. When the length of the slice exceeds the capacity of the underlying array, it will automatically expand, create a new underlying array, and copy the original data to the new underlying array.

How to write a slice parameter in make?

In Go, a slice can be created using the `make` function. The syntax of the `make` function is as follows:

```go
make([]T, length, capacity)
```

where:
- `T` is the type of the elements in the slice.
- `length` is the length of the slice, indicating the initial number of elements in the slice.
- `capacity` is an optional parameter indicating the capacity of the slice (the length of the underlying array). If `capacity` is not specified, it defaults to the same as `length`.

Here are a few examples showing how to use the `make` function to create different types of slices:

1. Create an empty integer slice:
   ```go
   slice := make([]int, 0)
   ```

2. Create a string slice of length 5:
   ```go
   slice := make([]string, 5)
   ```

3. 创建一个长度和容量都为 10 的浮点数切片:
   ```go
   slice := make([]float64, 10, 10)
   ```

需要注意的是,使用 `make` 函数创建的切片具有初始值。对于基本类型(如整数、浮点数等),初始值是零值;对于引用类型(如字符串、结构体等),初始值是 `nil`。

此外,你也可以使用简化的语法来创建切片,例如:

```go
slice := []int{1, 2, 3}
```

上述语法会自动根据提供的初始化值创建相应长度的切片。这种方式适用于已知初始值的情况。

在Go语言中,slice是一种动态数组,可以根据需要动态地调整大小。要声明和使用一个slice参数,可以按照以下的语法进行编写:

func functionName(sliceParam []type) {
    // 函数体
}

在上面的代码中,functionName是函数名,sliceParam是slice参数名,type是slice中元素的类型。

下面是一个示例,展示了如何声明和使用一个slice参数:

package main

import "fmt"

func printSlice(s []int) {
    fmt.Println(s)
}

func main() {
    numbers := []int{1, 2, 3, 4, 5}
    printSlice(numbers)
}

在上面的示例中,printSlice函数接受一个[]int类型的slice参数,并将其打印出来。在main函数中,我们创建了一个包含一些整数的slice,并将其传递给printSlice函数进行打印。

需要注意的是,slice参数在函数内部是可以修改的,因为slice本身是一个引用类型。在函数内部对slice进行的修改会影响到原始的slice。

mysql的索引结构对b+树了解吗?

是的,我对 MySQL 的索引结构 B+ 树有一定了解。B+ 树是一种常用于数据库索引的数据结构,也是 MySQL 中主要使用的索引结构之一。

下面是对 B+ 树的简要说明:

1. B+ 树的特点:
   - B+ 树是一种平衡树,所有叶子节点位于同一层级。
   - B+ 树的内部节点存储索引键,叶子节点存储实际的数据(或数据的引用)。
   - 每个节点可以存储多个索引键和数据项,这减少了磁盘 I/O 操作的次数。
   - B+ 树的索引键按照顺序排列,使得范围查询和顺序访问非常高效。

2. B+ 树的结构:
   - 根节点:B+ 树的入口节点,存储索引键和指向子节点的指针。
   - 内部节点:存储索引键和指向子节点的指针。
   - 叶子节点:存储索引键和实际数据(或数据的引用),同时具备相邻节点的链接。

3. B+ 树的查找过程:
   - 从根节点开始,根据索引键的大小判断搜索方向,直到达到叶子节点。
   - 在叶子节点中进行二分查找或范围查找,找到所需的数据。

B+ 树在数据库索引中具有重要作用,它能够提高查询效率和范围查询的性能。MySQL 使用 B+ 树来管理索引,包括主键索引、唯一索引和普通索引等。在 B+ 树结构下,通过遵循特定的插入、删除和调整规则,MySQL 能够高效地维护索引的完整性和性能。

需要注意的是,虽然 B+ 树是一种常见且高效的索引结构,但也存在其他类型的索引结构,如哈希索引、全文索引等,每种索引结构都有自己适用的场景和特点。

什么会影响联合索引查询效率

联合索引是指在数据库表中通过多个列一起创建的索引。当查询条件涉及到索引中的多个列时,联合索引可以提高查询的效率。但有一些因素可以影响联合索引查询的效率,包括:

  1. 查询条件顺序:联合索引中的列顺序与查询条件的顺序应保持一致。如果查询条件的顺序与索引中列的顺序不一致,数据库可能无法充分利用索引,导致查询效率下降。

  2. Column Selectivity: Selectivity is the ratio of the number of distinct values ​​in a column to the total number of rows. Columns with high selectivity help reduce the query scope of the index and improve query efficiency. If the selectivity is low, that is, most rows have the same value, then the effect of using a joint index may not be significant.

  3. Data type and length of the index column: The data type and length of the index column will affect the query efficiency. Usually, shorter data types and lengths can reduce index storage space and read costs, and improve query efficiency.

  4. Index Duplication: If the columns in the joint index have many duplicate values, the effectiveness of the index may be reduced. The more duplicate values, the more index pages need to be scanned during the query, and the lower the query efficiency.

  5. Update operation frequency: When performing update operations (insert, update, delete) on the table, the joint index may need to be updated, which may affect query efficiency. Frequent update operations may cause the index to become invalid and need to be rebuilt.

  6. Operators used in query statements: Some operators (such as range queries, not equal to, etc.) may reduce the efficiency of joint indexes. This is because these operators require more scans of the index than exact matches.

To sum up, the efficiency of a joint index is affected by factors such as the order of query conditions, column selectivity, data type and length, index repeatability, frequency of update operations, and operators used in query statements. When designing and using a joint index, these factors need to be considered comprehensively to improve query efficiency.

A joint index is an index created on multiple columns to support combined queries on those columns. Query efficiency is affected by many factors. Here are a few factors that may affect the efficiency of joint index query:

  1. Query condition order: The column order of the joint index is important. When the conditions in the query are provided in the order of the index columns, the order of the index can be fully utilized to speed up the query. Indexes may not perform optimally if query conditions are not provided in the order of the indexed columns.

  2. Index selectivity: Index selectivity refers to the degree of uniqueness of different values ​​in the index. A more selective index can better filter data and provide faster query speed. If the selectivity of the joint index is very low, that is, the index column contains a large number of identical values, then when the index is used for query, more data blocks need to be scanned, resulting in reduced efficiency.

  3. Index coverage capability: Index coverage means that all the columns required by the query are included in the index, and there is no need to go back to the table to query data rows. If the joint index contains all the columns required by the query, then additional data row lookup operations can be avoided, thereby improving query efficiency.

  4. Data page fill factor: index data is stored in data pages, and the fill factor of a data page indicates the proportion of index data stored in a data page. If the fill factor is low, each data page stores fewer index key-value pairs, and more data pages need to be read, resulting in a decrease in query efficiency.

  5. Index update cost: The update operation (such as insert, update, delete) of the joint index may involve the modification of multiple columns. These update operations may require more time and resources due to maintaining index order and data consistency.

  6. Index size: The size of the joint index (occupying disk space) also affects query efficiency. Larger indexes require more disk I/O operations and can put pressure on the memory cache.

In addition to the above factors, the statistical information of the database, the hardware configuration and the selection of the query optimizer may all have an impact on the query efficiency of the joint index.

When using a joint index, it is necessary to make a reasonable design according to the specific scenario and query requirements, and weigh the above factors to achieve the best query performance.

Implementing a queue with a stack

In the Go language, a queue can be implemented using two stacks. One stack is used for enqueue operations and the other stack is used for dequeue operations. When the dequeue operation is required, if the dequeue stack is not empty, the elements are directly popped from the dequeue stack; if the dequeue stack is empty, all elements in the dequeue stack are popped and pushed into the dequeue stack in turn, Then pop the element from the dequeue stack. Here is an example code that implements a queue using two stacks:

package main

import "fmt"

type MyQueue struct {
    inStack  []int
    outStack []int
}

func (q *MyQueue) Push(x int) {
    q.inStack = append(q.inStack, x)
}

func (q *MyQueue) Pop() int {
    if len(q.outStack) == 0 {
        for len(q.inStack) > 0 {
            q.outStack = append(q.outStack, q.inStack[len(q.inStack)-1])
            q.inStack = q.inStack[:len(q.inStack)-1]
        }
    }
    x := q.outStack[len(q.outStack)-1]
    q.outStack = q.outStack[:len(q.outStack)-1]
    return x
}

func (q *MyQueue) Peek() int {
    if len(q.outStack) == 0 {
        for len(q.inStack) > 0 {
            q.outStack = append(q.outStack, q.inStack[len(q.inStack)-1])
            q.inStack = q.inStack[:len(q.inStack)-1]
        }
    }
    return q.outStack[len(q.outStack)-1]
}

func (q *MyQueue) Empty() bool {
    return len(q.inStack) == 0 && len(q.outStack) == 0
}

func main() {
    queue := MyQueue{}
    queue.Push(1)
    queue.Push(2)
    queue.Push(3)
    fmt.Println(queue.Pop())  // 输出1
    fmt.Println(queue.Peek()) // 输出2
    fmt.Println(queue.Empty()) // 输出false
}

MyQueueIn the above sample code, a structure  is defined , which contains two inStack stacks  outStack, which  inStack are used for enqueue operations and outStack for dequeue operations. Push The method is used to enqueue elements, Pop the method is used to dequeue and return the dequeued elements, Peek the method is used to return the head element of the queue without dequeuing, and Empty the method is used to determine whether the queue is empty.

In  Pop the and  Peek method, first judge  outStack whether it is empty, and if it is empty,  inStack pop and push the elements in one by one  outStackto ensure the order of the queue elements. Then perform the eject operation outStack from it . Through such an operation, the function of using two stacks to implement the queue can be realized.

下面是用栈实现队列的 Golang 代码:

go

Copy

type Queue struct {
    stack1 []int
    stack2 []int
}

func (q *Queue) Push(item int) {    
    q.stack1 = append(q.stack1, item)
}

func (q *Queue) Pop() int {
    if len(q.stack2) == 0 {
        for i := len(q.stack1)-1; i >= 0; i-- {
            q.stack2 = append(q.stack2, q.stack1[i])  
        }
        q.stack1 = q.stack1[:0]
    }    
    res := q.stack2[len(q.stack2)-1]
    q.stack2 = q.stack2[:len(q.stack2)-1]
    return res 
}

两个栈来实现队列的关键在于:

  • stack1 用来实现入队操作,会源源不断添加新的元素
  • stack2 用来实现出队操作,每次出队前,首先将 stack1 中剩余的元素重置到 stack2 中
  • 这样,stack2 的底部元素就会是最先加入的,出队操作就是弹出 stack2 的底部元素

时间复杂度:

  • Push:O(1)
  • Pop:平均 O(1),最坏 O(n) - 如果 stack2 为空,需要将 stack1 里的元素全部转移过来

因此,综上所述,使用两个栈来实现队列,Push 操作固定时间复杂度,Pop 操作平均时间复杂度也是常数级。

用栈能实现双向队列吗?

是的,Go语言中可以使用两个栈实现双向队列。一个栈用于维护队头部分,另一个栈用于维护队尾部分。可以使用两个栈分别实现队头和队尾的入队和出队操作。下面是使用两个栈实现双向队列的示例代码:

package main

import "fmt"

type MyDeque struct {
    headStack []int
    tailStack []int
}

func (d *MyDeque) PushFront(x int) {
    d.headStack = append(d.headStack, x)
}

func (d *MyDeque) PushBack(x int) {
    d.tailStack = append(d.tailStack, x)
}

func (d *MyDeque) PopFront() int {
    if len(d.headStack) == 0 {
        for len(d.tailStack) > 0 {
            d.headStack = append(d.headStack, d.tailStack[len(d.tailStack)-1])
            d.tailStack = d.tailStack[:len(d.tailStack)-1]
        }
    }
    x := d.headStack[len(d.headStack)-1]
    d.headStack = d.headStack[:len(d.headStack)-1]
    return x
}

func (d *MyDeque) PopBack() int {
    if len(d.tailStack) == 0 {
        for len(d.headStack) > 0 {
            d.tailStack = append(d.tailStack, d.headStack[len(d.headStack)-1])
            d.headStack = d.headStack[:len(d.headStack)-1]
        }
    }
    x := d.tailStack[len(d.tailStack)-1]
    d.tailStack = d.tailStack[:len(d.tailStack)-1]
    return x
}

func (d *MyDeque) Empty() bool {
    return len(d.headStack) == 0 && len(d.tailStack) == 0
}

func main() {
    deque := MyDeque{}
    deque.PushFront(1)
    deque.PushFront(2)
    deque.PushBack(3)
    fmt.Println(deque.PopFront()) // 输出2
    fmt.Println(deque.PopBack())  // 输出3
    fmt.Println(deque.Empty())    // 输出false
}

在上面的示例代码中,定义了一个MyDeque结构体,包含两个栈 headStack 和 tailStack,其中 headStack 用于维护队头部分,tailStack 用于维护队尾部分。PushFront 方法用于队头入队,PushBack 方法用于队尾入队,PopFront 方法用于队头出队,PopBack 方法用于队尾出队,Empty 方法用于判断双向队列是否为空。

在 PopFront 和 PopBack 方法中,首先判断对应的栈是否为空,如果为空,则将另一个栈中的元素逐个弹出并压入当前栈,保证双向队列元素的顺序。然后从当前栈中执行弹出操作。通过这样的操作,即可实现使用两个栈来实现双向队列的功能。

主要做哪些基础架构工作呢?

作为程序员,在基础架构方面可能承担以下工作:

  1. 架构设计:负责设计系统的整体架构,包括分层、模块划分、组件选择等,确保系统的可扩展性、可维护性和可靠性。

  2. 技术选型:根据项目需求和技术要求,评估和选择合适的技术栈和工具,例如数据库、缓存、消息队列、框架等。

  3. 性能优化:通过分析系统性能瓶颈,进行性能优化,提高系统的响应速度和吞吐量,减少资源消耗。

  4. 高可用设计:设计容错机制和故障恢复策略,确保系统的高可用性和可靠性,例如负载均衡、冗余备份、故障转移等。

  5. 自动化部署与运维:设计和实施自动化的部署流程,简化系统的部署和维护工作,提高开发和运维效率。

  6. 构建工具与环境:配置和维护开发、测试和生产环境的工具链和基础设施,例如版本控制、持续集成、容器化等。

  7. 数据架构设计:设计和优化数据库结构,制定数据访问策略,确保数据的一致性和可靠性。

  8. 安全设计:制定安全策略和措施,保护系统的数据和资源安全,防止潜在的安全威胁和攻击。

总之,基础架构工作是保证系统稳定、高效和可扩展的关键,需要程序员具备深入的技术理解和综合能力。

网易

自我介绍

未来的主要方向

介绍下之前的项目用到的优化点、难点

为什么不要大量使用goroutine

go里面goroutine创建数量有限制吗?

在Go语言中,goroutine是轻量级的线程,使用它可以实现并发执行。与传统的线程相比,goroutine的创建和销毁成本非常低,所以可以创建大量的goroutine。

然而,尽管goroutine的创建成本低���但是过多地创建goroutine也可能带来一些问题:

  1. 资源消耗:每个goroutine都���要一些内存来维护其状态和栈空间,如果创建过多的goroutine,会占用大量的内存资源。

  2. 调度开销:调度器需要在不同的goroutine之间进行切换,如果有过多的goroutine,调度器会花费更多的时间在切换上,导致系统的响应时间变慢。

  3. 竞态条件:当多个goroutine并发地访问���修改共享的资源时,可能会引发竞态条件(race condition),导致错误的结果或不确定的行为。

为了避免上述问题,应该合理使用goroutine,并考虑以下因素:

  1. Task type: It is only suitable to use a large number of goroutines when there are many tasks that need to be executed concurrently or when there are a large number of IO operations.

  2. Concurrency control: Use mechanisms such as locks, condition variables, or channels in the sync package to ensure shared resource access security and avoid race conditions.

  3. Scheduling strategy: By setting the GOMAXPROCS variable to control the maximum number of CPUs for concurrent execution to balance the concurrency and the consumption of system resources.

As for the limit on the number of goroutines, the Go language has no fixed limit. As a resource-light concurrency model, it can theoretically create a lot of goroutines. However, it should be noted that the memory of the system and the overhead of the scheduler are limited, creating too many goroutines may cause system performance degradation or even crash. Therefore, in practical applications, the number of goroutines should be reasonably controlled according to system resource conditions and task requirements.

In the Go language, goroutine is a lightweight concurrent execution unit that can create a large number of goroutines in a program to achieve concurrent processing. However, excessive use of goroutines can cause some problems.

First of all, each goroutine will occupy a certain amount of memory and resources, including stack space and scheduler-related data structures. If too many goroutines are created, the consumption of system resources will become very high, which may lead to insufficient memory or increased context switching overhead, thus affecting the performance and stability of the program.

Second, too many goroutines can make the program difficult to understand and debug. When there are a large number of concurrently executing goroutines, the execution process of the program will become complicated, and it will be more difficult to debug and troubleshoot problems. Also, without proper control mechanisms, such as using semaphores or limiting the number of goroutines, resource contention and erroneous results may result.

Regarding the limit on the number of goroutines, the Go language itself does not set a hard limit. However, the operating system has a limit on the number of processes or threads, and goroutines are built on top of operating system threads, so they are also limited by the operating system. The exact limit depends on factors such as the operating system and computer hardware. In practical applications, to reasonably control the number of goroutines, you can consider using pooling technology or work-stealing algorithms to avoid creating too many goroutines.

To sum up, although goroutine is a very powerful and efficient concurrency mechanism in Go language, excessive use of goroutine may cause problems such as resource consumption and debugging difficulties. When designing and implementing, it is necessary to consider the requirements of the system and the hardware environment, and reasonably control the number of goroutines to ensure the performance and stability of the program.

When using the Go language, do not use goroutine excessively for the following reasons:

  1. Memory overhead: Each goroutine needs to occupy a certain amount of memory. If a large number of goroutines are created, the memory consumption of the system will be too high, which may cause system performance problems.

  2. Scheduling overhead: The scheduling of goroutines is done by Go's runtime system. If there are a large number of goroutines in the system, the scheduling overhead will increase, which may lead to a decrease in system performance.

  3. State management: When using goroutines, you need to pay attention to state management, because state sharing between goroutines may cause problems such as race conditions and deadlocks.

Regarding the limit on the number of goroutines, in fact, goroutines in the Go language are lightweight and can switch between millions of goroutines. Therefore, theoretically, there is no limit to the number of goroutines in the Go language. However, since each goroutine needs to occupy a certain amount of memory and CPU resources, in actual use, it is necessary to reasonably control the number of goroutines according to the actual situation of the system and the limitation of hardware resources.

gmp model

The GMP (Goroutine/Machine/Process) model is a concurrency model of the Go language, which is based on three levels of abstraction: goroutine, machine, and process.

  1. Goroutine: Goroutine is a lightweight concurrency unit in Go language, which can be regarded as an implementation of coroutine. Goroutines can communicate through channels without using synchronization mechanisms such as locks. In the GMP model, each Goroutine runs on a machine.

  2. Machine: Machine is the second layer of abstraction in the GMP model, which represents a virtual processor, and each machine can run multiple goroutines. In the GMP model, all machines run in the same process, and they share resources such as process-level address space and file descriptors.

  3. Process: Process is the highest-level abstraction of the GMP model, which represents a complete process. In the GMP model, a process can contain multiple machines, and each machine can contain multiple goroutines.

The GMP model can well support the concurrent programming of the Go language. It can make full use of multi-core CPUs, support high concurrency, and improve the throughput and responsiveness of the system. At the same time, the design of the GMP model also considers the security and reliability of the system, avoiding some common concurrent programming problems, such as deadlock and race conditions.

What is the difference between thread and coroutine

Which concurrency mechanisms golang supports

Thread (Thread) and coroutine (Coroutine) are two different mechanisms for concurrent programming.

  1. Thread (Thread):
  • Thread is the smallest unit of operating system scheduling, which is managed and scheduled by the operating system.
  • Threads are lightweight, and each thread has its own context, stack, etc., and the cost of thread switching is high.
  • Multi-threading adopts the preemptive scheduling method, and the operating system controls thread execution and switching, and each thread can execute in parallel.
  • It can take advantage of the core processor to run multiple threads at the same time to improve concurrent performance.
  1. Coroutines:
  • A coroutine is a user-level lightweight thread whose scheduling is controlled by the developer.
  • The switching of the coroutine is actively controlled by the developer, and the switching cost is low.
  • The coroutine adopts a cooperative scheduling method, the coroutine actively gives up the execution right, and the coroutine switch is scheduled through the coroutine scheduler.

The Go language provides a variety of concurrency mechanisms, including:

  1. Goroutine: Goroutine is a concurrent execution mechanism provided by the Go language. It can easily create and manage a large number of concurrent tasks. It is very simple to use and the switching cost is very low.

  2. Channel: Channel is a type of communication and synchronization between goroutines. It provides a safe and efficient data transmission mechanism for passing data and messages between different goroutines.

  3. select: The select statement is used to select and execute multiple channel operations, realizing non-blocking multiplexing.

  4. sync包:sync包提供了一些原子操作和锁机制,用于实现共享资源的同步访问和保护。

  5. WaitGroup:WaitGroup用于等待一组goroutine的执���完成。

  6. Mutex和RWMutex:用于在多个goroutine之间实现互斥锁和读写锁,保护共享资源的安全访问。

以上是Go语言中常用的并发机制,它们的组合使用可以实现复杂的并发编程逻辑,并提供了高效、简洁的并发编程方式。

线程和协程是两种不同的并发机制。

线程是操作系统提供的一种并发机制,它是操作系统调度的最小单位,每个线程都有自己的栈和寄存器上下文,并且可以与其他线程共享进程内存中的数据。线程之间的切换由操作系统负责,因此线程的创建和销毁、状态切换等都需要操作系统的介入,这会带来较大的开销和风险。

协程是一种用户态的轻量级线程,它是由程序员在应用程序中实现的,并不需要操作系统的介入。协程通过在代码中显式地插入yield语句实现协作式调度,当一个协程执行yield语句时,会主动让出CPU资源,让其他协程可以执行。由于协程的调度是在用户态完成的,因此切换开销和风险较小,可以实现更高效的并发编程。

Go语言支持以下几种并发机制:

  1. Goroutine:Goroutine是Go语言中的协程实现,它可以在单个线程中实现大量的并发任务,并且可以通过channel进行通信和同步。

  2. Channel:Channel是Go语言中的通信机制,它可以在多个Goroutine之间传递数据,并且可以用于同步不同Goroutine之间的执行。

  3. Mutex和RWMutex:Go语言中的Mutex和RWMutex是一种基于互斥锁的同步机制,它们可以保证共享资源的独占访问,从而避免了竞态条件。

  4. WaitGroup:WaitGroup是Go语言中的一种同步机制,它可以在多个Goroutine之间协调执行,等待所有Goroutine都执行完毕后再执行下一步操作。

  5. Timer and Ticker: Timer and Ticker in the Go language are a time-based synchronization mechanism that can perform certain operations within a specified time interval, such as timers and heartbeat signals.

In addition, the Go language also supports some low-level concurrency primitives, such as atomic operations and select statements, which can be used to implement more complex concurrent algorithms and data structures.

The way go uses channel communication

The difference between buffered and unbuffered channels

In the Go language, channels can be used to communicate between goroutines. A channel is a type used to pass data and synchronize operations between goroutines.

  1. Unbuffered channel:
  • An unbuffered channel is a channel that does not specify a buffer size when it is created.
  • When a send operation ( ch <- value) and a receive operation ( value := <-ch) are in progress between two goroutines, they block synchronously until both send and receive are ready.
  • The unbuffered channel guarantees the order of sending and receiving, that is, the sending operation occurs first, and then the receiving operation can continue.
  • Unbuffered channels are used to enforce synchronization between goroutines to ensure reliable data transmission.
  1. There are buffered channels:
  • A buffered channel is a channel that specifies a buffer size when it is created.
  • The buffer can store a certain number of elements. When the buffer is not full, the sending operation will not block; when the buffer is not empty, the receiving operation will not block.
  • When the buffer is full, send operations block until space is available; when the buffer is empty, receive operations block until data is available to receive.
  • A buffered channel allows sending and receiving operations to be performed at different times without immediate synchronization, which can improve concurrency performance.

The sample code for communication using channel is as follows:

package main

import "fmt"

func main() {
    // 创建一个无缓冲channel
    ch := make(chan int)

    // 启动一个goroutine发送数据到channel
    go func() {
        ch <- 42 // 发送数据到channel
    }()

    // 主goroutine从channel接收数据
    value := <-ch // 从channel接收数据
    fmt.Println(value)
}

In the above example, the main goroutine creates an unbuffered channel and starts a goroutine to send data to the channel. The main goroutine receives data from the channel through the receive operation and prints it out.

Note that both send and receive operations on an unbuffered channel block until both send and receive are ready. This synchronization mechanism ensures reliable transmission of data.

If you change the unbuffered channel in the example to a buffered channel ( ch := make(chan int, 1)), the send operation will not block because there is room in the buffer.

In the Go language, the communication between concurrent coroutines is carried out by using Channel (channel). Channel is a type-safe data structure that can be used to pass and synchronize data between goroutines.

There are two types of Channel: unbuffered Channel and buffered Channel.

1. Unbuffered Channel:
   - Creation method: `ch := make(chan T)`, where T represents the data type to be transferred.
   - Features: Unbuffered Channel will block when sending and receiving operations until the corresponding sending and receiving actions are ready. This blocking results in a two-way synchronization of sending and receiving, ensuring reliable delivery of data.
   - Sample code:
     ```
     ch := make(chan int)
     
     go func() {          data := 42          ch <- data // send data to Channel      }()      result := <-ch // receive data from Channel      fmt .Println(result) // output: 42      ```



     


2. 有缓冲Channel:
   - 创建方式:`ch := make(chan T, capacity)`,capacity表示Channel的容量。
   - 特点:有缓冲Channel可以在一定程度上解耦发送和接收操作。当Channel未满时,发送操作不会阻塞;当Channel非空时,接收操作也不会阻塞。只有当Channel满了(发送操作追赶上接收操作)或者空了(接收操作追赶上发送操作),才会触发阻塞。
   - 示例代码:
     ```
     ch := make(chan int, 1)
     
     ch <- 42 // 发送数据到Channel,不会阻塞
     
     result := <-ch // 从Channel接收数据
     fmt.Println(result) // 输出: 42
     ```

无缓冲和有缓冲Channel的区别在于是否需要同步等待。无缓冲Channel保证了发送和接收的同步性,确保数据的可靠传递,但可能导致发送和接收操作的阻塞。而有缓冲Channel提供了一定程度的解耦,允许发送和接收的非阻塞操作,但可能会导致数据在发送和接收之间的一定延迟。

选择使用无缓冲还是有缓冲Channel取决于具体需求。如果你需要确保发送和接收的同步性,或者需要控制并发任务的执行顺序,那么无缓冲Channel是一个好的选择。如果你希望减少发送和接收操作之间的耦合,并允许一定程度的异步操作,那么有缓冲Channel更适合。

channel实现原理

被close的channel会有什么问题

在Go语言中,channel是一种类型,用于在goroutine之间传递数据和同步操作。它是通过一种特殊的数据结构来实现的。

Channel的实现原理可以简单概括为以下几点:

  1. Channel底层是通过一个有限的队列来实现的,用于存储发送到channel的数据。
  2. Channel的数据结构包含一个指向队列的指针,以及两个整型字段,分别表示队列中的数据数量和队列的容量。
  3. 当发送操作(ch <- value)发生时,会将数据添加到队列的末尾,并更新数据数量字段。
  4. 当接收操作(value := <-ch)发生时,会从队列的开头取出数据,并更新数据数量字段。
  5. 如果队列已满(对于有缓冲的channel)或者队列为空(对于无缓冲的channel),发送和接收操作都会阻塞,直到条件满足。
  6. Channel还使用了一些底层同步原语(如互斥锁和条件变量)来实现发送和接收操作的同步。

被close的channel会有以下几个问题:

  1. 对于未被接收的数据:如果channel被关闭后,还有未被接收的数据,这些数据会被丢弃。后续的接收操作将会立即返回对应类型的零值。
  2. 对于已经接收的数据:如果channel被关闭后,已经接收的数据仍然可以正常访问和使用,不会受到影响。
  3. 对于关闭后的发送操作:如果对一个已经被关闭的channel进行发送操作,将会引发panic异常。
  4. 对于关闭后的接收操作:如果对一个已经被关闭的channel进行接收操作,将会立即返回对应类型的零值,并且不会阻塞。

需要注意的是,关闭channel的操作只应该由发送方进行,接收方不应该关闭channel。关闭channel是为了通知接收方数据已经发送完毕,以及避免发送方在向已经关闭的channel发送数据时引发panic异常。

在Go语言中,channel是一种用于在goroutine之间进行通信和同步的机制,它的实现原理是基于一个有缓冲的队列和一些同步原语来完成的。

具体来说,当一个goroutine向一个channel发送数据时,数据会被先放入缓冲队列中。如果缓冲队列已满,则发送操作会被阻塞,直到有另一个goroutine从该channel中接收数据并释放缓冲队列中的空间。同样地,当一个goroutine从一个channel中接收数据时,如果缓冲队列为空,则接收操作会被阻塞,直到有另一个goroutine向该channel中发送数据并将数据放入缓冲队列中。

被close的channel会有以下几个问题:

  1. 再次发送数据会panic:一旦一个channel被关闭,再次向该channel发送数据会导致panic。

  2. 重复关闭channel会panic:重复关闭一个已经被关闭的channel也会导致panic。

  3. 从已关闭的channel中接收数据不会阻塞:当一个channel被关闭时,任何尚未被接收的数据都会被抛弃,而且从已关闭的channel中接收数据不会发生阻塞。如果channel中已经没有数据,接收操作会立即返回一个零值和一个标志位来指示该channel是否已经被关闭。

  4. 关闭一个nil channel会panic:如果一个nil channel被关闭,会导致panic。

因此,在使用channel的时候,需要注意合理地使用close操作,并且需要避免一些常见的使用错误,例如重复关闭channel和从已关闭的channel中接收数据等。

分布式锁知道哪些?用channel如何实现?

集群用channel如何实现分布式锁

分布式锁是一种用于在分布式系统中实现互斥访问共享资源的机制。常见的分布式锁实现方式有基于数据库、基于缓存(如Redis)和基于ZooKeeper等。

使用channel来实现分布式锁的方式是基于Golang中channel的特性,结合分布式系统中的一些共享资源(如数据库或缓存)来实现的。下面是一种基本的使用channel实现分布式锁的思路:

  1. 定义一个全局的channel变量,用于控制并发访问共享资源。
  2. 当需要访问共享资源时,通过向channel发送数据来请求获取锁。
  3. If the lock is successfully acquired, the operation on the shared resource can be performed; otherwise, it needs to wait for other goroutines to release the lock.
  4. When the operation is complete, the lock is released by receiving the data in the channel, allowing other waiting goroutines to acquire the lock.

The following is a simple sample code that demonstrates how to use channels to implement distributed locks:

var lockChan = make(chan struct{}, 1)

func acquireLock() {
    lockChan <- struct{}{} // 发送数据到channel,请求获取锁
}

func releaseLock() {
    <-lockChan // 接收channel中的数据,释放锁
}

func main() {
    // 获取锁
    acquireLock()

    // 执行对共享资源的操作
    // ...

    // 释放锁
    releaseLock()
}

It should be noted that the above example is only a simple channel-based implementation, and does not consider the specific implementation details in a distributed environment. In a truly distributed system, more factors need to be considered, such as coordination and synchronization among multiple machines, timeout handling of locks, and fault recovery. Therefore, using channels to implement distributed locks needs to be designed and implemented in combination with specific distributed system architecture and requirements.

How to implement parallel goroutine

How to ensure the safety of go using shared memory to achieve concurrency?

In the Go language, parallel goroutines can be used to achieve concurrent execution. Concurrency refers to the execution of multiple tasks at the same time, while parallelism refers to the fact that these tasks are actually executed on different processors at the same time.

The way to implement parallel goroutines is by using the goroutine and channel mechanisms provided by the Go language. The specific steps are as follows:

  1. Use gothe keyword to start concurrently executing goroutines. For example, go foo()start a new goroutine to execute a function foo.
  2. Continue to execute other tasks or wait for results in the main goroutine without being blocked.
  3. Use channels for communication and synchronization between goroutines. Through channels, data can be passed between different goroutines, and the safety of concurrent operations can be ensured.

The following is a simple sample code showing how to achieve concurrent execution through parallel goroutines:

func task(name string, c chan string) {
    // 执行一个任务,假设耗时操作
    time.Sleep(time.Second)
    result := fmt.Sprintf("Task '%s' completed", name)
    c <- result // 将结果发送到通道中
}

func main() {
    tasks := []string{"task1", "task2", "task3"}
    resultChan := make(chan string)

    for _, task := range tasks {
        go task(task, resultChan) // 启动并发执行的goroutine
    }

    // 等待所有任务完成
    for range tasks {
        result := <-resultChan // 从通道中接收结果
        fmt.Println(result)
    }
}

When using shared memory to achieve concurrency, in order to ensure security, the following points need to be followed:

  1. Avoid multiple goroutines reading and writing the same shared memory area at the same time, which may cause data competition.
  2. When accessing shared memory concurrently, use mutual exclusion locks or other synchronization primitives (such as read-write locks, condition variables, etc.) to ensure mutual exclusion of access.
  3. By using channels (channel) to achieve synchronization and communication between goroutines, thereby avoiding the problem of shared memory access. Channels are concurrency-safe and internally synchronized by the Go language.

共享内存的方式实现并发的关键是对共享数据的访问进行同步和互斥控制,防止多个goroutine同时对相同的���据进行读写操作。在Go语言中,通过使用互斥锁等同步原语,可以保证对共享内存的安全访问。同时,利用通道(channel)来代替共享内存的方式,可以更好地避免数据竞争和并发访问的问题。

在Go语言中,实现并行的goroutine可以通过以下几种方式:

  1. 使用go关键字:通过在函数或方法调用前使用go关键字,将其放入一个新的goroutine中执行。例如:go func() { /* 并行执行的逻辑 */ }()

  2. 使用sync.WaitGroupsync.WaitGroup是一个用于等待一组goroutine完成的同步原语。可以使用Add方法增加等待的goroutine数量,每个goroutine在执行结束时调用Done方法,然后使用Wait方法等待所有goroutine完成。

  3. 使用select和无缓冲Channel:可以利用无缓冲Channel的阻塞特性和select语句来实现多个goroutine之间的并行执行。

  4. 利用并发原语:Go语言提供了一些常用的并发原语,如MutexRWMutexAtomic包等,可以用于实现互斥访问共享资源,从而确保并发操作的安全性。

对于共享内存并发模型,在Go语言中通过以下机制来确保安全性:

  1. 互斥锁:使用sync.Mutexsync.RWMutex进行互斥锁控制,保证同一时间只有一个goroutine能够访问共享资源。在访问共享资源之前,获取互斥锁;在访问结束后,释放互斥锁。这样可以确保在同一时间只有一个goroutine能够修改或读取共享资源。

  2. Atomic operations: Using atomicthe atomic operation functions provided in the package, such as atomic.AddInt64, , atomic.LoadInt32etc., you can perform safe concurrent access to shared resources without the need for mutexes. These atomic operations provide atomic reads and writes of primitive types, ensuring that no race conditions occur when multiple goroutines operate concurrently.

  3. Channel communication: Through the blocking and unblocking characteristics of unbuffered Channel, synchronization and communication between multiple goroutines can be realized. By sending data through the Channel for synchronization, the concurrent access problem caused by shared memory can be avoided.

To sum up, the Go language provides a relatively safe shared memory concurrency model through mechanisms such as mutual exclusion locks, atomic operations, and Channel communication to ensure the security of concurrent execution between multiple goroutines.

Are go locks reentrant?

Will I wait forever if I can't get the lock?

In the Go language, mutexes (Mutex) are not reentrant.

In the Go language, a mutex (`sync.Mutex`) is non-reentrant, which means that the same goroutine cannot acquire the same lock again until it is released. If the same goroutine tries to acquire the already held lock again, it will deadlock.

When a goroutine tries to acquire a lock that is already held by another goroutine, it blocks and waits until it acquires the lock. This kind of waiting is active and does not consume CPU resources, but is managed through scheduling at the operating system level.

You can avoid the situation of waiting forever by using:

1. Set the timeout mechanism: use `time.After` or `time.Timer` to set a timeout period, try to acquire the lock within a certain period of time, if it times out, give up the acquisition and execute the corresponding processing logic.

2. Use the lock operation function with a timeout parameter: the `sync.Mutex` in the standard library does not directly provide a lock operation function with a timeout parameter, but you can combine the `select` statement with the unbuffered Channel to implement a custom one Lock operation function with timeout.

Here is a simple example that demonstrates how to use lock manipulation functions with timeouts:

```go
import (
    "fmt"
    "sync"
    "time"
)

type CustomMutex struct {
    mu sync.Mutex
}

func (m *CustomMutex) LockWithTimeout(timeout time.Duration) bool {
    ch := make(chan struct{}, 1)

    go func() {
        m.mu.Lock()
        defer m.mu.Unlock()
        ch <- struct{}{}
    }()

    select {
    case <-ch:
        return true
    case <-time.After(timeout):
        return false
    }
}

func main() {
    var mu CustomMutex

    // 尝试获取锁,等待超过2秒则放弃
    if mu.LockWithTimeout(2 * time.Second) {
        defer mu.mu.Unlock()

        // 执行互斥操作
        fmt.Println("Got the lock!")
    } else {
        fmt.Println("Failed to acquire the lock within the timeout period.")
    }
}
```

通过以上方式,在获取锁的过程中可以设置一个合理的超时时间,避免无限等待的情况。

那如何实现一个timeout的锁?

go切片是如何实现的

要实现一个timeout的锁,可以使用sync.Mutex结合time.Ticker来实现。

具体的实现思路如下:

  1. 创建一个sync.Mutex对象用于实现互斥锁。
  2. 创建一个time.Ticker对象,并设置一个固定的时间间隔,用于定时触发超时。
  3. 创建一个timeoutLock结构体,其中包含一个sync.Mutex和一个time.Ticker对象。
  4. 实现Lock方法,当获取锁时,首先对互斥锁进行加锁操作,然后启动一个goroutine来等待超时事件的到来。如果在超时时间内锁没有被释放,则使用defer语句来进行解锁操作。
  5. 实现Unlock方法,用于解锁互斥锁,并停止等待超时的goroutine。

以下是一个简单的示例代码:

import (
    "sync"
    "time"
)

type timeoutLock struct {
    mu     sync.Mutex
    ticker *time.Ticker
}

func NewTimeoutLock(timeout time.Duration) *timeoutLock {
    return &timeoutLock{
        ticker: time.NewTicker(timeout),
    }
}

func (l *timeoutLock) Lock() {
    l.mu.Lock()
    go func() {
        <-l.ticker.C
        l.mu.Unlock()
    }()
}

func (l *timeoutLock) Unlock() {
    l.mu.Unlock()
    l.ticker.Stop()
}

Regarding the implementation of go slices, a slice is composed of three parts: a pointer to the underlying array, the length of the slice, and the capacity of the slice. It accesses the underlying array through pointer arithmetic.

In Go, slices are []Trepresented by , where Tthe type of the elements in the slice is indicated. When a slice is initialized, Go automatically allocates the underlying array for the slice, and sets the slice's pointer, length, and capacity to the corresponding values.

The length of the slice represents the number of elements in the slice, and the capacity of the slice represents the number of elements from the beginning of the slice to the end of the underlying array. When the length and capacity of the slice are equal, the slice can no longer be expanded. But the original slice can be extended by creating a new slice.

To implement a lock with a timeout function, you can use the `sync.Mutex` in the Go language combined with the `time.After()` function. Here is a simple sample code:

```go
package main

import (
    "fmt"
    "sync"
    "time"
)

type TimeoutLock struct {
    mutex sync.Mutex
}

func (l *TimeoutLock) LockWithTimeout(timeout time.Duration) bool {
    timeoutChan := time.After(timeout)
    l.mutex.Lock()

    select {
    case <-timeoutChan:
        l.mutex.Unlock()
        return false
    default:
        return true
    }
}

func main() {
    lock := TimeoutLock{}
    timeout := 3 * time.Second

    if lock.LockWithTimeout(timeout) {         fmt.Println("Acquired lock")         // Perform operations that require lock protection here         time.Sleep(5 * time.Second)         lock.mutex.Unlock()         fmt.Println( "Released lock")     } else {         fmt.Println("Failed to acquire lock within the timeout")     } } ```









In the above code, we define a structure called `TimeoutLock`, which contains a mutex `sync.Mutex` provided by the standard library. The `TimeoutLock` struct has a custom `LockWithTimeout` method which will try to acquire the lock for the given timeout.

The `LockWithTimeout` method first creates a timeout channel `timeoutChan`, which sends a value after the timeout expires. Then, try to acquire the lock by calling `l.mutex.Lock()`. Next, we use the `select` statement to wait for either of two events to occur: either the timeout expires, or the lock is successfully acquired. If the timeout is reached, unlock and return `false` to indicate failure to acquire the lock. If the lock is acquired successfully, return `true` directly to indicate that the lock is acquired successfully.

In the `main` function, we create a `TimeoutLock` instance and set the timeout to 3 seconds. Then call the `LockWithTimeout` method to try to acquire the lock. If the lock is successfully acquired, print "Acquired lock", perform operations that require lock protection (simulated in the example using `time.Sleep`), then release the lock and print "Released lock". If the lock fails to be acquired within the timeout, "Failed to acquire lock within the timeout" is printed.

As for the implementation of Go slices, slices are array-based dynamic data structures, which provide convenient operations and the ability to dynamically expand. Under the hood, a slice contains a pointer to the contiguous block of memory where elements are stored, along with information about the length and capacity of the slice.

When a slice grows, Go allocates a larger memory block and copies the original data into the new memory block. The runtime system of the Go language is responsible for managing the memory allocation and release of slices, and developers do not need to manually manage memory.

By using slices, it is convenient to perform dynamic size data operations without having to care about the details of memory management.

What functions are mainly implemented with redis

How to solve cache penetration

Redis is mainly used for the following functions:

  1. Cache: Redis can cache data in memory, provide fast read and write operations, and can effectively reduce the load on the database.
  2. Key-value storage: Redis is a key-value storage system that can store data using various data types such as strings, hashes, lists, sets, and ordered sets.
  3. Publish/subscribe: Redis supports publish/subscribe mode, which can realize the publication and subscription of messages, and is used to build a real-time message system.
  4. Transaction: Redis supports transaction operations, and multiple commands can be executed as an atomic operation to ensure transaction consistency.
  5. Persistence: Redis provides two persistence methods, namely RDB snapshot and AOF log, which are used to restore data after the service restarts.
  6. Distributed locks: Redis can implement distributed locks by setting the expiration time of keys and using Lua scripts to solve the problem of concurrent access.
  7. Atomic operations: Redis provides some atomic operations, such as increment, decrement, compare and set, etc., which can guarantee the atomicity of the operation.

Cache penetration means that the required data cannot be found in the cache, causing each request to access the database, thereby increasing the load on the database. In order to solve the cache penetration problem, the following methods can be adopted:

  1. Bloom filter: Use Bloom filter to filter out non-existent data, which can reduce access to the database. A Bloom filter is a data structure that can efficiently determine whether an element exists in a set.
  2. Cache empty objects: When the data does not exist after querying the database, cache empty objects (such as empty strings or empty lists), and return empty objects directly from the cache when querying the same data next time, avoiding repeated queries to the database .
  3. Hot data preloading: preload hot data into the cache to reduce access to the database.

It should be noted that the above methods cannot completely solve the cache penetration problem, but can only reduce its impact. In practical applications, it is also necessary to combine other technical means to comprehensively solve the problem of cache penetration.

Common Current Limiting Algorithms

What is the difference between token bucket and leaky bucket

Commonly used current limiting algorithms include token bucket algorithm and leaky bucket algorithm.

  1. Token Bucket Algorithm: Token Bucket Algorithm is a token-based current limiting algorithm. The working principle is to put tokens into the bucket at a fixed rate, and each token represents a request. When a request arrives, a token needs to be obtained from the bucket, and if there are not enough tokens in the bucket, it will be restricted. The token bucket algorithm can handle burst traffic and limit requests at a fixed rate.

  2. Leaky bucket algorithm: The leaky bucket algorithm is a container-based current limiting algorithm. It works by leaking water from the container at a constant rate, with each drop representing a request. When a request arrives, it is put into the container, and if the container is full, the overflow is limited. The leaky bucket algorithm can smooth request traffic and limit the maximum request rate.

the difference:

  • 令牌桶算法和漏桶算法的主要区别在于令牌桶算法是以恒定的速率放入令牌,而漏桶算法是以恒定的速率漏出请求。
  • 令牌桶算法可以应对突发流量,因为桶中可用的令牌可以累积,而漏桶算法则无法应对突发流量,因为漏桶的容量是固定的。
  • 令牌桶算法可以以固定的速率限制请求的处理,漏桶算法则以固定的速率漏出请求。

根据实际应用场景和需求,可以选择适合的限流算法进行使用。

常用的限流算法有以下几种:

  1. 固定窗口算法:将请求按照时间窗口进行划分,每个时间窗口内只允许一定数量的请求通过。

  2. 滑动窗口算法:将时间窗口分成多个小窗口,每个小窗口内允许一定数量的请求通过,通过滑动窗口来实现限流。

  3. 令牌桶算法:按照固定的速率产生令牌,每个请求需要消耗一个令牌,当令牌桶为空时,拒绝请求。

  4. 漏桶算法:按照固定的速率将请求放入漏桶中,漏桶以固定的速率处理请求,当漏桶为空时,拒绝请求。

  5. 计数器算法:对请求进行计数,当请求数量超过阈值时,拒绝请求。

令牌桶和漏桶是两种常用的限流算法,它们的主要区别如下:

  1. 令牌桶算法是按照固定的速率产生令牌,每个请求需要消耗一个令牌,当令牌桶为空时,拒绝请求;而漏桶算法是按照固定的速率将请求放入漏桶中,漏桶以固定的速率处理请求,当漏桶为空时,拒绝请求。

  2. 令牌桶算法可以在短时间内允许一定数量的突发请求通过,因为令牌桶中可能存有一定数量的令牌;而漏桶算法则无法处理突发流量,因为漏桶中只存储了固定数量的请求。

  3. 令牌桶算法和漏桶算法的实现方式不同,令牌桶算法可以使用队列来实现,而漏桶算法需要使用定时器和队列来实现。

需要注意的是,令牌桶算法和漏桶算法都是基于时间的限流算法,对于带宽限制的场景,需要使用基于带宽的限流算法,例如令牌桶算法的变种Leaky Bucket算法,它可以限制单位时间内的数据流量。

不同服务之间通信有哪些方式

不同服务之间通信的方式有以下几种:

  1. HTTP/HTTPS: Use the HTTP or HTTPS protocol to communicate, and realize the communication between services by sending HTTP requests and receiving HTTP responses. This is a common, simple and easy-to-implement communication method for communication between different languages ​​and platforms.

  2. RPC (Remote Procedure Call): Remote Procedure Call is a technology for communicating over a network that allows a program to call a function or method in another program just like calling a local function. Common RPC frameworks include gRPC, Thrift, Dubbo, etc.

  3. Message queue: Using message queue as middleware, different services communicate by sending and receiving messages. Message queues can realize asynchronous communication and decoupling. Common message queues include RabbitMQ, Kafka, ActiveMQ, etc.

  4. TCP/IP Socket: Use the underlying TCP/IP protocol for communication, and establish a Socket connection for data transmission. This method needs to handle data serialization and deserialization by itself, and is suitable for scenarios that require high performance and flexibility.

  5. gRPC: gRPC is a high-performance, open-source remote procedure call framework that uses Protocol Buffers as an interface definition language and supports multiple programming languages. Based on the HTTP/2 protocol, gRPC provides functions such as bidirectional flow, flow control, authentication, and load balancing.

  6. RESTful API: use the REST (Representational State Transfer) style API to communicate, and operate resources through methods such as GET, POST, PUT, and DELETE of the HTTP protocol. RESTful API is a simple, flexible and easy-to-understand communication method for communication between web services.

According to the specific needs and scenarios, you can choose an appropriate communication method to realize the communication between different services.

There are several options for communicating between different services. Here are a few common ways:

1. HTTP/HTTPS: The HTTP protocol is a commonly used application layer protocol that communicates through HTTP requests and responses. The HTTP/HTTPS protocol can be used between services to perform synchronous or asynchronous communication and send various types of data.

2. RPC(Remote Procedure Call):RPC是一种远程过程调用协议,它允许一个进程(或服务)调用另一个进程(或服务)中的函数或方法,就像本地调用一样。常见的RPC框架包括gRPC、Thrift、Apache Dubbo等。

3. 消息队列(Message Queue):消息队列是一种异步通信机制,允许服务之间通过发送和接收消息进行解耦合的通信。消息队列系统如RabbitMQ、Apache Kafka、ActiveMQ等,提供了可靠的消息传递和发布-订阅模式。

4. 事件总线(Event Bus):事件总线是一种发布-订阅模式的通信方式,服务可以发布事件,而其他服务可以订阅这些事件并作出相应的反应。Event Bus系统如Apache Kafka、NATS、Redis Pub/Sub等。

5. gRPC:gRPC是基于Google开源的Protocol Buffers(protobuf)协议和HTTP/2标准的高性能RPC框架。它支持多种编程语言,并提供强类型、高效、可靠的远程调用能力。

6. WebSockets:WebSockets是一种实现了全双工通信的协议,通过建立持久的连接,服务之间可以进行双向的实时通信。WebSockets适用于需要实时性和互动性的应用场景。

7. 数据库:服务之间可以通过共享数据库来进行通信。一个服务将数据写入数据库,另一个服务可以读取和处理这些数据。这种方式通常用于同步通信。

8. 文件共享:服务之间可以通过共享文件系统来进行通信。一个服务将数据写入共享文件,其他服务可以读取和处理这些文件中的数据。这种方式通常用于批量或离线处理。

这只是一些常见的方式,具体选择哪种方式取决于应用需求、性能要求、团队技术栈等因素。在设计服务间通信时,需要考虑可靠性、安全性、性能、可扩展性以及对系统的影响等方面。

一次rpc要经过哪些过程?rpc框架如何做性能调优

用过哪些rpc框架

一次RPC(Remote Procedure Call)调用通常包括以下过程:

  1. Client call: The client application sends an RPC request to the remote service, including the requested method name, parameters and other information.

  2. Network transmission: The client transmits the RPC request to the remote service over the network.

  3. Server-side processing: After receiving the RPC request, the remote service parses the request and calls the corresponding method for processing.

  4. Server-side response: The remote service encapsulates the processing result into a response message, and sends the response back to the client through the network.

  5. Client processing: After receiving the response from the server, the client parses the response message and obtains the result data.

  6. Return result: The client returns the result to the caller to complete an RPC call.

For the performance tuning of the RPC framework, you can start from the following aspects:

  1. Network transmission optimization: Use high-performance network protocols and transmission methods, such as TCP, HTTP/2, etc., to reduce network transmission overhead.

  2. Serialization optimization: Choose an efficient serialization framework, such as Protocol Buffers, Thrift, etc., to reduce data serialization and deserialization overhead.

  3. Connection pool and connection multiplexing: Through connection pooling and connection multiplexing technology, the overhead of connection creation and destruction is reduced, the reuse rate of connections is improved, and the time overhead of connection establishment is reduced.

  4. Concurrent processing: Use concurrent processing technologies, such as thread pools, coroutines, etc., to improve concurrent processing capabilities and improve system throughput and response speed.

  5. Load balancing: Use load balancing algorithms to distribute requests to multiple service providers to improve system availability and performance.

  6. Cache optimization: For frequently accessed data, caching technology can be used to reduce calls to remote services and improve performance.

Some RPC frameworks I've used include:

  1. gRPC: A high-performance, open source RPC framework, based on HTTP/2 protocol and Protocol Buffers, supports multiple programming languages.

  2. Apache Dubbo: A high-performance, lightweight RPC framework that supports multiple protocols and registries, and has good scalability and scalability.

  3. Spring Cloud Netflix: A microservice framework based on Spring Cloud, which provides support for RPC calls, including service discovery, load balancing and other functions.

  4. Thrift: A cross-language high-performance RPC framework that supports multiple transport protocols and serialization protocols, suitable for large-scale distributed systems.

According to specific needs and scenarios, choosing a suitable RPC framework can improve the performance and scalability of the system.

An RPC (Remote Procedure Call) usually includes the following process:

1. 客户端调用:客户端应用程序发起对远程服务的函数或方法调用。

2. 参数序列化:客户端将调用所需的参数序列化为字节流,以便在网络上传输。

3. 网络传输:序列化后的请求通过网络发送到远程服务的主机。

4. 服务端接收:远程服务的主机接收到请求数据。

5. 参数反序列化:服务端将接收到的字节流反序列化为具体的参数。

6. 执行服务:服务端执行相应的函数或方法,并生成结果。

7. 结果序列化:服务端将执行结果序列化为字节流。

8. 网络传输:序列化后的结果通过网络发送回客户端。

9. 客户端接收:客户端接收到远程服务返回的结果。

10. 结果反序列化:客户端将接收到的字节流反序列化为具体的结果。

11. 返回结果:客户端将结果返回给调用方并完成整个RPC调用。

对于RPC框架的性能调优,可以考虑以下几个方面:

1. 序列化方式选择:选择高效的序列化方式,如Protocol Buffers、MessagePack等,以减少数据的传输大小和序列化/反序列化的时间开销。

2. 网络协议选择:选择高性能的网络传输协议,如TCP、HTTP/2等,并合理配置和优化网络相关参数。

3. 连接池与连接复用:在客户端使用连接池,复用已建立的长连接,避免频繁创建和释放连接。

4. 并发度控制:根据系统负载和性能需求,合理控制并发调用数,避免过多的并发请求导致性能下降或资源耗尽。

5. 负载均衡:使用负载均衡算法,将请求分散到不同的服务提供者上,以平衡负载并提高整体性能。

6. 服务端线程池与异步处理:在服务端使用线程池和异步处理机制,充分利用服务器资源,提高并发处理能力。

7. 请求批处理:将多个RPC请求合并为一个批次进行发送,减少网络往返次数,提高吞吐量。

8. 缓存与预热:对于频繁访问的数据或计算结果,可以使用缓存来减少后续的RPC调用,加快响应速度。同时,在系统启动时进行预热,将热点数据加载到内存中,避免冷启动的性能问题。

9. 网络瓶颈优化:通过改进网络拓扑结构、增加带宽、减少网络延迟等手段,优化整个RPC调用链路中的网络瓶颈。

I have used the following RPC frameworks:

1. gRPC: gRPC is a high-performance RPC framework based on Protocol Buffers and HTTP/2, and supports multiple programming languages.

2. Apache Dubbo: Dubbo is an open source distributed service framework that provides high-performance RPC communication and service governance functions.

3. Thrift: Thrift is a cross-language high-performance RPC framework developed and maintained by the Apache Software Foundation.

These frameworks have different characteristics and applicable scenarios, and you can choose the appropriate framework according to your specific needs.

Talk about fuse, current limit, downgrade, avalanche

Do you know any open source frameworks for fuse downgrade?

Circuit Breaker: Circuit Breaker is a mechanism used to protect distributed systems. When a service fails or times out, the circuit breaker will temporarily interrupt the call to the service to avoid cascading failures of the system. The circuit breaker denies all requests for a period of time and periodically attempts to restore the circuited service.

Rate Limiting: Rate Limiting is a mechanism to control the amount of system access, and prevent system overload by limiting requests. Current limiting can limit the access rate of the system by setting the maximum number of concurrency, QPS (requests per second), token bucket algorithm, etc.

Fallback: Fallback is a mechanism to temporarily block non-core functions in order to ensure the availability of core functions when the system is abnormal or under high load. Downgrading can ensure the availability of the system by returning default values, caching data, and calling alternate interfaces.

Cascade Failure: The avalanche effect means that when a service fails or times out, other services that depend on the service will gradually fail due to waiting for a response, eventually leading to the collapse of the entire system. In order to avoid the avalanche effect, measures such as fusing, current limiting, and degradation can be taken to protect the stability of the system.

Some open source frameworks can be used to implement circuit breaker downgrade functions, such as:

  1. Hystrix: Netflix's open source circuit breaker degradation framework, which provides functions such as thread pool isolation, circuit breaker, request caching, and request merging, and is suitable for building elastic and resilient distributed systems.

  2. Sentinel: Alibaba's open source flow control and circuit breaker degradation framework, which provides functions such as real-time monitoring, rule configuration, flow control, and circuit breaker degradation, and is suitable for microservice architectures.

  3. Resilience4j: A lightweight fault-tolerant library that provides functions such as circuit breaking, current limiting, retrying, and timeout control, and supports functional programming and responsive programming models.

  4. Istio: Istio is an open source platform for managing and securing microservices, which includes flexible traffic control and circuit breaking mechanisms.

  5. Spring Cloud: Spring Cloud is Spring's official open source microservice framework, which can implement mechanisms such as circuit breaking, downgrading, and current limiting.

These open source frameworks can help developers realize circuit breaker downgrade functions and protect system stability and availability. According to the specific needs and technology stack, you can choose the appropriate framework to apply to the project.

Fuse, current limiting, degradation, and avalanche are common fault tolerance and stability mechanisms in distributed systems. Their meanings and functions are as follows:

  1. Fuse: Fuse is a service protection mechanism that can quickly stop access to the service when the service fails or is abnormal, so as to avoid further load pressure on the service. The fuse is the core implementation of the fuse mechanism. Common fuse frameworks include Netflix Hystrix and Sentinel.

  2. Current limiting: Current limiting is a flow control mechanism that can limit the maximum number of concurrency or QPS of the system to prevent the system from crashing due to excessive request load. Common current limiting frameworks include Guava RateLimiter, Redis, Nginx, and Envoy.

  3. Downgrade: Downgrade is a system self-protection mechanism, which can ensure the normal operation of core functions or services by abandoning some functions or services when the system is overloaded or abnormal. Common downgrade frameworks include Dubbo and Spring Cloud, etc.

  4. Avalanche: Avalanche is a system-level failure, which means that when a certain service or resource fails, the entire system crashes due to the accumulation of a large number of requests on the service or resource. In order to avoid the occurrence of avalanches, mechanisms such as fusing, current limiting, and degradation need to be used.

What is the difference between docker and virtual machine

What problem does serviceMesh use to solve?

What are the related technologies of devops

The difference between Docker and a virtual machine is as follows:

  1. Resource utilization: A virtual machine creates multiple independent virtual machine instances on a physical machine by using a Hypervisor (virtualization layer), and each instance contains an operating system and an application. Docker uses containerization technology to create multiple containers at the process level of the host operating system, and the containers share the kernel of the host operating system, resulting in higher resource utilization.

  2. Startup time: The virtual machine needs to fully start a complete operating system, and the startup time is relatively long. The Docker container only needs to start the application and its dependent resources, and the startup time is very fast.

  3. Isolation: The virtual machine provides high isolation, the virtual machines are isolated from each other, and the operating environment is completely independent. The Docker container shares the kernel of the host operating system, and its isolation is relatively weak.

  4. Deployment and Migration: Virtual machines can be migrated and deployed on different physical machines, but consume a lot of resources. The Docker container can be migrated and deployed on different hosts, with less resource consumption and more flexible and fast deployment.

Service Mesh is used to solve the inter-service communication problem in the microservice architecture, mainly solving the following problems:

  1. Service discovery and registration: through Service Mesh, services can be automatically discovered and registered, so that services can be dynamically increased, decreased and adjusted.

  2. Load balancing: Service Mesh can provide intelligent load balancing functions to reasonably distribute requests to various service instances to improve system throughput and performance.

  3. Network traffic management: Service Mesh can provide functions such as traffic control and traffic limiting, manage and control different services and traffic, and protect system stability and security.

  4. Fault fuse and retry: Service Mesh can monitor the status of the service, and when the service fails, it will automatically perform the fuse operation to prevent the fault from expanding. At the same time, it is also possible to retry the request to improve the reliability of the system.

DevOps (Development and Operations) is a culture and methodology that closely combines software development and IT operation and maintenance. It involves the following related technologies in practice:

  1. Automated deployment: Use tools such as Ansible, Chef, Puppet, etc. to automate software deployment and system configuration to achieve continuous delivery quickly and reliably.

  2. Continuous integration/continuous delivery: Through tools such as Jenkins, GitLab CI/CD, etc., code integration, construction, testing and deployment are continuously performed during the development process, and rapid iteration and delivery are realized automatically.

  3. Configuration management: Use tools such as Docker, Kubernetes, Terraform, etc. to manage and orchestrate system configuration on cloud platforms or virtualized environments to achieve elastic and flexible system architecture.

  4. Monitoring and logs: Use tools such as Prometheus, Grafana, ELK Stack, etc. to monitor the system in real time, collect and analyze logs, and find and solve problems in a timely manner.

  5. Agile development: Adopt agile development methods, such as Scrum, Kanban, etc., to improve development efficiency and product quality through iterative development and rapid response to changes.

The above are some technologies related to DevOps. By integrating and automating development and operation and maintenance, rapid delivery and high-quality software products are realized.

DevOps (Development Operations) is a working method and culture of software development and operation and maintenance, involving multiple related technologies. Following are some of the technologies related to DevOps:

  1. Continuous Integration/Continuous Delivery (CI/CD): Automate build, test and deployment processes, such as Jenkins, Travis CI, GitLab CI, etc.

  2. Infrastructure as Code (IaC): Define and manage infrastructure resources through code, such as Docker, Kubernetes, Terraform, etc.

  3. Automated configuration management: Tools to automate configuration and management of servers and applications, such as Ansible, Chef, Puppet, etc.

  4. Log and monitoring: collect and analyze log data and system indicators, such as ELK Stack (Elasticsearch, Logstash, Kibana), Prometheus, Grafana, etc.

  5. Containerization technology: The technology to create and manage application containers, such as Docker, Kubernetes, etc.

  6. Version Control and Collaboration: Team collaboration and version control tools such as Git, GitHub, GitLab, etc.

  7. Automated testing: Tools that automate the execution of test cases and verify application functionality, such as Selenium, JUnit, PyTest, etc.

meituan

Self introduction

What monitoring software is used?

Why not use open source monitoring software

Monitoring software typically uses the following techniques and tools:

  1. Metrics collection: Monitoring software will use various methods to collect system and application indicator data, such as CPU usage, memory usage, network traffic, etc. Common metrics collection tools include Prometheus, StatsD, Telegraf, etc.

  2. Data storage and query: Monitoring software needs to store the collected indicator data and provide query and analysis functions. Common data storage and query tools include InfluxDB, Elasticsearch, Graphite, etc.

  3. 可视化和报警:监控软件将收集到的指标数据通过可视化界面展示出来,方便用户查看系统状态和趋势。同时,监控软件还提供报警功能,当指标数据超过或低于设定的阈值时,发送报警通知。常见的可视化和报警工具有Grafana、Kibana、Alertmanager等。

  4. 日志收集和分析:监控软件还可以与日志收集和分析工具集成,将系统和应用程序的日志数据收集起来,进行分析和故障排查。常见的日志收集和分析工具有ELK Stack(Elasticsearch、Logstash、Kibana)、Splunk等。

开源监控软件具有以下优势:

  1. 开放性和可扩展性:开源监控软件通常具有开放的架构和接口,可以根据自身需求进行定制和扩展,满足特定的监控需求。

  2. 社区支持和活跃度:开源监控软件通常有庞大的用户社区,用户可以通过社区获取支持和解决问题,同时社区也会不断地进行开发和更新,保持软件的活跃度。

  3. 成本效益:开源监控软件通常是免费提供的,可以节省企业的软件采购成本。

然而,开源监控软件也存在一些挑战和限制:

  1. 配置和部署复杂性:开源监控软件通常需要一定的技术和经验来配置和部署,对于初学者来说可能会有一定的学习曲线。

  2. 缺乏商业支持:相比商业监控软件,开源监控软件可能缺乏商业支持和保障,如果出现问题可能需要依赖社区或自行解决。

  3. 功能和性能限制:开源监控软件可能在功能和性能方面存在一定的限制,无法满足某些特定的监控需求。

总的来说,使用开源监控软件还是商业监控软件,需要根据具体的需求和情况进行评估和选择。开源监控软件通常适用于小型和中型企业,具有一定的技术实力和资源,可以根据自身需求进行定制和扩展。商业监控软件通常适用于大型企业和复杂的系统环境,具有更丰富的功能和可靠的商业支持。

现在的监控体系是什么流程?

为什么没用logstash?

现代监控体系通常包括以下流程:

  1. Data collection: The monitoring system collects system and application indicator data, log data, etc. in various ways. Indicator data can be collected through Metrics collection tools, such as Prometheus, StatsD, etc.; log data can be collected through log collection tools, such as ELK Stack (Elasticsearch, Logstash, Kibana), Splunk, etc.

  2. Data storage and query: The collected data needs to be stored for subsequent query and analysis. Common data storage and query tools include InfluxDB, Elasticsearch, etc. These tools provide flexible query languages ​​and APIs for data analysis and visualization.

  3. Data visualization and alarm: The monitoring system displays the stored data through a visual interface, which is convenient for users to view system status and trends. Common visualization tools include Grafana, Kibana, etc. At the same time, the monitoring system also provides an alarm function. When the indicator data exceeds or falls below the set threshold, an alarm notification is sent so that measures can be taken in time.

  4. Data Analysis and Troubleshooting: The monitoring system can analyze the collected data, discover system anomalies and trends, and help users troubleshoot and optimize performance. This can be achieved through custom query and alert rules.

As for why Logstash might not be used, there could be several reasons:

  1. Functional requirements do not match: Logstash is mainly used for the collection, processing and forwarding of log data. If the monitoring system mainly focuses on the collection and analysis of indicator data instead of log data, Logstash may not be used.

  2. Technology selection and preference: There may be many options for the technology selection and architecture design of the monitoring system, and other more suitable tools may be selected according to specific needs and technical preferences of the team.

  3. Existing tool integration: The monitoring system may already use other log collection tools, such as Fluentd, Filebeat, etc., instead of Logstash.

In general, the specific process and tool selection of the monitoring system will vary according to specific needs and situations. As a popular log collection tool, Logstash can be used in some monitoring systems, but it is not required.

Non-recursive way to achieve pre-order traversal of binary trees

The following is an example of Go code that implements preorder traversal of a binary tree in a non-recursive manner:

type TreeNode struct {
    Val   int
    Left  *TreeNode
    Right *TreeNode
}

func preorderTraversal(root *TreeNode) []int {
    if root == nil {
        return nil
    }

    stack := []*TreeNode{root}
    result := []int{}

    for len(stack) > 0 {
        node := stack[len(stack)-1]
        stack = stack[:len(stack)-1]

        result = append(result, node.Val)

        if node.Right != nil {
            stack = append(stack, node.Right)
        }
        if node.Left != nil {
            stack = append(stack, node.Left)
        }
    }

    return result
}

A stack is used here to simulate the recursive process. First push the root node onto the stack, then loop through the following operations:

  1. Pop the top node of the stack and add its value to the result list.
  2. If the right child node of the top node of the stack is not empty, push the right child node onto the stack.
  3. If the left child node of the top node of the stack is not empty, push the left child node onto the stack.

Repeat the above steps until the stack is empty. The final result list is the result of preorder traversal.

Note that the above code assumes that a binary tree node is defined as shown above, where Valrepresents the value of the node, Leftand Rightrepresents the left and right child nodes, respectively.

The time complexity of this method is O(n) and the space complexity is O(n), where n is the number of nodes in the binary tree.

Tencent

algorithm lru

The following is a sample code for implementing the LRU (Least Recently Used) cache algorithm using a hash table and a doubly linked list:

type LRUCache struct {
    capacity int
    cache    map[int]*ListNode
    head     *ListNode
    tail     *ListNode
}

type ListNode struct {
    key   int
    value int
    prev  *ListNode
    next  *ListNode
}

func Constructor(capacity int) LRUCache {
    return LRUCache{
        capacity: capacity,
        cache:    make(map[int]*ListNode),
        head:     nil,
        tail:     nil,
    }
}

func (this *LRUCache) Get(key int) int {
    if node, ok := this.cache[key]; ok {
        this.moveToHead(node)
        return node.value
    }
    return -1
}

func (this *LRUCache) Put(key int, value int) {
    if node, ok := this.cache[key]; ok {
        node.value = value
        this.moveToHead(node)
    } else {
        node := &ListNode{key: key, value: value}
        if len(this.cache) >= this.capacity {
            this.removeTail()
        }
        this.addToHead(node)
        this.cache[key] = node
    }
}

func (this *LRUCache) moveToHead(node *ListNode) {
    if node == this.head {
        return
    }

    if node.prev != nil {
        node.prev.next = node.next
    }
    if node.next != nil {
        node.next.prev = node.prev
    }

    if node == this.tail {
        this.tail = this.tail.prev
    }

    if this.head != nil {
        node.next = this.head
        this.head.prev = node
    }

    this.head = node

    if this.tail == nil {
        this.tail = node
    }
}

func (this *LRUCache) removeTail() {
    if this.tail != nil {
        delete(this.cache, this.tail.key)
        if this.tail == this.head {
            this.head = nil
        }
        this.tail = this.tail.prev
        if this.tail != nil {
            this.tail.next = nil
        }
    }
}

func (this *LRUCache) addToHead(node *ListNode) {
    if this.head != nil {
        node.next = this.head
        this.head.prev = node
    }
    this.head = node
    if this.tail == nil {
        this.tail = node
    }
}

The LRUCache structure contains capacity to represent the cache capacity, cache to represent the hash table of key-value pairs, head and tail to represent the head and tail of the doubly linked list respectively. The ListNode structure represents the node of the linked list, including key and value, and prev and next pointers.

The Get method of LRUCache is used to get the value corresponding to the specified key. If the key exists, move the corresponding node to the head of the linked list and return the value. Returns -1 if key does not exist.

The Put method of LRUCache is used to insert or update key-value pairs. If the key exists, update the value of the corresponding node and move the node to the head of the linked list. If the key does not exist, it is necessary to judge whether the cache capacity is full. If it is full, remove the node at the end of the linked list and delete the corresponding key-value pair in the hash table. Then, a new node is inserted into the head of the linked list, and a new key-value pair is added to the hash table.

The moveToHead method is used to move the specified node to the head of the linked list. If the node is already a head, do nothing. Otherwise, the position of the node in the linked list needs to be adjusted.

The removeTail method is used to remove the node at the tail of the linked list and delete the corresponding key-value pair in the hash table.

The addToHead method is used to insert a node into the head of the linked list. If the linked list is not empty, update the prev pointer of the original head node, and then point the head pointer to the new node. If the linked list is empty, update the tail pointer at the same time.

The following is a sample code for implementing the LRU algorithm in Go language:

type LRUCache struct {
    capacity int
    cache    map[int]*DLinkedNode
    head     *DLinkedNode
    tail     *DLinkedNode
}

type DLinkedNode struct {
    key   int
    value int
    prev  *DLinkedNode
    next  *DLinkedNode
}

func Constructor(capacity int) LRUCache {
    cache := make(map[int]*DLinkedNode)
    head := &DLinkedNode{}
    tail := &DLinkedNode{}
    head.next = tail
    tail.prev = head
    return LRUCache{capacity: capacity, cache: cache, head: head, tail: tail}
}

func (this *LRUCache) Get(key int) int {
    if node, ok := this.cache[key]; ok {
        this.moveToHead(node)
        return node.value
    }
    return -1
}

func (this *LRUCache) Put(key int, value int) {
    if node, ok := this.cache[key]; ok {
        node.value = value
        this.moveToHead(node)
    } else {
        node := &DLinkedNode{key: key, value: value}
        this.cache[key] = node
        this.addToHead(node)
        if len(this.cache) > this.capacity {
            removed := this.removeTail()
            delete(this.cache, removed.key)
        }
    }
}

func (this *LRUCache) addToHead(node *DLinkedNode) {
    node.prev = this.head
    node.next = this.head.next
    this.head.next.prev = node
    this.head.next = node
}

func (this *LRUCache) removeNode(node *DLinkedNode) {
    node.prev.next = node.next
    node.next.prev = node.prev
}

func (this *LRUCache) moveToHead(node *DLinkedNode) {
    this.removeNode(node)
    this.addToHead(node)
}

func (this *LRUCache) removeTail() *DLinkedNode {
    node := this.tail.prev
    this.removeNode(node)
    return node
}

Parse:

The implementation of this LRU algorithm is implemented using a hash table and a doubly linked list. The hash table is used to quickly find nodes, and the doubly linked list is used to maintain the order of nodes.

The specific implementation process is as follows:

  1. Create a doubly linked list, where the head node and tail node represent the most recently used node and the longest unused node, respectively.

  2. 创建一个哈希表,用于存储每个节点的键值对,其中键是节点的键,值是指向节点的指针。

  3. 当需要访问一个节点时,如果节点存在于哈希表中,则将其移动到链表的头部,表示最近使用过;否则返回 -1。

  4. 当需要插入一个节点时,如果节点存在于哈希表中,则将其移动到链表的头部,更新节点的值;否则,在链表的头部插入新节点,并将其加入哈希表。如果此时链表长度超过了容量,则删除链表尾部的节点,并将其从哈希表中删除。

这个算法的时间复杂度是 O(1),空间复杂度是 O(capacity),其中 capacity 是缓存的容量。

项目相关

go语言如何实现服务不重启热部署

go性能分析工具

在Go语言中,可以使用一些工具和技术来实现服务的热部署,而无需重启整个服务。以下是一些常用的方法:

  1. 使用gin框架:Gin是一个轻量级的Web框架,它支持热加载和热部署。通过在开发模式下使用gin.Run()函数,可以在代码更改时自动重新编译和加载应用程序。

  2. 使用Fresh工具:Fresh是一个用于Go应用程序的自动重新加载工具。它会监视文件的更改,并在更改时自动重新编译和重新加载应用程序。

  3. 使用Air工具:Air是一个类似于Fresh的自动重新加载工具,它可以监视文件的更改并自动重新编译和重新加载应用程序。与Fresh不同的是,Air还支持在开发过程中自动运行测试。

  4. 使用go build -o命令:使用go build -o命令可以将Go应用程序编译为可执行文件,并将其保存在指定的输出文件中。然后,可以使用操作系统的文件监视工具(如inotify)来监视文件的更改,并在更改时重新运行可执行文件。

  5. 使用go get -u命令:使用go get -u命令可以更新Go依赖包。在服务运行期间,可以使用该命令来更新依赖包,并在更新完成后重新加载服务。

对于性能分析工具,Go语言提供了一些内置的工具和库,可以帮助开发者进行性能分析和优化。以下是一些常用的性能分析工具:

  1. pprof:pprof是Go语言的性能分析工具,可以用于分析CPU和内存的使用情况。通过在代码中插入pprof的相关函数,可以生成性能分析报告,并进行性能优化。

  2. go tool pprof:go tool pprof是一个命令行工具,可以用于分析和可视化pprof生成的性能分析报告。它提供了一些命令和选项,可以帮助开发者进行更深入的性能分析。

  3. go-torch:go-torch是一个用于生成火焰图的工具,可以帮助开发者更直观地分析CPU的使用情况。它使用pprof生成的性能分析报告,并将其转换为火焰图。

  4. go test -bench:go test命令可以用于运行Go的单元测试,并进行性能基准测试。通过添加-bench选项,可以对代码的性能进行基准测试,并生成性能报告。

这些工具和技术可以帮助开发者实现Go服务的热部署和性能分析,从而提高开发效率和服务性能。

tcp如何实现稳定性

TCP(传输控制协议)是一种可靠的、面向连接的协议,它通过一系列的机制来实现稳定性。以下是TCP实现稳定性的一些关键机制:

  1. 可靠传输:TCP使用序列号和确认机制来保证数据的可靠传输。发送方将每个数据包分配一个序列号,并在接收方收到数据包后发送确认消息。如果发送方没有收到确认消息,它将重新发送数据包,直到接收方成功接收到数据。

  2. 滑动窗口:TCP使用滑动窗口机制来控制发送和接收数据的速率。发送方和接收方各自维护一个滑动窗口,用于指示可以发送或接收的数据量。通过调整滑动窗口的大小,TCP可以适应网络的带宽和延迟变化,从而提高稳定性。

  3. 拥塞控制:TCP使用拥塞控制机制来避免网络拥塞并提高稳定性。它通过监测网络的拥塞程度和调整发送速率来防止过度发送数据,从而避免网络拥塞和数据丢失。

  4. 超时重传:如果发送方在一定时间内没有收到接收方的确认消息,则认为数据包丢失或被损坏,发送方将重新发送数据包,以确保可靠传输。

  5. Flow Control: TCP uses flow control mechanisms to balance the rate of data transfer between sender and receiver. The receiver notifies the sender of the amount of data that can be received through the sending window, so as to prevent the sender from sending excessive data and causing the receiver to be unable to process it.

  6. Retransmission and fast retransmission mechanism: If the receiver receives out-of-order data packets, it will send duplicate acknowledgment messages to notify the sender so that the sender can retransmit the lost data packets. Additionally, if the receiver receives consecutive lost packets, it can immediately send repeated acknowledgments to trigger a fast retransmission from the sender.

These mechanisms enable TCP to achieve stable data transmission in an unreliable network environment. TCP ensures reliable transmission and stability of data by detecting lost data packets, retransmitting lost data packets, and controlling sending rate and window size.

The difference between http and http2

How is https implemented and how is the certificate obtained?

The difference between HTTP and HTTP/2 is mainly reflected in the following aspects:

  1. Performance and efficiency: HTTP/2 uses a binary protocol instead of the plaintext protocol of HTTP, and improves performance and efficiency through features such as compression, multiplexing, and server push. HTTP/2 reduces network latency and reduces page load times.

  2. Header compression: HTTP/2 uses the HPACK algorithm to compress the headers of requests and responses, reducing the amount of transmitted data. In HTTP/1, the same header information needs to be sent repeatedly for each request.

  3. Multiplexing: HTTP/2 introduces the feature of multiplexing, which can send multiple requests and receive multiple responses simultaneously on the same TCP connection, reducing the number of connections and the delay of interaction.

  4. Server push: HTTP/2 supports server push. The server can actively push related resources before the client requests, avoiding the client from sending additional requests.

As for the implementation of HTTPS, it mainly includes the following steps:

  1. Apply for a certificate: First, you need to apply for an SSL certificate from a trusted certificate authority (CA). This usually requires providing identity verification and other relevant information for the organization or individual.

  2. Generate key and certificate signing request (CSR): Before applying for a certificate, you need to generate a private key and a CSR, which will contain the public key and organization/personal information.

  3. Submit CSR and verify identity: Submit CSR to CA and verify identity. Methods of verifying identity may include email confirmation, phone verification, domain ownership verification, etc.

  4. Issuing a certificate: After passing the verification, the CA will issue an SSL certificate. The certificate contains the public key, organization/individual information, and is digitally signed by the CA.

  5. 安装证书:将签发的证书安装到Web服务器上。根据不同的服务器和操作系统,安装过程可能会有所不同。

通过使用SSL证书,HTTPS实现了对HTTP通信的加密和身份验证。在HTTPS通信中,浏览器和服务器之间的数据通过使用公钥和私钥对称加密算法进行加密和解密。公钥包含在证书中,而私钥仅在服务器上保存。这样,只有拥有私钥的服务器才能解密从浏览器发送过来的数据。证书中的数字签名可以验证证书的真实性和完整性,确保通信的安全性。

如何实现分布式锁

实现分布式锁可以使用多种方法,下面介绍两种常见的方法:

  1. 基于数据库的实现:

    • 在数据库中创建一张表,用于存储锁的状态信息,可以通过一个唯一的键表示锁的名称或资源名。
    • 当需要获取锁时,向数据库中插入一条记录,如果插入成功则获取到锁。
    • 当需要释放锁时,删除数据库中对应的记录。
  2. 基于Redis的实现:

    • 使用Redis存储锁的信息。通过设置一个特定的键作为锁的名称或资源名。
    • 当需要获取锁时,使用Redis的SETNX命令(SET if Not eXists)设置一个键,如果返回1表示获取锁成功。
    • 为了避免出现死锁情况,可以为锁设置一个过期时间。
    • 当需要释放锁时,使用Redis的DEL命令删除对应的键。

在分布式系统中,为了避免出现锁的冲突,还需要考虑以下几点:

  1. 锁的唯一性:确保每个锁的名称或资源名是唯一的,这样不同的线程或进程之间的锁不会互相冲突。

  2. 锁的可重入性:允许同一个线程或进程重复获取同一个锁。

  3. 容错机制:在获取和释放锁的过程中,需要处理可能发生的异常情况,例如网络故障、宕机等。可以使用带有超时机制的获取锁的操作,以防止锁一直被占用。

  4. 原子性操作:使用原子性操作来确保同时只有一个线程或进程获取到锁。例如,在上述基于Redis的实现中,可以使用SETNX命令来保证设置锁和检测锁的操作是原子的。

  5. 高可用性:为了保证分布式锁在多台服务器上的可用性,可以使用主从复制或者分布式集群来部署Redis,并使用Redis的哨兵或集群模式进行故障转移。

Implementing distributed locks requires consideration of various complex situations and problems. Therefore, it is recommended to use third-party distributed lock components that already have high availability and reliability, such as ZooKeeper, etcd, Redisson, etc., to achieve more reliable and efficient distribution style lock.

gmp model

Why is the gpm model faster?

The GMP model is an implementation of the Go language scheduler, which consists of the following three components:

  1. G (Goroutine): G is the smallest unit of Go language scheduler scheduling, which represents a lightweight thread.

  2. M (Machine): M is the execution thread of the Go language scheduler, which is responsible for executing the code in G.

  3. P (Processor): P is the processor of the Go language scheduler, which is responsible for scheduling and managing G and M.

Why is the GPM model faster?

  1. Lightweight threads: Goroutines are lightweight user-level threads that are cheap to create, destroy, and switch. Goroutines have less overhead to create and schedule than operating system threads.

  2. Concurrency: The scheduler P of the GPM model can dynamically adjust the number of threads M according to actual needs, and evenly distribute Goroutines to these threads. This concurrency enables Go programs to take full advantage of the capabilities of multi-core processors and accelerate program execution.

  3. Garbage collection: The Go language uses an automatic garbage collection mechanism (Garbage Collection), and the GPM model supports garbage collection well. When performing garbage collection, the scheduler P will work together to ensure that the executing Goroutines can be suspended and resumed normally, minimizing the impact on the program.

The advantage of the GMP model over other models is that it can better utilize the performance of multi-core CPUs, thereby improving the concurrency and performance of the program. Specifically, the GMP model is faster for several reasons:

  1. Higher multi-core CPU utilization: The GMP model can distribute multiple Goroutines to execute on multiple processors, so as to better utilize the performance of multi-core CPUs.

  2. Faster context switching: The GMP model uses a user-mode-based thread switching method, which is faster and lighter than traditional operating system thread switching.

  3. Better load balancing: The GMP model can dynamically adjust the processor where the Goroutine is located according to the running status of the Goroutine, so as to achieve better load balancing.

In summary, the GMP model can improve the concurrency and performance of Go language programs by better utilizing the performance of multi-core CPUs, faster context switching, and better load balancing.

Thread coroutine difference

Threads and coroutines are two commonly used mechanisms in concurrent programming. They have the following differences:

  1. Scheduling method: Threads are scheduled by the operating system, using preemptive scheduling, that is, the execution time of threads is determined by the operating system. The coroutine is scheduled by the user program, using cooperative scheduling, that is, the coroutine actively gives up the execution right to other coroutines.

  2. Concurrency: Thread is an operating system-level concurrency mechanism that can execute multiple threads in parallel, and each thread has its own context and execution state. The coroutine is a user-level concurrency mechanism. Multiple coroutines are executed sequentially in one thread, sharing the context and execution state of the thread.

  3. Switching overhead: Since threads are scheduled by the operating system, switching between threads needs to save and restore the thread context, which involves switching between user mode and kernel mode, so the overhead of thread switching is relatively large. The switching of the coroutine is scheduled by the user program. When switching, only the context of the coroutine needs to be saved and restored, and the overhead is small.

  4. Memory usage: Since threads are entities at the operating system level, each thread requires independent stack space and resources, so the memory usage of threads is relatively large. The coroutine is created in the user program, and multiple coroutines share the stack space and resources of the thread, and the memory footprint is small.

  5. Programming model: The programming model of threads is relatively complex, and issues such as thread synchronization and access to shared data need to be considered. The programming model of coroutines is relatively simple, and there is no need to explicitly deal with thread synchronization and shared data issues.

All in all, threads and coroutines are two different concurrent programming mechanisms. Threads are suitable for scenarios that require parallel computing using multi-core processors, but thread switching overhead is high. The coroutine is suitable for scenarios that require high concurrency and lightweight, and can use the resources of a single thread more efficiently, but cannot use multi-core processors for parallel computing. Choosing to use threads or coroutines depends on specific needs and scenarios.

How redis achieves high availability

redis failover strategy

The high availability of Redis can be achieved in the following ways:

  1. Master-Slave Replication: Redis master-slave replication is implemented by replicating the data of the master node to one or more slave nodes. Slave nodes periodically pull data from the master node and replicate it. When the master node fails, a slave node can be promoted to the master node and continue to provide services.

  2. Sentinel监控机制:Redis Sentinel是Redis官方提供的用于监控和自动故障转移的工具。可以配置多个Sentinel进程监控Redis的主从状态,并在主节点故障时自动进行故障转移,选举新的主节点,并将从节点升级为新的主节点。

  3. Redis Cluster集群模式:Redis Cluster模式是Redis官方提供的用于分布式部署的解决方案。Redis Cluster将数据分散到多个节点上,每个节点负责部分数据。当某个节点故障时,Redis Cluster可以自动将数据迁移到其他节点上,并继续提供服务。

故障转移策略可以根据实际需求来选择,一般情况下,如果对性能要求较高,可以选择主从复制方式实现高可用;如果对性能要求没有那么高,但对可用性要求较高,可以选择Sentinel监控机制;如果需要进行大规模水平扩展,并且对可用性要求高,可以选择Redis Cluster集群模式。

Redis可以通过以下方式实现高可用性:

1. 主从复制:Redis支持主从复制机制,其中一个Redis节点作为主节点(Master),负责处理所有写操作和部分读操作,而其他节点作为从节点(Slave),复制主节点的数据。当主节点出现故障时,可以将一个从节点升级为新的主节点,确保系统的可用性。

2. 哨兵模式(Sentinel):哨兵是一种特殊的Redis节点,它监控和管理多个Redis实例。哨兵可以自动检测主节点的故障,并进行故障转移。当主节点失效时,哨兵会选择一个从节点作为新的主节点,并通知其他节点进行更新。

3. Redis Cluster:Redis Cluster是Redis提供的分布式集群解决方案。它将数据分片存储在多个节点上,并使用Gossip协议进行节点间的通信和数据同步。Redis Cluster具有自动分区和故障转移功能,当节点故障或加入集群时,它能够自动重新分配和迁移数据,确保集群的可用性和数据的一致性。

以上是常见的Redis高可用解决方案。根据具体情况和需求,可以选择适合的策略来实现高可用性。

关于Redis故障转移策略,根据不同的部署方式和版本,有以下几种常见的故障转移策略:

1. 主从复制切换:当主节点失效时,可以手动或自动将一个从节点升级为新的主节点。这需要在Redis配置中修改相应的角色,并确保客户端应用程序正确地连接到新的主节点。

2. 哨兵自动故障转移:哨兵模式可以实现自动的故障转移。当哨兵检测到主节点失效时,它会协调其他哨兵来选择新的主节点并进行故障转移操作。这种方式可以在不中断服务的情况下完成主节点的替换。

3. Redis Cluster自动故障转移:Redis Cluster具有内置的故障转移机制。当节点失效时,集群会自动重新分配槽位和迁移数据,使得集群仍然可用。这种方式适用于大规模的分布式部署,能够提供高可用性和水平扩展。

需要注意的是,对于故障转移,除了确保新的主节点可用外,还需要考虑数据一致性、网络延迟等因素。在实际应用中,可以根据需求和业务场景来选择合适的故障转移策略,并进行适当的配置和监控,以确保Redis系统的高可用性。

kafka如何做到高可用?mysql事务的隔离级别?

Kafka如何做到高可用: Kafka是一个分布式的消息队列系统,它通过以下几种方式实现高可用性:

  1. 副本机制:Kafka使用副本机制来保证数据的可靠性和高可用性。每个主题的分区可以配置多个副本,其中一个副本为领导者(leader),负责处理读写请求,其他副本为追随者(follower),负责备份数据。如果领导者副本故障,可以从追随者中选举新的领导者。

  2. 故障转移:当Kafka集群中的某个节点故障时,Kafka可以自动进行故障转移。它会将故障节点上的分区重新分配给其他健康的节点,并选举新的领导者副本。

  3. 数据复制:Kafka使用异步的方式进行数据复制,即生产者在将消息写入领导者副本后就立即返回,而不等待数据复制完成。这样可以提高写入性能,但也可能导致少量数据丢失。

  4. ZooKeeper的协调:Kafka使用ZooKeeper来进行集群的协调和管理。ZooKeeper可以监控Kafka集群的状态,并在节点故障时触发故障转移。ZooKeeper还可以确保只有一个领导者副本对外提供服务。

MySQL事务的隔离级别: MySQL事务的隔离级别是指多个事务之间的隔离程度,可以通过设置隔离级别来控制事务之间的并发性和一致性。

MySQL提供了以下四个事务隔离级别:

  1. 读未提交(Read Uncommitted):最低级别的隔离级别,允许一个事务读取另一个未提交的事务的数据。可能会导致脏读(Dirty Read)问题。

  2. 读已提交(Read Committed):允许一个事务只能读取其他已提交事务的数据。可以避免脏读问题,但可能会导致不可重复读(Non-repeatable Read)问题。

  3. 可重复读(Repeatable Read):保证在一个事务中多次读取同一行数据时,结果始终一致。避免了脏读和不可重复读问题,但可能会导致幻读(Phantom Read)问题。

  4. 序列化(Serializable):最高级别的隔离级别,完全隔离事务,保证了事务的一致性和可串行化。避免了脏读、不可重复读和幻读问题,但性能较差。

不同的隔离级别权衡了事务的一致性和并发性,可以根据具体的业务需求选择适合的隔离级别。

格步科技

自我介绍

用k8s主要做哪些功能?

链表和数组的区别,以及各种操作上的复杂度

Kubernetes(通常简称为K8s)是一个用于自动化容器化应用程序部署、扩展和管理的开源平台。主要功能包括:

1. 容器编排:Kubernetes提供了强大的容器编排功能,可以自动调度和管理容器化的应用程序。它能够根据资源需求和约束条件,在集群中合理分配和调度容器。

2. 服务发现与负载均衡:Kubernetes支持服务发现机制,通过定义Service资源来提供内部服务的访问入口,并使用负载均衡算法将流量分发到后端容器。

3. Automatic scaling: Kubernetes can automatically scale horizontally and vertically according to resource usage and indicators to meet the needs of applications. This allows the number of replicas to be automatically scaled up or down based on load changes.

4. Self-healing ability: Kubernetes has self-healing and fault-tolerant capabilities. When a container or node fails, it can automatically restart, migrate or replace the container, and ensure high availability and stability of the application.

5. Configuration and storage management: Kubernetes provides a declarative way to manage application configuration information, allowing easy configuration updates and rollbacks. In addition, Kubernetes also supports a variety of storage volume types, such as persistent volumes (Persistent Volumes) and storage classes (Storage Classes), which are used to manage data storage for applications.

Linked lists and arrays are two common data structures with the following differences:

1. Storage method: Arrays store data in continuous blocks in memory, while linked lists use nodes to store data scattered and link nodes through pointers.

2. Insertion and deletion operations: For arrays, inserting and deleting elements may require moving other elements to make room or fill gaps, so the time complexity of these operations is O(n), where n is the length of the array. The linked list can perform insertion and deletion operations in constant time, only need to adjust the pointer of the node, and the time complexity is O(1).

3. Random access: Arrays can directly access elements in constant time through indexes, and the time complexity is O(1). The linked list needs to traverse from the beginning to find the target node, and the time complexity is O(n), where n is the length of the linked list.

4. Space occupation: Since the array requires a continuous memory space, its space occupation is fixed. The space occupied by the linked list depends on the number of elements actually stored, and the memory can be dynamically allocated according to the demand.

Time complexity for different operations:

- Accessing elements: The random access time complexity of an array is O(1), while the access time complexity of a linked list is O(n).
- Inserting elements: the time complexity of inserting elements in an array is O(n), and the time complexity of inserting elements in a linked list is O(1).
- Deleting elements: The time complexity of deleting elements in an array is O(n), and the time complexity of deleting elements in a linked list is O(1).

It should be noted that linked lists and arrays are suitable for different scenarios. Linked lists are usually better suited when frequent random access, insertion, and deletion operations are required. Arrays are more suitable when efficient random access and fixed-size storage are required.

Talk about the understanding of the hash table, in-depth

Do you understand the lru algorithm? What about the above scenarios?

A Hash Table is a common data structure for storing and querying data with key-value pairs. It maps keys to positions in a hash table through a hash function, enabling fast insertion and lookup operations.

The hash table is composed of hash buckets, and each hash bucket stores a linked list or array, in which key-value pairs with the same hash value are mapped to the same hash bucket. When querying a key, the hash table will use the hash function to calculate the hash value of the key, find the corresponding hash bucket according to the hash value, and then look up the key-value pair in the hash bucket.

The advantage of the hash table is that the average time complexity of insertion and query operations is O(1), that is, constant time. However, the hash table will degenerate into a linked list or a linear detection table when encountering a hash collision (multiple keys are mapped to the same hash bucket), resulting in the worst case time complexity of insert and query operations becoming O (n).

The LRU (Least Recently Used) algorithm is a commonly used page replacement algorithm for cache elimination strategies. Its principle is based on the fact that the most recently used pages are often the next to be used, so they should be kept, and the pages that have not been used for the longest time should be eliminated.

In some scenarios, the LRU algorithm can be used to manage the cache. For example, in a memory-constrained system, if the cache is full, when new data is to be inserted, the LRU algorithm can be used to eliminate the longest unused data to make room for new data. This can ensure that the data in the cache has been used recently, improving the hit rate and performance of the cache.

When implementing the LRU algorithm, a hash table can be used to store cached key-value pairs to support O(1) query operations. In addition, a doubly linked list can also be used to maintain the access order of the cached data. The most recently accessed data is placed at the head of the linked list, and the longest unused data is placed at the end of the linked list. When new data is accessed, it can be moved to the head of the linked list; when data needs to be eliminated, the data at the end of the linked list can be selected for elimination. This design, which combines hash tables and doubly linked lists, enables efficient LRU caching.

Hash Table (Hash Table), also known as Hash Table, is a commonly used data structure for storage and fast retrieval of key-value pairs. It enables efficient data access by mapping keys to indexed positions in a fixed-size array (often called a hash bucket or hash table).

The core idea of ​​the hash table is to use the hash function to convert the key into an index, and then store the corresponding value at the index position. When you need to find, insert or delete a value, you only need to calculate the hash value of the key and locate the corresponding index position, which has an operation performance close to constant time complexity.

Here are some key concepts and principles of hash tables:

1. Hash function: The hash function maps the key to the index position of the hash table. A good hash function should have uniformity, that is, it can evenly map different keys to different positions in the hash table to avoid hash collisions.

2. Hash conflict: When two different keys are calculated by the hash function to obtain the same index position, a hash conflict occurs. Common conflict resolution methods include chain address method (Chaining), open addressing method, etc.

3. Conflict resolution method:
   - Chaining: Set each index position of the hash table as a linked list or other data structure, and when a conflict occurs, add the conflicting key-value pair to the linked list.
   - Open Addressing: When a conflict occurs, use a detection method (such as linear detection, secondary detection, etc.) to find the next available location in the hash table to store the conflicting key-value pair.

4. Selection of hash function: Selecting a hash function suitable for the characteristics of the problem and data distribution is crucial to the performance of the hash table. A good hash function should minimize collisions and be computationally efficient.

The LRU (Least Recently Used) algorithm is a common cache elimination algorithm, which is used to select the least recently used data for elimination in a limited cache space. Based on the data access pattern, the LRU algorithm believes that recently accessed data is more likely to be accessed again in the future, so it will give priority to retaining recently used data.

The implementation of the LRU algorithm is usually implemented using a combination of a hash table and a doubly linked list. Hash tables are used to quickly retrieve data, while doubly linked lists maintain the order in which data is accessed. Every time the data is accessed, if the data exists in the cache, it is moved to the head of the linked list; when the data needs to be eliminated, the data at the end of the linked list can be directly deleted.

The LRU algorithm is suitable for scenarios where cache resources are limited and need to be eliminated based on recent access patterns. For example, the page cache of the Web server, the query result cache of the database, and the like. By using the LRU algorithm, the cache hit rate can be improved, and the number of visits to the underlying storage system can be reduced, thereby improving system performance and response speed.

Tell me about the sorting algorithm you know

Talk about the general operation process of quick sorting

I can introduce you to some common sorting algorithms:

  1. Bubble Sort (Bubble Sort): Compare two adjacent elements in turn, and exchange positions if the order is wrong. Each cycle bubbles the largest (or smallest) element to the end (or front), and repeats this process until the sorting is complete .

  2. Insertion Sort: Insert unsorted elements into the sorted sequence one by one, and sort by continuously comparing and moving the position of elements.

  3. Selection Sort: Select the smallest (or largest) element from the unsorted sequence each time, put it at the end (or beginning) of the sorted sequence, and repeat this process until the sorting is complete.

  4. Quick Sort (Quick Sort): Select a reference element and divide the sequence into two subsequences, one smaller than the reference element and one larger than the reference element. Then recursively call quicksort on the subsequences until each subsequence has only one element or is empty, and finally merge all the subsequences.

  5. Merge Sort: Divide the sequence into two until each subsequence has only one element or is empty, then merge and sort adjacent subsequences, and finally obtain a completely ordered sequence.

  6. Heap Sort (Heap Sort): Sort the sequence by building a maximum heap or a minimum heap, swapping the top element with the last element each time, then readjusting the heap, and repeating this process until the sorting is complete.

The general operation process of quick sort is as follows:

  1. Selects a pivot element (usually the first or last element of the sequence).

  2. Splits a sequence into two subsequences, one less than and one greater than the pivot element.

  3. Recursively call quicksort on subsequences, repeating the above steps until each subsequence has only one element or is empty.

  4. Combine all subsequences to get a fully ordered sequence.

The advantage of quick sort is that the average time complexity is O(nlogn), and it has better performance in most cases.

I will introduce some common sorting algorithms, including quick sort, merge sort, insertion sort, and selection sort.

1. Quick sort (Quick Sort): Quick sort is an efficient divide-and-conquer sorting algorithm. Its basic idea is to choose an element as the benchmark (usually choose the first or last element), divide the sequence into two parts that are less than or equal to the benchmark and greater than the benchmark, and then recursively sort the two parts. The specific operation is as follows:

   - Select the datum element.
   - Divide the sequence into two subsequences, placing the one less than or equal to the benchmark on the left and the one greater than the benchmark on the right.
   - Recursively applies the quicksort algorithm to the left and right subsequences.
   - Merge the left subsequence, pivot element, and right subsequence.

   The time complexity of quicksort is O(nlogn) in the average case and O(n^2) in the worst case (when the sequence is already sorted). Quicksort is an in-place sorting algorithm that does not require additional space.

2. Merge Sort (Merge Sort): Merge sort is a stable, divide-and-conquer-based sorting algorithm. Its core idea is to divide the sequence into two parts, sort them separately, and then merge the sorted subsequences. The specific operation is as follows:

   - Recursively split the sequence into two subsequences until each subsequence has only one element.
   - Merge subsequences layer by layer, compare element sizes, and put them into a new sorted sequence in order.

   The time complexity of merge sort is O(nlogn), and it requires additional O(n) space to store temporary merged results.

3. Insertion Sort: Insertion sort is a simple and intuitive sorting algorithm. Its basic idea is to divide the sequence into sorted and unsorted parts, traverse the unsorted part, and insert elements one by one into the correct position of the sorted part. The specific operation is as follows:

   - Inserts elements one by one into the sorted part at the appropriate position, starting with the second element.
   - After each insertion, the length of the sorted part is increased by one element.

   The time complexity of insertion sort is O(n^2) in the average case, and O(n) in the best case (when the sequence is already sorted). It is an in-place sorting algorithm.

4. 选择排序(Selection Sort):选择排序是一种简单直观的排序算法。它的基本思想是在未排序部分中选择最小的元素,然后将其放到已排序部分的末尾。具体操作如下:

   - 在未排序部分中找到最小的元素。
   - 将最小元素与未排序部分的第一个元素交换位置,将其放到已排序部分的末尾。
   - 重复上述步骤,直到所有元素都排序完成。

   选择排序的时间复杂度是O(n^2),它也是一种原地排序算法。

以上是对几种常见排序算法的简要介绍。每种排序算法都有其适用的场景和性能特点,在实际应用中需要根据具体情况选择合适的算法。

快速排序的操作过程大致如下:

  1. 选择一个基准元素(通常为序列中的第一个元素)。

  2. 将序列中小于基准元素的元素放在基准元素的左侧,将大于基准元素的元素放在基准元素的右侧。

  3. 对左右两个子序列递归地进行快速排序。

具体来说,快速排序的实现通常采用分治的思想,可以使用双指针法或递归法来实现。在双指针法中,可以使用两个指针分别从序列的两端向中间移动,交换左右两个指针所指的元素,直到左右指针相遇。在递归法中,可以将序列分成两个子序列,分别递归地进行快速排序,然后将排序后的子序列合并成一个有序序列。快速排序的时间复杂度通常为 O(nlogn),是一种高效的排序算法。

快排的平均的时间复杂度

快排什么情况下是最慢的?

快速排序的平均时间复杂度为O(nlogn)。

快速排序在最坏情况下的时间复杂度为O(n^2)。最坏情况发生在每次划分都选择了当前序列的最大或���小元素作为基准元素,导致划分不平衡。例如,当序列已经有序或接近有序时,快速排序的性能会变得很差。

此外,快速排序在处理大量重复元素的序列时也会表现较差。如果序列中存在大量相同的元素,那么每次划分时基准元素可能会选择到重复元素的位置,导致划分不平衡,进而影响排序的性能。

为了避免最坏情况的发生,可以采取一些优化措施,如随机选择基准元素、三数取中法选择基准元素、使用插入排序等。这些优化方法可以提高快速排序的性能,并减少最坏情况的发生概率。

快速排序的平均时间复杂度为O(nlogn)。

快速排序在最坏情况下的时间复杂度是O(n^2),即当每次选取的基准元素都划分出一个空序列和一个长度为n-1的序列时,导致递归的深度达到n,算法的性能下降。最坏情况通常出现在以下两种情况:

1. 已排序或逆序的序列:如果待排序序列已经有序或逆序排列,而每次选择的基准元素恰好是序列中的最小或最大值,那么每次划分只能减少一个元素的规模,递归深度达到n,时间复杂度为O(n^2)。

2. 具有大量重复元素的序列:当待排序序列中存在大量相等的元素时,快速排序的划分可能会导致两个子序列的大小差距很大,使得递归过程不再均衡。如果每次选择的基准元素都是相同元素,则算法将无法有效地将序列划分为更小的片段,递归深度达到n,时间复杂度为O(n^2)。

为了避免最坏情况的发生,可以采取一些优化措施,如随机选取基准元素、三数中值法选择基准元素、使用插入排序等。这些优化方法可以提高快速排序在实际应用中的性能和稳定性。总体而言,在平均情况下,快速排序具有较好的时间复杂度和排序性能。

常用的数据库有哪些?

mysql的事务四个特性

常用的数据库包括:

  1. MySQL:一个关系型数据库管理系统,广泛应用于Web应用程序的后台数据存储。

  2. Oracle:一种功能强大的关系型数据库管理系统,适用于大型企业级应用。

  3. Microsoft SQL Server:由Microsoft开发的关系型数据库管理系统,适用于Windows平台。

  4. PostgreSQL:一个开源的关系型数据库管理系统,具有可扩展性和高度稳定性。

  5. MongoDB:一个面向文档的数据库,用于处理大量的非结构化数据。

  6. Redis:一个开源的内存数据结构存储系统,常用于缓存、消息队列和实时数据分析等场景。

  7. SQLite:一个嵌入式数据库引擎,适用于轻量级应用和移动设备应用。

The four characteristics of MySQL transactions are:

  1. Atomicity: A transaction is an atomic operation unit, either all of them are executed successfully, or they are all rolled back to the initial state, and there is no partial execution.

  2. Consistency: Before and after a transaction is executed, the state of the database must remain consistent. That is, before the transaction starts and after the transaction ends, the integrity constraints of the database are not violated.

  3. Isolation: Concurrently executed transactions should be isolated from each other, and each transaction should not feel the existence of other transactions. Transaction isolation levels include read uncommitted, read committed, repeatable read, and serializable.

  4. Durability: Once a transaction is successfully committed, its modifications will be permanently stored in the database and will not be lost even if a system failure occurs.

What problems are solved by the isolation level of mysql transactions?

What method is used to optimize a sql statement that is relatively slow?

MySQL's transaction isolation levels include:

  1. Read Uncommitted (Read Uncommitted): Modifications in a transaction can be read by other transactions, which may lead to dirty reads, non-repeatable reads, and phantom reads.

  2. Read Committed (Read Committed): The modification in the transaction can only be read by other transactions after committing, which solves the problem of dirty reading, but the problems of non-repeatable reading and phantom reading may still occur.

  3. Repeatable Read (Repeatable Read): The query results in a transaction remain consistent. Even if other transactions modify the data and solve the problems of dirty reads and non-repeatable reads, phantom reads may still occur.

  4. Serializable: Transactions are executed serially, avoiding the problems of dirty reads, non-repeatable reads, and phantom reads, but will reduce concurrency performance.

For a slow SQL statement, you can optimize it in the following ways:

  1. Index optimization: By adding appropriate indexes to the columns involved in the query, the query speed can be accelerated.

  2. Optimize query statements: use appropriate query statements to avoid unnecessary associations and subqueries, and reduce the amount of query data.

  3. Analyze and optimize the table structure: According to actual needs, reasonably design the table structure to avoid redundant fields and unnecessary data types.

  4. Database parameter tuning: According to the actual situation, adjust the parameter configuration of the database, such as buffer size, number of concurrent connections, etc.

  5. Sub-database and sub-table: For large-scale databases, you can consider distributing data into multiple databases or tables to improve query efficiency.

  6. Use cache: For frequently queried data, you can use cache technology, such as Redis, to reduce access to the database.

  7. Asynchronous processing: For time-consuming operations, they can be asynchronized and processed through message queues to improve response speed.

It needs to be analyzed and optimized according to the specific situation, combined with the performance monitoring and tuning tools of the database, to find performance bottlenecks and optimize accordingly.

From entering a URL in the browser to loading the content in the browser, what happened in the middle? know as much as possible

The process from inputting a URL on the browser to loading content by the browser roughly includes the following steps:

  1. DNS resolution: The browser first parses the domain name part of the input URL and converts it into the corresponding IP address. The browser will first check whether there is a corresponding IP address in the local cache. If not, it will send a query request to the local DNS server. If the local DNS server does not cache the IP address of the domain name, it will initiate a recursive query to the root domain name server. Finally, the IP address of the target server is obtained.

  2. Establish a TCP connection: The browser uses the HTTP protocol to establish a TCP connection with the target server. Through the three-way handshake process, a reliable connection is established between the browser and the server.

  3. Send HTTP request: The browser sends an HTTP request to the target server, including the requested method (GET, POST, etc.), requested URL, request header and other information. A request can contain additional data, such as form data or a request body.

  4. Server processing request: After receiving the HTTP request sent by the browser, the target server processes it according to the URL and parameters of the request. The server may perform some back-end logic, such as querying the database, processing business logic, and so on.

  5. The server returns an HTTP response: After the server processes the request, it generates an HTTP response, including the response status code, response header, and response body. The response body contains the content of the request, such as HTML, CSS, JavaScript, pictures, etc.

  6. The browser receives the response: After the browser receives the HTTP response returned by the server, it will process it according to the information in the response header. If the response contains redirect information, the browser will resend the request to the new URL. If the response is an HTML page, the browser parses the HTML and sends additional requests for other resources based on the resource links in the HTML.

  7. Render the page: The browser renders the page according to the received resources such as HTML, CSS, and JavaScript. The browser will parse the HTML structure, build a DOM tree, then perform style calculations based on CSS styles, and finally combine the DOM tree and styles to generate a rendering tree. Ultimately, the browser draws the render tree to the screen and presents it to the user.

  8. Close the TCP connection: When the browser finishes rendering the page, it will close the TCP connection with the server to release resources.

The above is a simplified description. The actual process also involves other steps such as caching mechanism, compression and decompression, cookie processing, and security verification.

nginx load balancing strategy

There are a lot of time_wait states on the server, how to analyze why this happens?

Nginx load balancing strategies include the following:

  1. Round Robin: Distribute requests to backend servers in sequence.

  2. Least Connections: Distribute the request to the server with the fewest current connections.

  3. IP Hash (IP Hash): Hash calculation is performed based on the client's IP address, and requests for the same IP address are distributed to the same server.

  4. Weighted Round Robin: According to the weight value of the server, the request is distributed to the back-end server in a certain proportion.

  5. Weighted Least Connections: According to the weight value of the server and the current number of connections, the request is distributed to the server with the best connection number and weight value.

For a large number of TIME_WAIT states on the server, the possible reasons are as follows, which can be analyzed accordingly:

  1. High concurrent requests: A large number of TIME_WAIT states on the server may be caused by high concurrent requests. In the case of high concurrency, the connection between the server and the client is frequently established and closed, which will cause a large number of TIME_WAIT states.

  2. Delayed closing of connection: When the connection between the server and the client is closed, there may be a delayed closing. After the TCP connection is closed, it will enter the TIME_WAIT state and wait for a period of time to ensure the reliability of data transmission. If the connection closing delay between the server and the client is long, it will cause a large number of TIME_WAIT states.

  3. Short connection mode: If the server application adopts the short connection mode, that is, a new connection will be established for each request, and the connection will be closed immediately after execution, which will generate a large number of TIME_WAIT states.

  4. System parameter configuration: The operating system of the server may have unreasonable configuration of some TCP parameters, resulting in the accumulation of TIME_WAIT status. For example, the maximum lifetime of a TCP connection (TIME_WAIT) is set too long, resulting in connection resources not being released in time.

In order to analyze why there are a large number of TIME_WAIT states, the following operations can be performed:

  1. Use the netstat command to view the connection status on the server and count the number of TIME_WAIT states.

  2. Analyze the system log for related warning or error messages.

  3. Check the server's TCP parameter configuration, such as TIME_WAIT, etc., and make appropriate adjustments.

  4. Adjust the connection mode of the server application, try to use long connections or connection multiplexing, and reduce the frequency of connection establishment and closure.

  5. Use connection pool technology to optimize connection management and reuse.

  6. Consider using a load balancer to handle requests, distribute requests to multiple backend servers, and reduce the number of connections on a single server.

The above are some common analysis methods and solutions, and the specific situation needs to be analyzed and optimized in combination with the actual environment and application scenarios.

For a large number of TIME_WAIT states on the server, the following methods can be used for analysis:

  1. Check the network load of the server: Excessive network load may cause too many TIME_WAIT states, you can use some tools (such as netstat, iftop, etc.) to check the network load of the server.

  2. Adjust TCP connection parameters: You can adjust the TCP connection parameters of the server, such as TCP keepalive time, maximum number of connections, etc.

  3. Check the application code: There may be some connection leaks or connections not closed properly in the application code, resulting in excessive TIME_WAIT states.

  4. Consider using TCP protocol optimization technology: such as TCP Fast Open (TFO), TCP/IP acceleration and other technologies, which can reduce the generation of TIME_WAIT state.

  5. Adjust operating system parameters: You can adjust the TCP connection parameters of the operating system, such as TCP FIN timeout and so on.

Algorithms: A Strange Misunderstood Problem

Algorithm: bracket matching problem, let's talk about the idea

In the parenthesis matching problem, given a string containing different types of parentheses, we need to determine whether the parentheses in the string match. That is, each opening parenthesis must have a corresponding closing parenthesis, and the parentheses must be nested in the correct order.

The following is an idea to implement the parenthesis matching problem in Go language:

1. Create a stack (slices can be used to simulate the stack structure) to store the traversed left brackets.
2. Traverse each character in the input string:
   - If it is an opening bracket ('(', '[', '{'), push it onto the stack. -
   If it is a closing bracket (')', ' ]', '}'), check whether the stack is empty:
     - If the stack is empty, it means that there is no matching left parenthesis, and return false.
     - If the stack is not empty, take out the top element of the stack, and judge whether the current closing parenthesis matches the top element of the stack:
       - If not, return false.
       - If it matches, move on to the next character.
3. After traversing all the characters, check whether the stack is empty:
   - If the stack is empty, it means that all brackets are matched successfully, and return true.
   - If the stack is not empty, it means there are unmatched left parentheses, return false.

The key to this algorithm is to use the stack to match the brackets. When traversing a string, when it encounters a left parenthesis, it will be pushed onto the stack, and when it encounters a right parenthesis, it will be matched with the top element of the stack. If the match is successful, continue traversal; if the match fails or the stack is empty, it means that the brackets do not match.

The time complexity of this algorithm is O(n), where n is the length of the input string. Because each character needs to be traversed once, and the operation of the stack is constant time.

The bracket matching problem is a common algorithm problem, and its main goal is to judge whether the brackets in a given string can be matched correctly.

The following is a common way of thinking, using a stack to solve the problem of bracket matching:

  1. Create an empty stack.

  2. Iterate over the given string, checking each character one by one.

  3. If the current character is an opening bracket ("(", "[", "{"), push it onto the stack.

  4. If the current character is a right bracket (")", "]", "}"), it is necessary to determine whether the stack is empty. If the stack is empty, indicating that there is no matching left parenthesis, return False. If the stack is not empty, the top element of the stack is popped out of the stack, and it is judged whether the top element of the stack matches the current closing parenthesis. Returns False if there is no match.

  5. After the traversal is complete, check to see if the stack is empty. Return True if the stack is empty, indicating that all opening brackets have matching closing brackets; otherwise, return False.

The following is a sample code implemented in Go language:

func isBalanced(s string) bool {
    stack := []rune{}
    brackets := map[rune]rune{
        ')': '(',
        ']': '[',
        '}': '{',
    }
    
    for _, char := range s {
        if char == '(' || char == '[' || char == '{' {
            stack = append(stack, char)
        } else if char == ')' || char == ']' || char == '}' {
            if len(stack) == 0 {
                return false
            }
            
            pop := stack[len(stack)-1]
            stack = stack[:len(stack)-1]
            
            if brackets[char] != pop {
                return false
            }
        }
    }
    
    return len(stack) == 0
}

In this code, a slice is used as the data structure of the stack, and a map is used to store the correspondence between parentheses. By traversing the string, operating according to the type of the character, and finally judging whether the stack is empty to determine whether the brackets match.

Know almost

Implement a function with two parameters that are ascending integer arrays a and b, and return the merged ascending integer array

The following is a function implemented in Go language to merge two ascending integer arrays and return the merged ascending integer array:

func mergeArrays(a []int, b []int) []int {
    result := []int{}
    i, j := 0, 0
    
    for i < len(a) && j < len(b) {
        if a[i] < b[j] {
            result = append(result, a[i])
            i++
        } else {
            result = append(result, b[j])
            j++
        }
    }
    
    for i < len(a) {
        result = append(result, a[i])
        i++
    }
    
    for j < len(b) {
        result = append(result, b[j])
        j++
    }
    
    return result
}

In this code, we use two pointers  i and  pointers to the array  and the starting position of the array  j respectively   . By comparing   the   magnitudes of the sum, the smaller element is added to the resulting array   , and the corresponding pointer is shifted back one bit. When one of the arrays has been traversed, we add the remaining elements to the resulting array.aba[i]b[j]result

Finally, we return the merged array of integers in ascending order  result.

The following is a Go language implementation based on the idea of ​​merge sort, and the time complexity is O(m+n), where m and n are the lengths of arrays a and b respectively:

func merge(a []int, b []int) []int {
    result := make([]int, 0, len(a)+len(b))
    i, j := 0, 0

    for i < len(a) && j < len(b) {
        if a[i] <= b[j] {
            result = append(result, a[i])
            i++
        } else {
            result = append(result, b[j])
            j++
        }
    }

    if i < len(a) {
        result = append(result, a[i:]...)
    }

    if j < len(b) {
        result = append(result, b[j:]...)
    }

    return result
}

This function first defines an empty result array result, and at the same time defines two pointers i and j to point to the beginning of the array a and b respectively.

Then, compare the sizes of a[i] and b[j] in turn, add the smaller value to the result array result, and move the corresponding pointer backward one bit.

After traversing one of the arrays, add all the remaining elements in the other array to the result array result.

Finally, return the result array result.

SQL to be optimized

```

SELECT a,b,c,d FROM tb

WHERE c=4

ORDER BY a,b

index (c)

对于给定的SQL查询语句,优化的关键是确保索引(c)被正确地使用,并且通过适当的查询重写和索引优化来提高性能。以下是一些可能的优化方法:

1. 索引优化:首先,确保索引(c)已经创建并可被使用。可以使用数据库管理工具或命令来验证索引的存在和状态。

2. 查询重写:基于查询条件和索引规则,考虑重写查询语句以更好地利用索引。根据给定的条件c=4,将其放在WHERE子句的开头,并结合ORDER BY a,b。这样做可以使查询按照索引顺序进行访问。

   ```sql
   SELECT a, b, c, d FROM tb
   WHERE c = 4
   ORDER BY a, b
   ```

3. 覆盖索引:如果表tb中除了列a、b、c、d之外还有其他列,可以考虑创建一个覆盖索引。覆盖索引是指包含了查询所需的所有列的索引。这样,在执行查询时,数据库引擎可以直接从索引中获取所需的列数据,而无需再回到原始表查找对应行的数据,从而提高查询性能。

   ```sql
   CREATE INDEX idx_tb_covering ON tb (c) INCLUDE (a, b, d)
   ```

   这样的覆盖索引可以使查询更高效,因为它包含了所有查询所需的列,并且可以减少对原始表的访问。

需要注意的是,优化SQL查询性能是一个综合考虑的过程,除了上述提到的一些常见优化策略外,还需要根据具体数据库和数据特点进行分析和调整。在实际应用中,可以通过使用数据库性能分析工具、查看执行计划等手段来进一步优化和定位性能瓶颈。

待优化SQL

SELECT a,b,c,d FROM tb

WHERE a=9 AND c=4

ORDER BY a,b

索引(a,c)

对于给定的SQL查询语句,如果需要优化查询性能,可以考虑以下几个方面:

1. Index optimization: According to the provided index (a,c), ensure that the index has been created and is in good condition. You can use database administration tools or commands to confirm that indexes exist and are being used correctly.

2. Adjust the query order: In the query, the conditions of the WHERE clause should filter out the smallest result set as possible. According to the given conditions a=9 and c=4, you can judge which condition has more filtering effect according to the selectivity of these two conditions (that is, the ratio of the number of records satisfying the condition to the total number of records), and put it in Front. For example, if the condition c=4 is more selective, it can be placed in front, like this:

   ```sql
   SELECT a, b, c, d FROM tb
   WHERE c = 4 AND a = 9
   ORDER BY a, b
   ```

3. Consider covering indexes: If there are other columns in table tb besides columns a, b, c, and d, consider creating a covering index. A covering index is an index that includes all columns required by a query. In this way, when executing a query, the database engine can directly obtain the required column data from the index without going back to the original table to find the corresponding row data, thereby improving query performance.

   ```sql
   CREATE INDEX idx_tb_covering ON tb (a, c) INCLUDE (b, d)
   ```

   Such a covering index can make queries more efficient, because it contains all the columns needed by the query, and can reduce the access to the original table.

It should be noted that optimizing SQL query performance is a process of comprehensive consideration. In addition to some common optimization strategies mentioned above, it also needs to be analyzed and adjusted according to the specific database and data characteristics. In practical applications, you can further optimize and locate performance bottlenecks by using database performance analysis tools and viewing execution plans.

SQL to be optimized

SELECT a,b,c,d FROM tb

WHERE b=9 AND a>4

ORDER BY a,b

index(a,b)

```

For this SQL statement, it can be optimized in the following two ways:

  1. Adjust the index: You can adjust the index to (b,a) to meet the requirement of b=9 in the query condition and optimize the sorting operation. This makes queries more efficient.

  2. Adjust the query condition: You can change a>4 in the query condition to a>=5, which can make better use of the index and speed up the query.

The optimized SQL statement is as follows:

SELECT a,b,c,d
FROM tb
WHERE b=9 AND a>=5
ORDER BY b,a

By adjusting the index and query conditions, you can make the query more efficient and improve the performance of the database.

talk about the project

How is the video done?

Expand and talk about technical points and gains

Do you know what data structure mysql innodb is?

Yes, InnoDB is a storage engine in MySQL, which uses a variety of data structures to organize and manage data.

The InnoDB storage engine uses B+ trees as its main index structure. B+ tree is a balanced tree data structure that can efficiently support range query and sorting operations. InnoDB uses B+ trees to manage the primary key index and auxiliary index of the table.

In addition to the B+ tree, InnoDB also uses the concept of a clustered index. A clustered index is a special index that determines the physical storage order of data in a table. In InnoDB, the primary key index of the table is the clustered index. Using a clustered index can improve query performance because related data rows are physically adjacent to each other.

In addition, InnoDB also uses some other data structures to support transaction processing and concurrency control. For example, it uses Multiversion Concurrency Control (MVCC) to achieve highly concurrent read and write operations. MVCC uses rollback segment (rollback segment) and undo log to manage transaction isolation and rollback operations.

In general, InnoDB uses B+ trees, clustered indexes, and other data structures to provide high-performance, high-concurrency, and transaction-supported storage engines.

Implement a map with basic data structures

Map will encounter some concurrency safety problems, why is it not safe for concurrency?

In the Go language, a map (dictionary) can be implemented using basic data structures. A common implementation is to use a hash table.

```go
type Map struct {
    data map[interface{}]interface{}
    mu   sync.RWMutex
}

func NewMap() *Map {
    return &Map{
        data: make(map[interface{}]interface{}),
    }
}

func (m *Map) Set(key, value interface{}) {
    m.mu.Lock()
    defer m.mu.Unlock()
    m.data[key] = value
}

func (m *Map) Get(key interface{}) (interface{}, bool) {
    m.mu.RLock()
    defer m.mu.RUnlock()
    value, ok := m.data[key]
    return value, ok
}

func (m *Map) Delete(key interface{}) {
    m.mu.Lock()
    defer m.mu.Unlock()
    delete(m.data, key)
}
```

The above code defines a structure called `Map`, which internally uses the `data` field to store the key-value pair mapping relationship, and uses `sync.RWMutex` to provide concurrent and safe read and write operations.

When multiple goroutines modify the same map concurrently, if no concurrency protection measures are taken, the following problems will result:

1. Race Condition (Race Condition): A race condition refers to the uncertain order in which multiple concurrent operations access shared resources (such as maps), which may lead to uncertainty or incorrect results. For example, multiple goroutines perform insert operations on the map at the same time, which may cause data overwriting or loss.

2. Data Corruption: In a concurrent environment, when multiple goroutines read and write to the map at the same time, the internal data structure of the map may be destroyed, resulting in incorrect storage, access and deletion of data.

3. Deadlock (Deadlock): If the read and write operations on the map are not properly controlled, a deadlock situation may result. For example, one goroutine holds a write lock and waits for other goroutines to release the read lock, while other goroutines are waiting for the write lock to be released, thus forming a deadlock state.

In order to solve the concurrent security problem, a mutual exclusion lock (Mutex) or a read-write lock (RWMutex) can be used to protect concurrent access to the map. In the above code, read-write locks are implemented by using `sync.RWMutex`, that is, read locks (`RLock()` and `RUnlock()`) are used for read operations, and write locks are used for write operations ( `Lock()` and `Unlock()`), to ensure concurrency safety.

It should be noted that the price of concurrency safety is reduced concurrency performance. Because in the case of using locks, only one goroutine can access the map at a time, and other goroutines need to wait for the lock to be released before continuing to access. Therefore, in highly concurrent scenarios, consider choosing a more advanced concurrency-safe data structure, such as `sync.Map`, which is a concurrency-safe mapping structure provided by the Go standard library.

Why is there no concurrency safety issue for giving a variable an underlying type?

how to solve this problem?

When assigning values ​​​​to variables of basic types, there is usually no concurrency safety issue, because variables of basic types are atomic during the assignment process, and race conditions will not occur.

A race condition is a situation in which two or more threads access a shared resource at the same time, and the order of operations on the resource affects the final result. When performing assignment operations on variables of basic types, each thread can operate independently without interfering with each other, so there will be no race conditions.

However, if multiple threads read and modify a variable of an underlying type at the same time, there may be concurrency safety issues. For example, when multiple threads perform an auto-increment operation (such as i++) at the same time, it may cause incorrect calculation results or produce indeterminate results.

To address concurrency safety concerns, there are several approaches to consider:

  1. Use a mutex or a read-write lock to ensure that only one thread can access or modify a variable at a time. This ensures the atomicity and sequentiality of operations.

  2. Reads and modifications of variables are performed using atomic operations. An atomic operation is an uninterruptible operation that ensures the integrity of the operation.

  3. Use thread-safe data structures as appropriate, such as thread-safe queues or maps to store data.

  4. Minimize or avoid the use of shared variables and instead use thread-local variables or immutable objects.

In short, there is usually no concurrency safety issue when assigning values ​​to variables of basic types, but if multiple threads are involved in reading and writing variables at the same time, appropriate concurrency control measures need to be taken to ensure data consistency and correctness.

However, concurrency safety issues can arise in several situations:

  1. Shared resources: When multiple goroutines access and modify shared non-basic type resources at the same time, such as using custom structures, slices, maps, etc., concurrency security issues may arise. This is because for non-basic types, its read and write operations may involve multiple memory access and modification steps, and atomicity cannot be guaranteed.

  2. Increment/decrement operations: Although a single increment/decrement operation is atomic for the underlying type, if multiple increment/decrement operations are performed in multiple goroutines, race conditions may result. For example, when multiple goroutines increment the same counter variable at the same time, the result may be indeterminate.

A common way to solve these problems is to use concurrency-safe data structures or synchronization mechanisms:

  1. Use mutual exclusion locks (Mutex) or read-write locks (RWMutex) to protect concurrent access to shared resources. By acquiring the lock before accessing the shared resource and releasing the lock after the access is complete, it is ensured that only one goroutine can modify the shared resource at a time.

  2. Use atomic operations (atomic operations) to perform operations such as increment/decrement. The Go language sync/atomicpackage provides a set of atomic operation functions, such as AddInt32, AddInt64, LoadUint32etc., which can ensure the atomicity of these operations and avoid race conditions.

  3. Use a concurrency-safe data structure, for example sync.Map, it is a concurrency-safe map structure provided by the Go standard library, which can safely perform read and write operations in multiple goroutines.

It is necessary to select an appropriate solution based on specific concurrency scenarios and requirements, and conduct appropriate testing and verification to ensure concurrency safety.

rpc underlying implementation

How to make it the same as the local call?

How does the rpc service find other target services?

The underlying implementation of RPC (Remote Procedure Call) usually involves the following key steps:

  1. Define interfaces and protocols: First, you need to define interfaces and protocols to clarify the communication methods and data formats between the client and server. Common protocols include protocols that come with the RPC framework (such as Protocol Buffers used by gRPC) or custom protocols.

  2. Serialization and deserialization: Data transmission between the client and server requires serialization and deserialization operations, converting data from objects to byte streams for transmission, or converting byte streams to objects for processing. This allows data to be transferred across the network and interact between different languages ​​or platforms.

  3. Network transmission: the client sends the serialized request to the server through the network, the server receives the request and processes it, and then serializes the processing result and returns it to the client. Network transmission can be implemented using TCP, HTTP or other protocols.

  4. Service discovery and load balancing: The client needs to find the location of the target service. This can be done through service registries, configuration files, or DNS. Once the target service is found, the client can use the load balancing algorithm to select an appropriate service provider to call.

  5. Call remote method: The client calls the remote method through the proxy object, and the proxy object is responsible for converting the method call into a network request and sending the request to the server. After receiving the request, the server performs corresponding processing according to the method name and parameters of the request, and then returns the processing result to the client.

In order to achieve the same experience as local calls, the RPC framework usually provides a proxy object (Proxy) to hide the underlying network communication details. The client can directly call the method of the proxy object just like calling a local method, and does not need to care about details such as network transmission and serialization. The proxy object converts the method call into an RPC request and sends the request to the server. After receiving the request, the server performs corresponding processing and returns the processing result to the client. After the client receives the result, the proxy object converts the result into a local object and returns it to the caller.

In general, the underlying implementation of RPC involves steps such as interface definition, serialization and deserialization, network transmission, service discovery, and load balancing. Remote method calls are converted into network requests through proxy objects to achieve the same experience as local calls.

What are the redis data structures?

Do you understand the underlying implementation of the redis data structure?

What is the data structure of the jump table

Redis data structure has the following types:

  1. String (string): used to store string values, which can be ordinary strings, integers or floating point numbers.
  2. Hash: An unordered hash table for storing key-value pairs, suitable for storing objects.
  3. List (list): Used to store an ordered collection of string elements.
  4. Set (collection): used to store unordered and non-repeated collection of string elements.
  5. Sorted Set: Similar to a set, but each element has a floating-point score by which to sort.

For the underlying implementation of the Redis data structure, it is mainly implemented through dictionaries (hash tables) and jump tables. Dictionaries are used to implement String and Hash data structures, and jump tables are used to implement Sorted Set data structures.

Skip List is an ordered data structure that can be used to implement ordered collections. It adopts the structure of multi-layer linked list, each layer of linked list is a subset of the previous layer of linked list, and the bottom layer of linked list contains all elements. Each node contains an element and a pointer to the next node. Through this structure, fast search, insertion and deletion operations can be achieved with low space complexity.

The query time complexity of jump table is O(log n), and the space complexity is O(n). In Redis, the jump table is used to implement the Sorted Set data structure to support the efficient operation of the sorted set.

Why skip table query complexity is very low

What are the application scenarios of redis?

Skip List is a data structure that improves query efficiency by adding multi-layer indexes to the ordered linked list. The query complexity of the jump table is very low, and the reason why the time complexity of O(log n) can be achieved is as follows:

1. Multi-level index: The jump table adds a multi-level index on the basis of the underlying ordered linked list. Each level of index is a subset of the original linked list, and is sparser than the next level of index. In this way, the position of the target node can be quickly located and the scope of traversal can be reduced.

2. Binary search: In each level of index, use binary search to quickly locate the target range, further reducing the time complexity of the search. Each level of index is ordered, and binary search algorithm can be used to perform fast search in this level of index.

3. Self-adjustment: The jump table will dynamically re-adjust the index structure when inserting and deleting nodes to maintain balance and performance. This can ensure that the length of each level of index and the number of elements maintain a reasonable balance, so that the efficiency of query operations can be maintained.

Generally speaking, the combination of multi-level index and binary search can effectively reduce the time complexity of query and provide query performance close to that of balanced tree.

Regarding the application scenarios of Redis, in addition to the common use as a cache system, it also includes:

1. Database: Redis supports persistence and can save data on disk, so it can be used as a lightweight database. It is suitable for some simple key-value pair storage, counters, leaderboards and other scenarios.

2. Distributed locks: Redis provides atomic operations and timestamp-based expiration strategies, which can be used to implement distributed locks. Through the SETNX command and EXPIRE command of Redis, an efficient and reliable distributed lock mechanism can be realized.

3. 消息队列:Redis的发布/订阅(Pub/Sub)功能可以用于构建简单的消息队列系统。发布者可以将消息发布到指定的频道,订阅者可以订阅感兴趣的频道并接收消息。

4. 实时应用:由于Redis具有高速读写能力和内置的数据结构操作,它也被广泛应用于实时应用,如实时统计、在线聊天、WebSocket推送等。

5. 地理位置服务:Redis的地理位置数据类型(Geo)可以用于存储和查询地理位置信息,例如附近的商家、地点搜索等应用。

需要根据具体的需求和场景选择合适的数据存储和处理工具,而Redis的灵活性和性能使其成为许多应用场景的理想选择之一。

http restful的定义规范

常见的http状态码

HTTP RESTful的定义规范:

  1. 使用HTTP协议进行通信。
  2. 使用标准的HTTP方法(GET、POST、PUT、DELETE等)来表示对资源的操作。
  3. 使用URI(统一资源标识符)来唯一标识资源。
  4. 使用HTTP头部信息来传递请求和响应的元数据。
  5. 使用HTTP状态码来表示请求的处理结果。

常见的HTTP状态码:

  1. 200 OK:请求成功。
  2. 201 Created:成功创建了新资源。
  3. 204 No Content:请求成功,但没有返回内容。
  4. 400 Bad Request:请求参数有误。
  5. 401 Unauthorized:未授权,需要身份验证。
  6. 403 Forbidden:拒绝访问,没有权限。
  7. 404 Not Found:请求的资源不存在。
  8. 405 Method Not Allowed:请求方法不允许。
  9. 500 Internal Server Error:服务器内部错误。
  10. 503 Service Unavailable:服务器暂时无法处理请求。

这些状态码可以帮助客户端了解请求的处理结果,根据不同的状态码采取相应的处理逻辑。

golang介绍下gmp模型

The GMP concurrency model (also known as the Goroutine-Machine-Process model) is a concurrency model in the Go language. It is a major feature of the Go language and the key to achieving high concurrency. The core idea of ​​the GMP concurrency model is to map multiple Goroutines to a small number of operating system threads to achieve high concurrency and performance.

The components of the GMP concurrency model include:

  1. Goroutine: Goroutine is a lightweight concurrent execution unit in the Go language, which is equivalent to a thread, but more lightweight and efficient than a thread. Goroutines are scheduled through the runtime system of the Go language and can execute concurrently on multiple operating system threads.

  2. Machine: Machine is the execution context in Go language, which is equivalent to the execution context of threads. Each Goroutine is associated with a Machine, which is used to save the execution state of the Goroutine, such as stacks, registers, etc.

  3. Process: Process is a process model in Go language, which is used to manage the relationship between Goroutine and Machine. There can be multiple Machines and Goroutines in a Process, but only one Goroutine can execute.

The core idea of ​​the GMP concurrency model is to map Goroutines to a small number of operating system threads to achieve high concurrency and performance. The scheduling of Goroutine is the responsibility of the runtime system of Go language, which will schedule according to the current Goroutine queue and the idle condition of Machine, so as to realize the concurrent execution of Goroutine. When a Goroutine encounters a blocking operation, the runtime system of the Go language will remove it from the current Machine, suspend it, and wait for the I/O to complete before rescheduling.

In short, the GMP concurrency model is a concurrency model in the Go language. It achieves high concurrency and high performance by mapping multiple Goroutines to a small number of operating system threads. The core components of the GMP concurrency model include Goroutine, Machine, and Process.

Introduce yourself and say a project that you think is good

Talk about the business scenario of the project

How to ensure the time difference of commands, and what to do if the commands are confused (can the timestamp be recorded on the server?)

In a distributed system, there are usually the following methods to ensure the time difference of commands:

  1. Clock synchronization: use a clock synchronization protocol (such as NTP) to ensure the clock accuracy of each node, so that the same time reference can be used in the distributed system.
  2. Logical clock: Use logical clock algorithms (such as Lamport clock, vector clock) to mark events in order to determine the sequence and time difference of events.
  3. Timestamp-based ordering of commands: In a distributed system, a timestamp can be attached to each command and processed in the order of the timestamps as they are received.

If the order is confused, the following measures can be taken according to the specific situation:

  1. Retry mechanism: When the command execution fails or the command is confused, the command can be resent through the retry mechanism until the command is successfully executed or the maximum number of retries is reached.
  2. Optimistic concurrency control: Before executing a command, the precondition of the command can be checked, and if the condition is not met, the command is refused to execute to avoid command confusion.
  3. Pessimistic concurrency control: before executing the command, you can use the lock mechanism or other concurrency control means to ensure the sequential execution of the command and avoid command confusion.

Regarding the issue of timestamp recording on the server, the timestamp can be recorded on the server side, and the server will attach a timestamp to the command. This ensures that the server uses a uniform time base and avoids problems with inaccurate client clocks. However, it should be noted that if there is a time difference between servers, clock synchronization or logical clocks need to be used to solve the problem of time difference.

What are you studying recently?

What is your latest personal interest?

What problem does docker solve?

What problem does k8s solve?

Docker solves the problem of consistency in the development, deployment, and runtime environments of applications. Traditionally, deploying applications on different operating systems and servers faces many challenges, such as dependency management, version conflicts, environment configuration, etc. Docker uses containerization technology to package an application and all its dependencies into a portable, self-contained image. In this way, no matter which environment, you can ensure that the application runs in the same way, eliminating the problems caused by environment differences. Docker also provides an efficient image building, distribution and deployment mechanism, which simplifies the life cycle management of applications.

Kubernetes (K8s for short) solves the problem of container orchestration and management. With the popularization of containerization technology, managing large-scale container clusters becomes complicated, and challenges in automated deployment, elastic scaling, service discovery, load balancing, fault tolerance, health check, storage management, etc. need to be considered. Kubernetes is an open source container orchestration platform that provides a powerful set of tools and mechanisms for managing and scheduling containerized applications. Kubernetes enables a highly reliable application runtime environment by abstracting and automating the deployment, scaling, and management of containers. It provides many functions, such as automatic load balancing, fault recovery, horizontal expansion, service discovery and registration, configuration and key management, etc., so that applications can run elastically in distributed container clusters.

To sum up, Docker solves the problem of application environment consistency, while Kubernetes solves the problem of container orchestration and management. Together, the two enable efficient, reliable, and scalable deployment and management of containerized applications.

Why are you considering changing jobs now?

What kind of new job are you looking for?

What do you value in your next job?

If you set a goal now, what do you want to be in three to five years?

What are the technical and business requirements?

If you were given the choice of only doing technology or only doing business, which would you choose?

netease

Self introduction

Challenging project introduction

Talk about project optimization

What is the difference between tcp and udp, what is the difference in base time and transport layer

what is the difference between http and tcp

TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) and UDP (User Datagram Protocol) are two commonly used transport layer protocols, and they have the following differences:

  1. Reliability: TCP is a connection-oriented and reliable transport protocol, which provides reliable data transmission, flow control, congestion control and other mechanisms. UDP is a connectionless and unreliable transport protocol. It does not provide reliability guarantees, and data may be lost or out of order.

  2. Connectivity: After TCP establishes a connection for data transmission, three handshakes and four waves are required to establish and close the connection. UDP has no concept of connection, each packet is independent and can be sent directly.

  3. Transmission efficiency: Since TCP provides reliability guarantee and congestion control mechanism, its transmission efficiency is relatively low. UDP does not have these mechanisms, and has high transmission efficiency, which is suitable for applications with high real-time requirements.

  4. Packet size: TCP has a limit on the size of the data packet, and data exceeding the MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) needs to be fragmented. UDP does not have this limitation and can send packets of any size.

HTTP(超文本传输协议)是应用层协议,而TCP是传输层协议。它们的区别如下:

  1. 功能:HTTP是一种用于传输超文本的协议,它定义了客户端和服务器之间的通信规则。TCP是一种传输协议,负责在网络中可靠地传输数据。

  2. 抽象层次:HTTP位于应用层,负责应用程序之间的通信。TCP位于传输层,负责在网络中传输数据。

  3. 连接性:HTTP可以基于TCP协议进行通信,利用TCP的可靠性和连接性。HTTP也可以基于其他传输协议(如UDP)进行通信。

  4. 数据格式:HTTP使用文本格式进行数据传输,以便于阅读和理解。TCP传输的是二进制数据流。

总结:TCP是一种传输层协议,提供可靠的、面向连接的数据传输;UDP是一种传输层协议,提供不可靠的、无连接的数据传输。HTTP是一种应用层协议,用于传输超文本。

用操作系统接口写过网络接口客户端吗?

在编写网络接口客户端时,通常要使用操作系统提供的网络相关接口,例如套接字(socket)API、网络协议栈等。以下是一般的步骤:

  1. 创建套接字:使用操作系统提供的套接字API(如socket()函数)创建一个套接字对象,用于与服务器建立连接和进行通信。

  2. 设置连接参数:根据需要,可以设置套接字的连接参数,例如超时时间、TCP选项等。

  3. 建立连接:使用套接字的connect()函数连接到服务器的地址和端口。这将启动与服务器之间的网络连接。

  4. 发送和接收数据:使用套接字的send()recv()函数发送和接收数据。你可以根据具体的协议和数据格式来编写相应的消息处理逻辑。

  5. 关闭连接:在完成通信后,使用close()函数关闭套接字,释放资源,断开与服务器的连接。

需要注意的是,不同的操作系统和编程语言可能提供不同的网络接口和API。常见的网络编程接口包括BSD套接字API(如在Unix/Linux系统中)、Winsock API(Windows系统中)等。此外,许多编程语言还提供了封装了底层网络接口的高级库和框架,如Python的socket模块、Java的java.net包等,可以更方便地进行网络编程。

编写网络接口客户端需要具备一定的网络编程知识和技能,并且需要根据具体的需求和协议来设计和实现相应的功能。

linux一般常用哪些命令

用netstat看tcp连接的时候有关注过time_wait和close_wait吗?

在Linux系统中,常用的命令有很多,以下是一些常见的命令:

  1. ls:列出目录内容
  2. cd:切换目录
  3. pwd:显示当前工作目录
  4. mkdir:创建目录
  5. rm:删除文件或目录
  6. cp:复制文件或目录
  7. mv:移动文件或目录
  8. cat:查看文件内容
  9. grep:在文件中搜索指定模式
  10. find:按照条件查找文件
  11. ps:查看进程状态
  12. top:实时查看系统资源占用情况
  13. kill:终止进程
  14. chmod:修改文件或目录的权限
  15. chown:修改文件或目录的所有者
  16. tar:打包和解压文件
  17. ssh:远程登录到其他主机
  18. scp:在本地和远程主机之间复制文件

关于netstat命令,它用于查看网络连接和网络统计信息。在查看TCP连接时,常见的两个状态是TIME_WAIT和CLOSE_WAIT:

  1. TIME_WAIT:表示连接已经关闭,但是仍然在等待一段时间(通常是几分钟),以确保远程端收到了连接关闭的通知。在这个状态下,端口仍然被占用,不能立即重新使用。

  2. CLOSE_WAIT:表示本地端已经关闭连接,但是远程端仍然保持连接打开。这通常是因为远程端没有正确关闭连接,或者远程端的应用程序出现了问题。

关注TIME_WAIT和CLOSE_WAIT状态可以帮助我们识别网络连接的问题,例如检查是否有大量的TIME_WAIT连接堆积,或者查找导致CLOSE_WAIT状态的应用程序。

The underlying implementation of fork

`fork()` is a system call provided in many operating systems to create a child process. A child process is a copy of the parent process, from which it inherits most of its resources and state. The following is a common low-level implementation of `fork()`:

1. The parent process calls `fork()`: When the parent process calls `fork()`, the operating system will create a new child process and assign an independent process identifier (PID) to the child process.

2. Copy process table: The operating system copies the process table entries of the parent process to the child process, including the process code, data segment, stack, open file descriptors, etc. This allows child processes to share the same memory image and state as the parent process.

3. Copy the page table: The operating system will create a page table for the child process that is the same as the parent process, so that the child process can access the same virtual address space. Initially, the parent process and the child process share the same physical memory page.

4. Modify the return value: the `fork()` call of the parent process returns the PID of the child process, and the `fork()` call of the child process returns 0, so as to distinguish the parent process from the child process.

5. Update process attributes: Parent and child processes may need to update some specific process attributes as needed, such as the status of file descriptors, signal handlers, etc.

6. Queue in the ready queue: Both the parent process and the child process are placed in the ready queue, waiting for the operating system to schedule execution.

It should be noted that since `fork()` will completely copy the resources and state of the parent process, including data in memory, it may take up a lot of system resources and time. To optimize this process, many operating systems employ Copy-on-Write technology, which delays the actual memory copy operation. Until the child process writes, they share the same physical page. Only when one of the processes tries to write to the page does the operating system create and copy the physical page.

It is worth mentioning that different operating systems may have different specific implementation methods, but the above descriptions are common underlying implementation principles.

How redis implements transactions

More complex conditions, such as judging how much a number is greater than, how to implement transactions?

In Redis, transactions can be implemented using the MULTI command and the EXEC command. Transactions can package multiple commands together and execute them at one time without being interrupted by commands from other clients during execution.

首先,使用MULTI命令开始一个事务,然后在MULTI和EXEC之间输入要执行的多个命令。这些命令不会立即执行,而是被放入一个队列中。

在MULTI和EXEC之间的命令是按顺序执行的,这个过程中并不会返回任何结果。一旦EXEC命令被调用,Redis将按顺序执行这些命令,并将结果返回给客户端。

下面是一个使用Redis事务的示例,其中包含了一个判断数字是否大于指定值的操作:

MULTI
GET key             // 获取存储在 key 中的值
INCRBY key increment  // 对 key 中的值执行增量操作
EXEC

首先使用MULTI命令开启一个事务,然后使用GET命令获取存储在指定key中的值,再使用INCRBY命令对key中的值进行增量操作。最后,使用EXEC命令执行事务,得到最终的结果。

在脚本中,你可以通过判断返回的值来实现条件判断,例如通过获取的值和指定的阈值进行比较。如果你的判断条件比较复杂,可以通过脚本语法(如Lua脚本)来实现更加灵活的逻辑判断。

需要注意的是,事务并不保证原子性,即使一个命令在EXEC执行之前失败,其他命令仍会被执行。因此,在使用事务时,需要注意事务中的命令对数据的影响,并进行相应的异常处理。

如果要从redis里面删除大量的数据要怎么做?

list里面有大量数据,删除大量数据要注意什么

如果你要从 Redis 中删除大量数据,可以考虑以下方法:

1. 批量删除:使用 Redis 的命令批量删除数据,而不是逐个删除。例如,对于 List 数据类型,可以使用 `LREM` 命令一次性删除多个匹配的元素;对于 Set 或 Sorted Set 数据类型,可以使用 `SREM` 或 `ZREM` 命令一次性删除多个成员。

2. 分批删除:将要删除的数据分割成较小的批次进行删除,而不是一次性删除所有数据。这样可以避免一次性删除过多数据导致 Redis 阻塞或性能下降。你可以根据实际情况确定每个批次的大小,并使用循环逐批删除数据。

3. Use asynchronous tasks: If the amount of deleted data is very large, you can consider putting the deletion operation into an asynchronous task. By using a message queue or background task processing framework (such as Celery), the delete request is sent to the background processor, and the delete operation is performed asynchronously in the background. This improves the responsiveness and performance of the main application.

4. Pay attention to Redis performance indicators: When performing large data deletions, pay close attention to Redis performance indicators, especially memory usage and command execution time. Make sure that the Redis server has enough memory and resources to handle the delete operation to avoid performance degradation caused by excessive resource consumption.

When deleting a large amount of data from a List, you also need to pay attention to the following:

1. Deletion order: List is stored according to the insertion order of elements. If you want to delete data in a specific order, you can use the `LREM` command to specify the direction of deletion (from the head or tail).

2. Cyclic deletion: If the amount of data to be deleted is very large and exceeds the one-time processing limit of a single Redis command, you can use the cyclic batch deletion method. For example, use the `LPOP` or `RPOP` command to remove elements at the head or tail of a list in a loop until the desired amount of data is removed.

3. Pay attention to the scope of influence: Deleting an element of the List will cause the index of subsequent elements to change, so you need to pay attention to the impact of the deletion operation on other operations. If there are other logics that depend on the List index, you need to ensure that the delete operation will not affect the correctness of these logics.

Please choose an appropriate method to delete a large amount of data according to the actual situation, and conduct sufficient testing and backup before performing the operation to avoid data loss caused by misoperation.

Garbage collection in go language, how to reduce small object allocation when writing code

In the Go language, the garbage collector (GC) is responsible for automatically managing memory allocation and recycling. In order to reduce the allocation of small objects, the following methods can be adopted:

  1. Use the object pool: By pre-creating a certain number of objects, obtaining objects from the object pool when needed, and putting them back into the object pool after use, avoiding frequent object allocation and recycling.

  2. Reuse objects: In the loop or iteration process, try to reuse existing objects instead of creating new objects every time. The effect of reuse can be achieved by resetting the fields or properties of the object.

  3. Use slices instead of arrays: Slices are dynamically sized and grow automatically as needed, while arrays are fixed size. Using slices avoids frequent small array allocations and deallocations.

  4. 使用指针或引用传递:将对象作为指针或引用传递给函数,而不是传递对象的副本。这样可以避免在函数调用过程中产生额外的对象分配。

  5. 避免频繁的字符串拼接:字符串拼接会创建新的字符串对象,可以使用strings.Builderbytes.Buffer来高效地进行字符串拼接。

  6. 使用sync.Poolsync.Pool是Go语言提供的对象池实现,可以用于缓存和复用临时对象,减少对象分配和回收的开销。

  7. 避免过度设计:在编写代码时,避免过度设计和过早优化。只有在性能问题确实存在时,才考虑采取优化措施。

需要注意的是,以上方法并非适用于所有情况,具体的优化策略需要根据实际场景和需求进行选择和调整。在编写代码时,可以结合性能分析工具(如pprof)来评估和优化代码的性能。

string和byte数组有什么区别?

String和byte数组是两种不同的数据类型,有以下区别:

1. 数据类型:String是Java中的内置类,用于表示字符串;而byte数组是一种字节序列,用于存储二进制数据。

2. 表示方式:String类型是以字符形式表示的文本数据,使用Unicode编码,每个字符占用多个字节;而byte数组是以字节形式表示的二进制数据,每个元素都是一个8位的字节。

3. 不可变性:在Java中,String是不可变的,即创建后不能修改其内容。每次对String进行操作(如拼接、替换等)都会生成一个新的String对象;而byte数组是可变的,可以直接修改数组中的元素。

4. 存储内容:String对象存储的是字符序列,包含了字符的编码信息和字符的顺序;而byte数组存储的是原始的二进制数据,没有字符编码的概念。

5. 应用场景:String适用于处理文本数据,比如字符串拼接、搜索和替换操作;而byte数组适用于处理二进制数据,如文件读写、网络传输、加密解密等。

6. Character set processing: The String type supports multiple character set encodings, and the conversion between strings and byte arrays can be realized by specifying the character set; while the byte array itself does not care about the character set, it simply stores byte sequences .

To sum up, there are obvious differences between String and byte arrays in terms of data type, representation, immutability, storage content, and application scenarios. String is suitable for processing text data, while byte array is suitable for processing binary data. Which data type to choose depends on the specific needs and operations.

What is the difference between buffered and unbuffered channels?

What is the effect of closing the channel?

Buffered and unbuffered channels have the following differences in use:

  1. Unbuffered channel: An unbuffered channel blocks synchronously during send operations ( chan <- value) and receive operations ( ). <- chanA send operation waits for the receiver to be ready, while a receive operation waits for the sender to send data. This synchronous blocking mechanism can ensure that the sending and receiving pairing operations occur at the same time.

  2. Buffered channel: The buffered channel has a fixed capacity, by specifying the buffer size ( ) when the channel is initialized make(chan type, capacity). When a send operation is performed on a channel, if the buffer is not full, the send operation completes immediately without waiting for the receiver. When a receive operation is performed on a channel, if there is data in the buffer, the receive operation will complete immediately, otherwise it will wait for the sender to send data. When the buffer is full, the send operation will block until there is a receiver to receive the data.

The effect of closing a channel is to signal to other goroutines that no more data will be sent to the channel. After using the channel, you can use close(channel)to close the channel. After the channel is closed, the receive operation on the channel can still get the buffered data (if any), but the send operation can no longer be performed. Additionally, closing an already closed channel will panic. The main function of closing the channel is to tell the receiver that there is no need to wait for more data, and that the completion signal can be transmitted through communication.

If a package depends on another package, how to write a unit test at this time to know how floating point numbers are stored on the machine

In unit testing, there are a number of techniques and methods that can be used to test packages that depend on floating-point storage. Here are some possible approaches:

1. Expected results: Knowing how floating-point numbers are stored on a particular machine, you can calculate the expected result by hand or by using a specific algorithm. Then, compare the expected result with the actual calculated result to verify the correctness of the code.

2. Limiting the range: Due to the rounding errors involved in floating-point calculations, it is generally not recommended to directly compare floating-point numbers for equality. Instead, set an allowable margin of error (for example, absolute or relative) and ensure that the actual result is within that margin.

3. Use assertion libraries: Many programming languages ​​and testing frameworks provide assertion libraries for writing assertion statements to verify expected results. These assertion libraries can be used to write assertion statements that check whether the actual result matches the expected result.

4. Simulation tools: Some testing frameworks provide simulation tools that can simulate the storage of floating-point numbers in a specific environment and test the behavior of the code in that environment. These tools simulate different floating-point precisions, rounding methods, and norms.

5. Portability test: If the dependent package needs to run on different machines or different operating systems, you can write unit tests for different environments. By performing tests in different environments, you can check the consistency and portability of floating-point calculations on different machines.

Note that floating-point calculations are inherently subject to rounding errors, floating-point precision limitations, etc., and may vary across platforms and programming languages. Therefore, when writing unit tests related to floating-point numbers, these factors need to be considered, and appropriate testing methods and techniques should be selected to ensure the correctness and portability of the code.

Implement a coroutine pool with go, what is the approximate implementation

To implement a coroutine pool, you can use sync.Pooland goroutinecoordinate implementation in the Go language. Here is a simple sample code:

package main

import (
    "fmt"
    "sync"
)

type Job struct {
    ID int
}

type Result struct {
    JobID  int
    Result int
}

func worker(id int, jobs <-chan Job, results chan<- Result) {
    for job := range jobs {
        // 模拟处理任务
        result := job.ID * 2

        // 将结果发送到结果通道
        results <- Result{JobID: job.ID, Result: result}
    }
}

func main() {
    // 定义任务数量和工作池大小
    numJobs := 10
    poolSize := 3

    // 创建任务通道和结果通道
    jobs := make(chan Job, numJobs)
    results := make(chan Result, numJobs)

    // 创建工作池
    var wg sync.WaitGroup
    for i := 0; i < poolSize; i++ {
        wg.Add(1)
        go func(id int) {
            defer wg.Done()
            worker(id, jobs, results)
        }(i)
    }

    // 发送任务到任务通道
    for i := 0; i < numJobs; i++ {
        jobs <- Job{ID: i}
    }
    close(jobs)

    // 等待所有工作完成
    wg.Wait()

    // 关闭结果通道
    close(results)

    // 输出结果
    for result := range results {
        fmt.Printf("Job ID: %d, Result: %d\n", result.JobID, result.Result)
    }
}

In the above code, we first define a Jobstructure and a Resultstructure, representing the task and the result respectively. Then, we create a task channel jobsand a result channel results. Next, we create a worker pool of a specified size, and bind the worker coroutines in each worker pool to task and result channels. We then send tasks to the task channel and close the task channel when all tasks have been sent. Finally, we wait for all work to complete, and close the result channel. Finally, we read the result from the result channel and process it.

This implements a simple coroutine pool that can process multiple tasks concurrently. Note that this is just a simple example, and may need to be adjusted and optimized according to specific needs in actual use.

How to implement lru

golru (Go LRU) is a Go language library that implements the LRU (Least Recently Used, least recently used) cache algorithm. Here is a simple example showing how to implement a basic golru using `container/list` and `map`:

```go
package main

import (
    "container/list"
    "fmt"
)

type LRUCache struct {
    capacity int
    cache    map[int]*list.Element
    list     *list.List
}

type Pair struct {
    key   int
    value int
}

func Constructor(capacity int) LRUCache {
    return LRUCache{
        capacity: capacity,
        cache:    make(map[int]*list.Element),
        list:     list.New(),
    }
}

func (lru *LRUCache) Get(key int) int {
    if elem, found := lru.cache[key]; found {
        lru.list.MoveToFront(elem)
        return elem.Value.(*Pair).value
    }
    return -1
}

func (lru *LRUCache) Put(key int, value int) {
    if elem, found := lru.cache[key]; found {
        elem.Value.(*Pair).value = value
        lru.list.MoveToFront(elem)
    } else {
        if len(lru.cache) >= lru.capacity {
            // Remove the least recently used element
            lastElem := lru.list.Back()
            delete(lru.cache, lastElem.Value.(*Pair).key)
            lru.list.Remove(lastElem)
        }

        newElem := lru.list.PushFront(&Pair{key, value})
        lru.cache[key] = newElem
    }
}

func main() {
    cache := Constructor(2)
    cache.Put(1, 1)
    cache.Put(2, 2)
    fmt.Println(cache.Get(1)) // Output: 1
    cache.Put(3, 3)
    fmt.Println(cache.Get(2)) // Output: -1
    cache.Put(4, 4)
    fmt.Println(cache.Get(1)) // Output: -1
    fmt.Println(cache.Get(3)) // Output: 3
    fmt.Println(cache.Get(4)) // Output: 4
}
```

In the above example, the `LRUCache` structure contains a capacity `capacity`, a cache map `cache` and a linked list `list`. The cache map `cache` uses keys as indexes and values ​​as pointers to elements in the doubly linked list. The linked list `list` stores cache items, with the most recently used items at the front of the list.

The `Get` method is used to get the value of a cache item. If the key exists in the cache, move the corresponding linked list element to the head of the linked list and return the value. Otherwise, -1 is returned for not found.

The `Put` method is used to insert or update a cache item. If the key already exists in the cache, update the corresponding value and move the linked list element to the head of the linked list. If the cache is full, delete the element at the end of the linked list (that is, the element that has not been used for the longest time), and then insert a new cache item at the head of the linked list.

In this way, golru implements the LRU cache algorithm, keeps the most recently used items in the cache, and limits the capacity to avoid infinite growth.

Rhetorical question:

Is this a cross interview?

The media department is mainly in charge of Netease's business

技术部这边是往go这边切吗?

往go这边切的原因是什么?

百度

自我介绍

详细说下公司里面大的系统遇到的技术难点

在面试时,当面试官询问关于公司内部大型系统遇到的技术难点时,你可以提及以下方面:

  1. 高并发和可扩展性:大型系统经常需要处理高并发的请求。设计和实现一个能够处理大量请求的系统是一个挑战。你可以讨论如何进行水平扩展、负载均衡、缓存和异步处理等技术来应对高并发情况。

  2. 数据一致性和分布式事务:在分布式系统中,确保数据的一致性是一个复杂的问题。你可以谈论分布式事务管理、两阶段提交和三阶段提交协议、最终一致性和乐观锁等技术来解决这些挑战。

  3. 可用性和容错性:大型系统需要具备高可用性和容错性,以应对硬件故障、网络问题和其他异常情况。你可以描述如何设计容错机制,如故障转移、自动恢复、监控和告警系统等,以确保系统的持续可用性。

  4. 数据存储和访问:大型系统通常需要处理大量的数据,并且需要支持高效的数据存储和访问。你可以讨论数据库优化、分片和分区、缓存策略以及使用适当的数据存储技术(如关系型数据库、NoSQL 数据库或分布式文件系统)来满足系统需求。

  5. 安全性和隐私保护:保护用户数据和系统安全是大型系统中至关重要的方面。你可以描述如何进行身份验证和授权、加密通信、防御各种网络攻击(如跨站脚本、SQL注入和DDoS攻击)等技术手段来确保系统的安全性和隐私保护。

除了上述技术难点,还可以根据具体的系统领域和应用场景提及其他相关的挑战,如实时处理、大数据处理、机器学习和人工智能集成等。

在公司中,大型系统可能会遇到多个技术难点。以下是一些可能的难点示例:

  1. 高并发和高可用性:大型系统通常需要处理大量的并发请求,并保持高可用性。这可能需要使用分布式架构、负载均衡、缓存、数据库优化等技术手段来处理高并发和实现高可用性。

  2. 数据一致性和事务处理:在大型系统中,确保数据一致性和实现事务处理可能是一个挑战。这可能涉及到数据库事务、分布式事务、消息队列等技术,以确保数据的正确性和一致性。

  3. Distributed system and service governance: Large-scale systems usually involve the collaborative work of multiple modules and services, which involves challenges in distributed system and service governance. This may include technologies such as service discovery, load balancing, fault tolerance, service call chain tracking, current limiting, and circuit breaking.

  4. Big data processing and analysis: This can be a technical difficulty if the system needs to process large amounts of data and perform complex data analysis. This may require the use of big data processing frameworks such as Hadoop, Spark, Flink, etc., and the adoption of appropriate data storage and query technologies.

  5. Security and authority management: In large-scale systems, it is very important to ensure system security and perform reasonable authority management. This may involve technologies such as identity authentication, authorization, data encryption, firewalls, and security audits.

  6. A large system within the company may encounter various technical difficulties. The following are some common technical difficulties in unifying performance optimization: Large systems often need to optimize their performance in order to provide a better user experience. This may require performance testing and analysis, and pin points, for reference:

  7. High concurrency and high availability: optimize bottlenecks, including network optimization, database query optimization, algorithm optimization, etc.

  8. Microservices and containerization: Splitting a large system into microservices and containerizing them can improve the flexibility and scalability of the system, but it also brings some challenges. For example, dismantling a large system usually requires processing a large number of concurrent requests. And ensure the high availability of the system. This may be divided into, inter-service communication, service deployment and management, etc.

These are just some examples of technical difficulties that may be encountered, and the actual situation may vary by company, industry and system characteristics. During the interview, you should provide relevant technical difficulties and discuss solutions in detail based on your own experience and actual situation, combined with the company and position you are applying for that involves designing and implementing efficient concurrency models, load balancing, and failures. Recovery and fault tolerance mechanisms, etc.

What technology is used for message forwarding

How much online traffic is there?

Why not some more stable message queue

Message forwarding can use a variety of technologies and components, common ones include message queues, message middleware, and publish-subscribe systems.

1. Message queue: Message queue is a mechanism for storing and delivering messages, which is often used to decouple the communication between sender and receiver. When the sender generates a message, it is sent to the message queue, and the receiver gets the message from the queue for processing. Common message queuing systems include RabbitMQ, Apache Kafka, and ActiveMQ.

2. 消息中间件:消息中间件是一种软件服务,用于在分布式系统中进行异步通信和消息传递。它提供了高可靠性、容错性和可扩展性,并支持不同应用程序之间的消息交换。常见的消息中间件包括 Apache Pulsar、NATS 和 Redis Pub/Sub 等。

3. 发布-订阅系统:发布-订阅模型是一种消息传递模型,其中发布者(发布消息的实体)将消息发送给一个或多个订阅者(接收消息的实体)。订阅者可以选择性地订阅特定类型的消息。常见的发布-订阅系统包括 MQTT、AMQP 和 AWS SNS(Simple Notification Service)等。

关于线上流量的问题,无法提供准确的数字,因为它取决于具体的应用程序和使用情况。线上流量的大小受到多个因素的影响,包括应用程序的用户数量、请求频率、数据量等。对于高流量的场景,通常需要进行性能测试和容量规划,以确保系统能够处理所需的负载。

至于为什么不使用更稳定的消息队列,可能有以下原因:

1. 复杂性:一些更稳定的消息队列可能具有更复杂的设置和配置,需要更多的学习和管理成本。

2. 成本:更稳定的消息队列通常会涉及更高的成本,包括许可证费用、硬件要求或云服务费用等。

3. 适配性:某些应用程序可能只需要简单的消息转发功能,并不需要更复杂的消息队列特性。选择相对较简单的解决方案可以更好地满足需求。

当选择消息转发技术时,需要权衡需求、可用资源、复杂性和成本等因素,并选择适合应用程序的解决方案。

go里面为什么需要多协程?

知道processor大小是多少吗?

goroutine为什么会存在,为什么不使用线程?

在Go语言中,使用多协程(goroutine)的主要目的是实现并发编程。与传统的线程相比,协程具有以下几个优势:

  1. 轻量级:协程的创建和销毁的开销比线程小得多,可以创建成千上万个协程而不会造成系统资源的枯竭。

  2. 更高的并发性能:协程的调度和切换成本低,可以在单个线程中同时运行多个协程,从而实现更高的并发性能。

  3. Simplify concurrent programming: Coroutines provide a simpler concurrent programming model. By using the keyword "go", coroutines can be easily created and managed without manually managing the creation and destruction of threads.

  4. Better resource utilization: Since the cost of creating and destroying coroutines is small, system resources can be better utilized and waste of resources can be reduced.

As for the processor size, this question needs specific context to answer. In the Go language, each coroutine is assigned to a logical processor (processor) for execution. The number of processors can be adjusted by setting GOMAXPROCS, the default value is the number of cores of the CPU.

The reason Goroutine exists is mainly to provide a lightweight concurrent programming model. Compared with traditional threads, coroutines can use system resources more efficiently, and it is easier to implement concurrent programming. The scheduling and switching costs of coroutines are low, and multiple coroutines can be run simultaneously in a single thread, thereby achieving higher concurrency performance. In addition, the cost of creating and destroying coroutines is small, and a large number of coroutines can be easily created and managed, which simplifies the complexity of concurrent programming.

In contrast, concurrent programming using threads may face the following problems:

  1. The creation and destruction of threads is expensive, which limits the amount of concurrency that the system can support.

  2. The cost of thread scheduling and switching is high, resulting in a decrease in concurrency performance.

  3. Threads occupy more resources, and the utilization rate of system resources is lower.

  4. Communication and synchronization between threads requires the use of mechanisms such as locks, which increases the complexity of programming and the possibility of errors.

To sum up, the main reason for using coroutines instead of threads in the Go language is to provide a more efficient and simpler concurrent programming model and to better utilize system resources.

Algorithm: Rotate the two-dimensional matrix clockwise by 90 degrees in situ

To implement the algorithm of rotating a two-dimensional matrix 90 degrees clockwise in place, some basic operations can be used to complete it. The following is a sample code implemented in Go language:

```go
package main

import "fmt"

func rotate(matrix [][]int) {
    n := len(matrix)

    // 水平翻转
    for i := 0; i < n/2; i++ {
        for j := 0; j < n; j++ {
            matrix[i][j], matrix[n-i-1][j] = matrix[n-i-1][j], matrix[i][j]
        }
    }

    // 对角线翻转
    for i := 0; i < n; i++ {
        for j := 0; j < i; j++ {
            matrix[i][j], matrix[j][i] = matrix[j][i], matrix[i][j]
        }
    }
}

func main() {
    matrix := [][]int{
        {1, 2, 3},
        {4, 5, 6},
        {7, 8, 9},
    }

    fmt.Println("Original matrix:")
    for _, row := range matrix {         fmt.Println(row)     }

    rotate(matrix)

    fmt.Println("Matrix rotated 90 degrees clockwise:")
    for _, row := range matrix {         fmt.Println(row)     } } ```



In the above code, we first perform a horizontal flip operation, that is, swap the first row with the last row, the second row with the penultimate row, and so on. Then, the diagonal flip operation is performed, that is, the elements in the matrix are swapped diagonally.

With these two operations, we can rotate a two-dimensional matrix 90 degrees clockwise. An example matrix is ​​given in the code, and you can modify the input matrix to verify the correctness of the algorithm.

The output will show the original matrix and the rotated matrix in order to observe the changes.

Algorithm: Find the maximum length of a string that does not contain repeated substrings

This problem can be solved using the sliding window algorithm. The specific ideas are as follows:

  1. Define two pointers left and right, which represent the left and right borders of the sliding window respectively, and the initial value is 0.

  2. Define a map to record the number of occurrences of each character in the current window.

  3. Traverse the string, move the right pointer right one bit to the right each time, add the corresponding character to the map, and update the number of occurrences of the character.

  4. If the currently added character already exists in the map, it means that there is a repeated character. At this time, the left pointer left needs to be moved one bit to the right, and the number of occurrences of the corresponding character in the map is reduced by 1 until there are no more repeated characters in the window .

  5. Each time the window size is updated, the maximum value of the current window size and the historical window size is taken, which is the maximum length that does not contain repeated substrings.

  6. Repeat steps 3-5 until the right pointer right traverses the entire string.

The following is the implementation code of the Go language:

func lengthOfLongestSubstring(s string) int {
    charMap := make(map[byte]int)
    left, right, maxLength := 0, 0, 0
    for right < len(s) {
        charMap[s[right]]++
        for charMap[s[right]] > 1 {
            charMap[s[left]]--
            left++
        }
        maxLength = max(maxLength, right-left+1)
        right++
    }
    return maxLength
}

func max(x, y int) int {
    if x > y {
        return x
    }
    return y
}

The time complexity is O(n), where n is the length of the string. The space complexity is O(m), where m is the size of the character set.

The storage structure of redis?

Why is redis single thread fast?

Redis uses a key-value pair storage structure, where the key is a string and the value can be a string, hash, list, set, ordered set, and other data types.

Specifically, the storage structure of Redis is as follows:

  1. 字符串(String):最基本的数据类型,可以存储字符串、整数或浮点数。

  2. 哈希(Hash):类似于关联数组,可以存储字段和值的映射关系。

  3. 列表(List):按照插入顺序存储的字符串列表,可以在列表的两端进行插入和删除操作。

  4. 集合(Set):无序的字符串集合,不允许重复的元素。

  5. 有序集合(Sorted Set):类似于集合,但每个元素都关联一个分数,可以根据分数进行排序。

Redis的单线程之所以快,主要有以下几个原因:

  1. 避免了线程切换开销:由于Redis采用单线程模型,不需要进行线程切换,避免了线程切换的开销。

  2. 内存操作:Redis的数据存储在内存中,内存的读写速度远高于磁盘的读写速度,因此可以快速处理请求。

  3. 非阻塞I/O:Redis使用了非阻塞I/O模型,可以在等待数据时处理其他请求,提高了系统的并发性能。

  4. 精简的数据结构:Redis的数据结构相对简单,操作的时间复杂度通常是O(1),这使得Redis能够快速处理大量的请求。

需要注意的是,虽然Redis是单线程的,但它通过使用多路复用技术(如epoll、kqueue等)来实现并发处理,从而能够支持高并发的请求。此外,Redis还通过多个实例和主从复制等方式来提高系统的可用性和性能。

k8s里面调度的关键步骤

在 Kubernetes(K8s)中,调度是将容器化应用程序分配到集群中可用的节点上的过程。以下是 K8s 调度的关键步骤:

1. 创建 Pod:用户定义 Pod 的配置文件,其中包含了所需的资源、约束和其他参数。

2. 节点筛选(Node Filtering):Scheduler 根据节点的条件和约束对集群中的节点进行筛选。这些条件可以包括节点的资源使用情况、节点的标签和 Pod 的调度要求等。Scheduler 筛选出满足条件的一组候选节点。

3. Priority and Preemption: The Scheduler calculates the priority for each candidate node and selects the node with the highest priority to schedule the Pod. Priority calculations can be based on resource requirements, affinity/anti-affinity rules, Pod's QoS classes, etc. An optional preselection step attempts to evict lower priority Pods to free up resources if there are not enough nodes available for scheduling.

4. Node scoring (Node Scoring): The Scheduler scores candidate nodes, considering multiple factors, such as resource utilization, affinity/anti-affinity requirements between Pods and nodes, and location constraints of Pods. Scoring results will affect the final decision of Scheduler.

5. Binding: After the Scheduler determines the target node, it binds the Pod to the node. This process updates the cluster state, assigns the pod to the target node, and ensures the pod can run on that node.

6. Update the cluster state: After the Scheduler completes the binding, it will record the scheduling result into the cluster state, for example, update the relevant information in etcd through the API server.

7. Container Runtime (Container Runtime): The Pod bound to the node is created and managed by the container runtime (such as Docker or containerd). The container runtime pulls the image, creates the container, and provides the necessary resources and environment to run the Pod.

The above are the key steps of K8s scheduling, and each step involves different algorithms and decision-making processes to ensure that Pods are properly scheduled and allocated in the cluster.

ape tutoring

Self introduction

Tell me about a project that represents your technical capabilities

What are your responsibilities in the project?

What did cicd devops do?

CI/CD (Continuous Integration and Continuous Delivery/Deployment) are two important practices in DevOps, which can help teams achieve fast and high-quality software delivery. The following are the specific contents of CI and CD respectively:

  1. Continuous Integration: CI is a software development practice whose main goal is to integrate code changes into the main branch as early as possible, and to ensure that the code of each integration is buildable and testable. The specific implementation of CI is to quickly and reliably integrate code changes into the main branch through tools and processes such as automated construction, automated testing, and automated deployment.

  2. Continuous Delivery/Deployment (Continuous Delivery/Deployment): CD refers to the process of automatically delivering changes to an application into the production environment or into the hands of users. CD includes continuous delivery and continuous deployment. Continuous delivery refers to the automatic delivery of application changes to a test environment similar to the production environment for QA or users to test and accept, while continuous deployment refers to the automatic deployment of application changes to the production environment for final user use.

The specific practice process of CI/CD is as follows:

  1. Code writing: Developers write code and submit it to the code repository.

  2. Continuous integration: After the code is submitted, the continuous integration tool will automatically pull the code, perform operations such as automated construction and automated testing, check the buildability and testability of the code, and generate a build report.

  3. Continuous delivery: If the continuous integration is successful, the continuous delivery tool will automatically deploy the application changes to a test environment similar to the production environment for QA or users to test and accept.

  4. Continuous Deployment: If continuous delivery is successful, continuous deployment tools automatically deploy changes to the application into the production environment, where they are available to end users.

  5. Monitoring and feedback: The system will monitor the running status of the application and feed back the monitoring results to the developers so that problems can be found and solved in time.

CI/CD practices can help teams automate the software delivery process, reduce manual operations and human errors, improve the speed and quality of software delivery, and accelerate business innovation and product iteration.

What did redis do here? Do you personally know the details of mysql and redis?

How is the string of redis stored?

Have you learned about the storage method of redis?

In Redis, the following work is mainly done:

  1. In-memory data storage: Redis data is stored in memory, and the speed of reading and writing data is improved by using an in-memory database.

  2. 数据持久化:Redis提供了两种数据持久化方式,分别是RDB(Redis Database)和AOF(Append Only File)。RDB是将数据快照保存到磁盘上,而AOF是将每个写操作追加到文件末尾,用于在重启时恢复数据。

  3. 数据结构的支持:Redis支持多种数据结构,如字符串、哈希、列表、集合、有序集合等,每种数据结构都有相应的操作命令。

  4. 高可用性和扩展性:Redis支持主从复制和哨兵机制,可以实现数据的高可用性和负载均衡。此外,Redis还支持集群模式,可以将数据分布在多个节点上,以提高系统的扩展性和容错能力。

关于MySQL和Redis的细节了解,我可以提供一些基本信息:

MySQL是一种关系型数据库管理系统(RDBMS),使用结构化查询语言(SQL)进行数据操作。它支持事务、ACID特性,并且适用于存储和检索结构化数据。

Redis是一种基于内存的键值存储系统,使用键值对的方式存储数据。Redis具有高性能、高并发、支持多种数据结构等特点,适用于缓存、消息队列、计数器等场景。

关于Redis的string的存储方式,Redis的字符串数据类型是简单动态字符串(SDS)。SDS是一种可变长度的字符串表示,它的内部结构包含字符串长度和字符数组。SDS的长度可以根据实际存储的字符串长度进行动态调整,以节省内存空间。

Redis的存储方式主要有两种:

  1. RDB(Redis Database):将数据以二进制格式保存在磁盘上,通过快照方式进行持久化。RDB是一种紧凑的、可压缩的存储方式,适合用于备份和恢复数据。

  2. AOF(Append Only File):将每个写操作追加到文件末尾,以日志的形式记录数据的变化。AOF方式可以保证数据的持久性,并且支持数据的追加和重放,但相对于RDB方式,AOF的文件大小会更大。

需要根据实际需求选择合适的存储方式,可以根据数据的重要性、恢复速度、存储空间等因素进行权衡。

系统日志监控怎么做的?

System log monitoring is an important means to ensure system stability and security. Generally speaking, the main goal of system log monitoring is to monitor the logs generated when the system is running in real time, and to discover and deal with potential problems in time. Here are some common system log monitoring methods:

  1. Log collection: First, the logs generated by the system need to be collected to a central log server for unified processing and analysis. Common log collection tools include rsyslog, fluentd, logstash, etc.

  2. Log storage: Store the collected logs in a reliable storage medium for subsequent query and analysis. Common storage media include relational databases, NoSQL databases, and distributed file systems.

  3. Log analysis: analyze the logs generated by the system in real time to find potential problems or abnormalities. Common log analysis tools include Elasticsearch, Kibana, Graylog, etc.

  4. Log alarm: According to preset rules or thresholds, alarms are sent to abnormal logs, so as to detect and deal with problems in time. Common alerting tools include Prometheus, Alertmanager, Zabbix, etc.

  5. Visual display: Display the analysis results in a visual form to quickly understand the operating status and trends of the system. Common visualization tools include Grafana, Kibana, etc.

In actual use, it is necessary to select an appropriate log monitoring solution based on specific business requirements and system characteristics, and to continuously optimize and improve the monitoring results. At the same time, it is also necessary to protect sensitive information and avoid recording sensitive information in logs to ensure system security and privacy.

Why not use the recommended open source system if you have already installed k8s?

Is there any technical point that I didn't ask you about?

There may be the following reasons for not using the recommended open source system after installing Kubernetes (k8s):

  1. Specific needs: Organizations may have specific needs and need to use custom open source components or solutions to meet specific business needs.

  2. Existing technology stack: The organization may already have a mature technology stack, and have corresponding open source components or solutions before adopting Kubernetes. In order to maintain consistency and avoid large-scale migration, the existing technology stack may continue to be used.

  3. Security or compliance requirements: Some organizations may have strict security or compliance requirements that need to be met using specific open source components or solutions.

  4. Specific performance or expansion requirements: Specific business scenarios may have special requirements for performance or scalability, and custom open source components or solutions need to be used to meet these requirements.

As for the technical points you didn't ask about, here are some technical points that you may be interested in:

  1. High availability and fault tolerance: How to improve the availability and fault tolerance of the system by using multiple instances, master-slave replication, cluster mode and other technical means.

  2. Data consistency and concurrency: How to ensure data consistency and deal with concurrent access issues by using technical means such as transactions, distributed locks, and optimistic locks.

  3. Performance optimization: How to optimize system performance through reasonable resource management, caching mechanism, data fragmentation, etc.

  4. Security: How to protect the security of the system through access control, data encryption, vulnerability scanning and other means.

  5. Monitoring and Logging: How to monitor system status and troubleshoot in real time by using monitoring tools and log analysis tools.

These are some common technical points, of course there are many other technical points that can be explored and studied in depth.

Algorithm: implement lru, regardless of thread safety, you can use all standard libraries

Explain your algorithm

The following is a sample code to implement the LRU (least recently used) algorithm in Go language:

package main

import (
    "container/list"
    "fmt"
)

type LRUCache struct {
    capacity int
    cache    map[int]*list.Element
    list     *list.List
}

type Pair struct {
    key   int
    value int
}

func Constructor(capacity int) LRUCache {
    return LRUCache{
        capacity: capacity,
        cache:    make(map[int]*list.Element),
        list:     list.New(),
    }
}

func (this *LRUCache) Get(key int) int {
    if node, ok := this.cache[key]; ok {
        this.list.MoveToFront(node)
        return node.Value.(*Pair).value
    }
    return -1
}

func (this *LRUCache) Put(key int, value int) {
    if node, ok := this.cache[key]; ok {
        this.list.MoveToFront(node)
        node.Value.(*Pair).value = value
    } else {
        if this.list.Len() >= this.capacity {
            delete(this.cache, this.list.Back().Value.(*Pair).key)
            this.list.Remove(this.list.Back())
        }
        newNode := this.list.PushFront(&Pair{key, value})
        this.cache[key] = newNode
    }
}

func main() {
    cache := Constructor(2)
    cache.Put(1, 1)
    cache.Put(2, 2)
    fmt.Println(cache.Get(1)) // 输出 1
    cache.Put(3, 3)
    fmt.Println(cache.Get(2)) // 输出 -1,因为缓存容量已满且 key 2 已被移除
    cache.Put(4, 4)
    fmt.Println(cache.Get(1)) // 输出 -1,因为 key 1 已被移除
    fmt.Println(cache.Get(3)) // 输出 3
    fmt.Println(cache.Get(4)) // 输出 4
}

In this sample code, LRUCache is a structure that contains three member variables: capacity (cache capacity), cache (dictionary for storing cached data) and list (doubly linked list for maintaining the order of recently used data) .

The constructor Constructor is used to create an instance of LRUCache and initialize cache and list.

The Get method is used to obtain the value corresponding to the specified key, and move the corresponding node to the head of the linked list, indicating that it has been used recently.

The Put method is used to store data in the cache, if the key already exists, update its corresponding value, and move the corresponding node to the head of the linked list; if the key does not exist, insert a new node to the head of the linked list, if When the cache capacity is full, remove the node at the end of the linked list and delete the corresponding key from the cache.

In the main function, we create a buffer with a capacity of 2, perform Put and Get operations in turn, and output the results for reference.

The core idea of ​​this algorithm is to use the doubly linked list to record the order of the most recently used data, and use the dictionary (map) to quickly find and delete nodes to achieve efficient LRU caching.

Algorithm: Two arrays, find the intersection of two arrays

In Go, you can use HashSet to find the intersection of two arrays. The following is a sample code implemented using hash collections:

```go
package main

import "fmt"

func intersection(nums1 []int, nums2 []int) []int {
    set := make(map[int]bool)
    intersect := make([]int, 0)

    // add the elements of the first array to the hash set
    for _, num := range nums1 {         set[num] = true     }

    // traverse the second array, if the element exists in the hash set, it is the intersection element
    for _, num := range nums2 {         if set[num] {             intersect = append(intersect, num)             delete(set, num) // Avoid adding the same intersection element repeatedly         }     }




    return intersect
}

func main() {
    nums1 := []int{1, 2, 2, 1}
    nums2 := []int{2, 2, 3}

    result := intersection(nums1, nums2)
    fmt.Println("Intersection result:", result)
}
```

In the above code, we use the `set` hash collection to store the elements of the first array `nums1`. Then, we iterate through the second array `nums2`, checking whether each element exists in the hash set. If present, it is added to the `intersect` array, and the element is removed from the hash collection to avoid repeated additions.

Finally, we return the `intersect` array as the result of the intersection of the two arrays.

In the given example, `nums1` is `[1, 2, 2, 1]`, `nums2` is `[2, 2, 3]`, and the result of the intersection is `[2]`.

Note that the time complexity of this algorithm is O(m + n), where m and n are the lengths of the two input arrays.

Why map is O(1) time complexity

What are the other ways to implement map besides hashing?

The time complexity of Map depends on the specific implementation of the data structure. Common implementations include hash tables, balanced binary search trees (such as red-black trees), jump tables, etc.

For the implementation of the hash table, when the hash function has a good distribution, the average time complexity of the search, insertion and deletion operations is close to O(1). Because the hash table achieves fast data access by mapping keys to memory addresses, the time required for each operation is constant regardless of the amount of data.

In addition to hash tables, there are other implementations:

  1. Balanced Binary Search Tree (Balanced Binary Search Tree): such as red-black tree, AVL tree, etc. These tree structures are self-balancing, and the time complexity of inserting and deleting nodes is O(log n). The time complexity of the lookup operation is also O(log n).

  2. Skip List: A skip list is an extended structure of an ordered linked list, which speeds up search through multi-level indexes. The time complexity of inserting, deleting and finding elements in the skip list is O(log n). Skip lists are often used in practice to replace balanced binary search trees with lower implementation complexity.

It should be noted that the time complexity mentioned above is the average time complexity, and the time complexity in the worst case may be higher. Therefore, when choosing an implementation method, you need to choose according to the specific application scenario and performance requirements.

Gold

Self introduction

Choose a more familiar project to talk about

When filtering logs, the log format is different, how do you deal with it?

When processing logs, if the log volume is relatively large, will it accumulate? How did you deal with it?

When dealing with logs with different log formats, the following approaches can be taken:

1. Parser (Parser): For each different log format, a corresponding parser can be written to convert log data into a structured format. Parsers can use regular expressions, string splitting, or other appropriate methods to extract key fields and generate standardized log records.

2. Standardized log format: If possible, consider unifying logs in different formats into a standardized log format. This simplifies subsequent processing and analysis and makes the data more reliable and comparable.

3. Log collection tools: use specialized log collection tools (such as ELK (Elasticsearch + Logstash + Kibana), Fluentd, etc.), these tools have powerful log processing and filtering functions, can handle various log formats, and provide flexible configuration options to parse and filter log data.

For the accumulated log volume, the following measures can be taken to deal with it:

1. Distributed log collection: Distribute the log collection work to multiple nodes to reduce the pressure on a single node. Using distributed log collection tools can help achieve this goal, such as Kafka, Fluentd, Logstash, etc.

2. Load balancing: Evenly distribute log traffic to multiple log processing nodes to balance load and improve processing capacity.

3. Data storage optimization: Choose a storage engine suitable for large-scale log data storage and query, such as Elasticsearch, Hadoop, etc. These tools can help efficiently store and retrieve large amounts of log data.

4. Data cleaning strategy: formulate an appropriate log data cleaning strategy, and regularly delete or archive old log data to maintain system performance and availability.

5. Asynchronous processing: Use the asynchronous processing mechanism to put the log processing tasks into the queue, and use multi-thread or distributed task scheduling system for processing. This improves the throughput and responsiveness of log processing.

The above measures can be used in combination according to actual needs and situations to cope with the accumulation and processing requirements of a large amount of log data.

How are the logs collected on the machine?

If there is a problem with the collection service, may it affect the timeliness of the alarm?

Log collection is usually carried out in the following ways:

1. Log agent (Log Agent): deploy a log agent on the target machine, such as Filebeat, Fluentd, etc. The log agent monitors the specified log files or directories and forwards the log data to the central log collection system.

2. Application log output: The application can output logs directly to standard output (stdout) or a specific log file. Then, the standard output or the specified log file is collected by a log collection tool (such as Logstash).

3. Log Library: The application can use a specific log collection library, such as log4j, logback, etc., to embed logging statements in the code. These libraries can send log messages to a log collection system or to a local file.

Either way, the stability and timeliness of the log collection service are very important for the effectiveness of the alarm. If there is a problem with the collection service, it may affect the timeliness of the alarm, resulting in delay or loss of key alarm information.

Some common problems that cause delayed or lost alarms include:

1. Collection service failure: If the log collection service itself fails, for example, the agent stops running or the log collection system is inaccessible, then the log data will not be collected and processed in time, thus affecting the timeliness of the alarm.

2. Network failure: If the network connection is interrupted or unstable, the log data cannot be smoothly transmitted to the central log collection system, and the key information required for alarming will also be delayed or lost.

3. Misconfiguration: Misconfiguration can cause log data to be sent to the wrong location, or not filtered and distributed as expected. This may cause the alarm system to not receive relevant log information correctly.

In order to ensure the timeliness of the alarm, the following measures are recommended:

1. Monitoring and alerting: monitor the running status of the log collection service, and set appropriate alerting rules so that alerts can be issued in time when failures or delays occur.

2. Redundancy and high availability: Consider using multiple log collection proxy nodes and make sure they are redundant and highly available. Use load balancing mechanisms to balance traffic and provide fault tolerance.

3. Monitor log streams: By monitoring and analyzing log streams in real time, abnormal situations can be detected and measures taken in a timely manner. For example, monitor the system with real-time log analysis tools or metrics.

4. 定期测试和维护:定期测试日志采集服务的功能和性能,并进行必要的维护和升级,以确保其正常运行。

通过采取上述措施,可以最大程度地减少报警延迟或丢失的可能性,提高报警的及时性和可靠性。

处理日志的时候如果发现突然量变大,该如何扩容让以前堆积的日志可以消耗掉?

调研的正则库内部是怎么实现的?

处理突然增大的日志量时,可以采取以下措施来扩容并消耗之前堆积的日志:

1. 增加资源:如果遇到短期内日志量激增的情况,可以通过增加处理日志的节点数量、调整节点的计算资源(CPU、内存)等方式来提高整体的处理能力。

2. 水平扩展:将日志处理工作分布到多个节点上,通过水平扩展来增加系统的处理能力。这可以通过部署更多的日志采集代理、增加日志处理节点或使用分布式日志收集工具来实现。

3. 调整数据存储和检索方案:如果堆积的日志数据保存在数据库或其他持久化存储中,可以考虑优化数据存储方案。例如,使用更高性能的数据库引擎、增加数据库服务器节点、使用缓存机制等,以加快数据的检索和消耗速度。

4. 提高日志处理速度:优化日志处理流程和算法,减少不必要的计算或IO开销,提高日志处理的效率和速度。

5. 针对堆积的日志数据,可以采取一些处理策略,如按时间段逐渐消耗、优先处理关键日志、增加消耗线程等。根据具体情况,可以使用多线程、分布式任务调度等方式来并发处理堆积的日志数据。

关于正则库内部实现的调研,不同的正则库可能会有不同的实现方式。一些常见的正则库基于正则表达式引擎(Regular Expression Engine)来解析和匹配文本。这些引擎通常使用算法如NFA(非确定有限状态自动机)或DFA(确定有限状态自动机)来处理正则表达式模式,并在待匹配文本上执行匹配操作。

具体的实现细节可能包括以下方面:

- Regular expression compilation: compile regular expressions into internal data structures for efficient matching operations.
- Automaton state transition: Generate a state transition diagram or data structure based on a regular expression pattern for performing matching operations.
- Matching algorithm: According to the state transition diagram or data structure, execute the matching algorithm on the text to be matched to find the matching result that satisfies the conditions.
- Performance optimization: For specific matching scenarios, optimize the performance of the algorithm, such as using heuristic algorithms, optimizing automaton state transitions, etc.

To sum up, the specific details of the internal implementation of the regular library may vary from library to library, but usually involves key steps such as regular expression compilation, automaton state transition, and matching algorithms.

Do you know about the more mature log framework in go?

In Go, the more mature logging frameworks are as follows:

  1. logrus: logrus is a structured logging library for Go. It provides a rich log level, log formatting and hook (hook) mechanism, which can output logs to files, standard output, etc.
  2. zap: zap is a high-performance logging library developed by Uber. It features low latency and low memory consumption, and supports structured logging and flexible log level configuration.
  3. go-logging: go-logging is a flexible and easy-to-use logging library for Go. It allows you to customize the log format and output location according to your needs, and supports multiple log levels and filtering functions.
  4. go-kit/log: go-kit is a toolkit for building microservices, where the log component is an interface-based logging library. It has pluggable loggers and extensible log levels.
  5. seelog: seelog is a powerful logging library that supports features such as log levels, formatting, file splitting, and asynchronous processing. It uses XML configuration files to define logging rules.

These frameworks have their own advantages and disadvantages, and you can choose a log framework that suits you according to your specific needs.

How does redis publish and subscribe? How do you achieve it yourself?

How to make redis highly available?

The Publish/Subscribe function of Redis can be implemented through the following steps:

  1. Publishers send messages to specific channels (Channel).
  2. Subscribers subscribe to channels of interest.
  3. After receiving the message published by the publisher, the Redis server sends the message to all subscribers who have subscribed to the corresponding channel.

In terms of specific implementation, Redis uses the following mechanisms to support publish and subscribe functions:

  • Internal data structure: Redis uses a dedicated data structure to store each channel and its corresponding subscriber list.

  • Messaging: When a publisher publishes a message, Redis sends the message to all subscribers who have subscribed to the corresponding channel. This is done by iterating over the channel's subscriber list and sending a message to each subscriber.

  • Network communication: Redis uses a TCP-based client-server communication model to interact publishers and subscribers with the Redis server over a network connection. Publishers publish messages by sending PUBLISH commands to the server, while subscribers subscribe to channels and receive messages by executing SUBSCRIBE commands.

You can use the client libraries provided by Redis (such as redis-py, Jedis, etc.) to implement publish and subscribe functions. These libraries provide corresponding APIs, making it easy and convenient to use Redis' publish and subscribe functions in applications.

Regarding the implementation of Redis high availability, the following are some common practices:

  1. Master-Slave Replication (Master-Slave Replication): By setting the Redis master-slave replication mechanism, configure a Redis instance as the master node (Master), and configure other instances as slave nodes (Slave). The master node is responsible for write operations, while the slave node replicates the data of the master node and can handle read requests. If the master node fails, the slave node can automatically switch to the master node to continue to provide services.

  2. Sentinel Mode: Use Redis Sentinel for monitoring and automatic failover. Sentinel is an independent process that monitors the health status of the Redis instance and automatically promotes a slave node to be the new master node when the master node fails.

  3. Cluster Mode: Redis Cluster mode stores data fragments on multiple nodes, providing horizontal expansion and high availability of data. Each node is responsible for managing a part of the data, and the nodes in the cluster communicate with each other to maintain data consistency and availability.

These methods can be selected and combined according to the needs of the application and the specific situation to achieve the high availability requirements for Redis. It is worth noting that different methods have their own advantages and disadvantages and applicable scenarios. To choose a suitable high-availability solution, factors such as system reliability, complexity, and performance should be considered.

Do you understand the redis master-slave replication mechanism?

What are the implementation methods of distributed locks

How is the bottom layer of redis setnx implemented?

Yes, I understand Redis's master-slave replication mechanism.

Redis's master-slave replication is a data replication mechanism in which one Redis server acts as the master node (master), while other Redis servers act as slave nodes (slave). The master node is responsible for receiving the write operation and synchronizing the data of the write operation to the slave node, and the slave node is responsible for receiving the data replication of the master node and providing read service when needed.

The process of master-slave replication is as follows:

  1. The slave node sends a SYNC command to the master node to request full replication.
  2. After the master node receives the SYNC command, it starts to execute the BGSAVE command to save the data snapshot in the current memory to the RDB file on the disk.
  3. The master node sends the generated RDB file to the slave node, and continues to receive write operation commands during the sending process.
  4. After receiving the RDB file, the slave node loads it into the memory and executes the write operation command of the master node during the sending process to ensure data consistency.
  5. The slave node sends the PSYNC command to the master node, requesting incremental replication.
  6. After the master node receives the PSYNC command, it sends the replication offset of the slave node and the command of the replication backlog buffer of the master node to the slave node.
  7. The slave node performs incremental replication according to the received replication offset and the command to replicate the backlog buffer.

Regarding the implementation of distributed locks, the common ones are as follows:

  1. Redis-based distributed locks: implemented using Redis's SETNX (SET if Not eXists) command. By setting a specific key-value pair in Redis, if the key does not exist, the setting succeeds, indicating that the lock has been acquired; when the key exists, the setting fails, indicating that the lock has been held by another process.
  2. ZooKeeper-based distributed locks: implemented using ZooKeeper's temporary ordered nodes. Each process creates a temporary ordered node on ZooKeeper, and the serial number of the node represents the order in which locks are acquired. When a process needs to acquire a lock, it judges whether it is the node with the smallest sequence number. If so, it acquires the lock, otherwise it listens to the deletion event of the previous node.
  3. Database-based distributed locks: implemented by creating a unique index or unique constraint in the database. When multiple processes try to insert the same unique value at the same time, only one process can succeed, and other processes will fail due to the unique constraint, thus achieving the effect of the lock.

Regarding the underlying implementation of the SETNX command of Redis, the specific implementation may vary with different versions of Redis. A common implementation is to guarantee the atomicity of SETNX through Redis's single-threaded model. When executing the SETNX command, Redis will first check whether the key exists, if it does not exist, the setting is successful, otherwise the setting fails. Since Redis is single-threaded, the execution of the SETNX command is atomic, which ensures that only one client can successfully set the key under concurrent conditions.

Go coroutine thread process difference

Let's talk about the gmp model in detail

In the Go language, a Goroutine is a lightweight execution unit managed by the Go runtime. Compared with threads and processes, coroutines have the following differences:

1. Lightweight: Coroutines are very lightweight, with very little creation, destruction, and switching overhead, and can exist in thousands at the same time.

2. User mode scheduling: The scheduling of coroutines is done by the Go runtime in user mode, not by the operating system kernel. This makes the switching of coroutines more efficient, and the scheduling policy can be flexibly set as needed.

3. Shared memory communication: Coroutines communicate through shared memory, and can use traditional shared variables or channels (Channel) and other mechanisms for data exchange and synchronization.

4. Non-blocking IO: When the coroutine performs IO operations, it can use a non-blocking method to make full use of CPU resources and avoid thread blocking.

As for the GMP model, it is the underlying model used by the Go runtime to implement coroutine scheduling and concurrent execution. The following is a detailed introduction to the GMP model:

1. G (Goroutine): G represents a coroutine, which contains the execution state of the coroutine (such as stack, instruction pointer, etc.). All coroutines in a Go program are encapsulated as a G structure.

2. M (Machine): M represents the operating system thread (Machine), which is the connection between the Go runtime and the operating system. Each M is bound to an operating system thread, and a Go program can have multiple Ms.

3. P (Processor): P represents a set of resources, including scheduler, coroutine queue, worker thread, etc. Each M corresponds to a P, and a P can be associated with multiple Ms. When an M is free, it fetches a G from the global queue to execute.

4. Scheduler: The scheduler is responsible for assigning G to idle M for execution, and blocking and waking up coroutines when needed. The scheduler uses some strategies to decide how to allocate G among M to achieve efficient scheduling and utilization of coroutines.

To sum up, the GMP model realizes the efficient and lightweight concurrent execution of the Go language by binding coroutines (G) to operating system threads (M) and assigning and scheduling coroutines by the scheduler (P). This model enables Go to handle a large number of concurrent tasks at the same time, and has low overhead and efficient scheduling capabilities.

What are the known gc algorithms?

Do you understand the gc principle of go?

Common garbage collection (Garbage Collection, GC) algorithms are as follows:

  1. Mark and Sweep Algorithm: First mark all live objects, then clear unmarked objects. This algorithm creates memory fragmentation.
  2. Copying algorithm: divide the memory into two areas, and only use one of them at a time. When one area is full, copy the surviving objects to another area, and then clear all objects in the current area. This algorithm does not generate memory fragmentation.
  3. Mark and Compact algorithm: first mark all active objects, then move all active objects to one end, and then clear all objects outside the boundary. This algorithm produces a small amount of memory fragmentation.
  4. Generational algorithm: divide memory into multiple generations, and each generation has a different life cycle. Newly created objects are placed in the young generation, and objects that survive multiple garbage collections are promoted to the old generation. The new generation uses the copy algorithm, and the old generation uses the mark-sort algorithm.

For Go's garbage collection principle, Go uses a generational garbage collection algorithm. Go's garbage collector mainly consists of three phases: marking, sweeping, and tidying.

  1. Marking phase: Starting from the root object (such as global variables, objects on the stack, etc.), mark all active objects by traversing the object reference relationship.
  2. 清除阶段:清除所有未标记的对象,释放它们所占用的内存空间。
  3. 整理阶段:将存活的对象向一端移动,然后清除边界之外的所有对象,以减少内存碎片。

Go 的垃圾回收器是并发执行的,它会在程序运行时的空闲时间进行垃圾回收,以减少对程序的影响。同时,Go 的垃圾回收器还使用了写屏障(Write Barrier)技术,用于在对象引用发生变化时,通知垃圾回收器进行相应的处理。

总的来说,Go 的垃圾回收器采用了分代、并发和写屏障等技术,以提供高效的垃圾回收能力,并尽量减少对程序运行的影响。

go的init函数是什么时候执行的?

多个init函数执行顺序能保证吗?

在Go语言中,`init`函数是一种特殊的函数,用于初始化程序或包(Package)的状态。每个包可以包含一个或多个`init`函数,它们会在程序或包的执行之前自动执行。

具体来说,`init`函数的执行满足以下规则:

1. 对于每个包:当程序引用了该包时,其`init`函数会在包的其他代码之前自动执行。通常,这意味着在使用包中的任何变量、调用函数或初始化其他依赖项之前,`init`函数会被调用。

2. 对于每个文件:在一个文件中,如果存在`init`函数,则它将在该文件中的其他代码之前自动执行。

对于多个`init`函数的执行顺序,Go语言规范并未定义确切的保证。因此,不应该依赖`init`函数之间的执行顺序来进行程序逻辑上的依赖。

当一个包导入到程序中时,其中的多个`init`函数可能以不确定的顺序执行。这意味着,在编写代码时,应该避免在不同的`init`函数之间存在互相依赖的情况。如果有多个`init`函数之间存在依赖关系,建议使用显式的初始化函数或全局变量来明确控制初始化顺序。

需要注意的是,如果一个包导入了多个其他包,每个导入的包会先执行其自己的`init`函数,然后按照导入声明的顺序依次执行。这可以确保每个包在初始化时都能正确处理其依赖关系。

综上所述,虽然Go语言不提供对多个`init`函数执行顺序的明确保证,但可以通过合理的代码设计和组织,以及使用显式的初始化函数或全局变量来控制初始化顺序,以满足具体的需求。

gin框架的路由是怎么处理的?

Gin框架的路由处理是通过gin.Engine结构体中的router字段来实现的。Gin框架提供了一系列的方法来定义和处理路由。

首先,通过gin.Default()gin.New()方法创建一个gin.Engine实例,然后可以使用该实例的GETPOSTPUTDELETE等方法来定义各种HTTP请求方法的路由。

例如,使用GET方法定义一个路由:

router := gin.Default()

router.GET("/hello", func(c *gin.Context) {
    c.String(http.StatusOK, "Hello, Gin!")
})

上述代码中,GET方法用于定义一个处理/hello路径的GET请求的路由。当收到该请求时,回调函数中的代码将被执行,然后通过c.String方法返回响应。

Gin框架还支持参数路由,可以通过router.GET("/hello/:name", ...)的方式定义带有参数的路由。在回调函数中,可以通过c.Param("name")方法获取参数的值。

除了基本的路由定义,Gin框架还提供了一些辅助方法,如Group方法用于定义路由组,Use方法用于添加中间件等。

最后,通过router.Run(":8080")方法启动Gin框架的HTTP服务,监听指定的端口,开始处理请求。

总的来说,Gin框架的路由处理是通过gin.Engine结构体中的router字段来实现的,通过各种方法来定义和处理路由,并通过Run方法启动HTTP服务。

mysql索引结构

B+树和B树有什么区别

MySQL的索引结构主要使用了B+树。

B+树和B树是两种常见的平衡搜索树,它们在结构上有一些区别:

  1. 结构:B树是一个自平衡的多路搜索树,每个节点可以有多个子节点。B+树是B树的一种变体,它在B树的基础上进行了优化,将非叶子节点中的关键字只用于索引目的,而将所有关键字都放在叶子节点中。叶子节点按照关键字的大小进行链接,形成一个有序链表。

  2. 存储方式:B树的非叶子节点和叶子节点都存储关键字和数据,而B+树的非叶子节点只存储关键字,所有的数据都存储在叶子节点中。

  3. 查询性能:由于B+树的非叶子节点只存储关键字,具有更高的节点利用率,可以存储更多的关键字,减少了树的高度,提高了查询性能。而B树由于每个节点存储数据,节点利用率较低,树的高度相对较高,查询性能相对较低。

  4. 范围查询:B+树在叶子节点之间形成有序链表,支持范围查询操作,而B树则需要在树中进行回溯。

总体来说,B+树相对于B树具有更高的查询性能和更好的范围查询支持。在MySQL中,使用B+树作为索引结构,可以提高查询效率和范围查询的性能。

快排

下面是一个使用快速排序算法在Go语言中实现的示例:

```go
package main

import "fmt"

func quickSort(arr []int, low, high int) {
    if low < high {
        // 选择基准值(这里选择数组的最后一个元素)
        pivot := arr[high]
        // 初始化分区索引
        i := low - 1

        // Perform partition operation
        for j := low; j < high; j++ {             if arr[j] <= pivot {                 i++                 arr[i], arr[j] = arr[j], arr[i]             }         }




        // Put the reference value in the correct position
        arr[i+1], arr[high] = arr[high], arr[i+1]

        // Recursively quicksort two subarrays
        quickSort(arr, low, i)
        quickSort(arr, i+2, high)
    }
}

func main() {     arr := []int{9, 5, 7, 2, 1, 8, 6, 3, 4}     fmt.Println("Original array:", arr)

    quickSort(arr, 0, len(arr)-1)

    fmt.Println("Sorted array:", arr)
}
```

In this example, the `quickSort` function implements the quicksort algorithm. It takes an array `arr`, specifying the start index `low` and the end index `high` of the sort range.

快速排序的基本思想是选择一个基准值,然后将数组划分为两个子数组,一个子数组中的元素小于等于基准值,另一个子数组中的元素大于基准值。然后递归地对两个子数组进行快速排序,直到每个子数组只包含一个元素。

在示例中,我们选择数组的最后一个元素作为基准值。然后使用分区操作将数组划分为两个子数组。接着,递归地对这两个子数组调用`quickSort`函数,直到排序完成。

最后,在`main`函数中创建一个测试数组,并调用`quickSort`函数进行排序。输出排序后的数组。

注意:该示例仅用于说明快速排序算法的实现方式,实际应用中可能需要考虑一些边界条件和优化方法,如处理重复元素、随机选择基准值以避免最坏情况等。

新浪

自我介绍

挑一个项目介绍下亮点和难点

说下websocket是哪一层协议?

WebSocket并不属于OSI(开放系统互联)模型中的任何一层。

OSI模型是一个用于描述计算机网络体系结构的抽象模型,分为七个层次,从下到上分别是:物理层、数据链路层、网络层、传输层、会话层、表示层和应用层。

WebSocket是一种在应用层上实现的协议,它通过HTTP协议的升级机制从HTTP协议切换到WebSocket协议。因此,WebSocket位于应用层之上,与HTTP协议类似。在网络协议栈中,WebSocket通常是在传输层的基础上实现的。

常见http状态码

WebSocket是一种在应用层和传输层之间的协议,它并不属于OSI(开放系统互联)模型中的任何一层。WebSocket协议是基于HTTP协议的,但它在HTTP协议的基础上添加了一些额外的功能,使得在客户端和服务器之间可以建立持久的双向通信连接。

常见的HTTP状态码包括:

  1. 200 OK:请求成功,服务器成功处理了���求。
  2. 301 Moved Permanently:永久重定向,请求的资源已被永久移动到新的URL。
  3. 302 Found:临时重定向,请求的资源暂时被移动到新的URL。
  4. 400 Bad Request:请求错误,服务器无法理解请求的语法。
  5. 401 Unauthorized:未授权,请求需要用户身份验证。
  6. 403 Forbidden:禁止访问,服务器拒绝请求。
  7. 404 Not Found:未找到,服务器找不到请求的资源。
  8. 500 Internal Server Error:服务器内部错误,服务器遇到了意外情况,无法完成请求。

这只是一些常见的HTTP状态码,实际上还有很多其他状态码,每个状态码都有特定的含义,用于表示服务器对请求的处理结果。

各种项目问题

进程阻塞怎么处理?就是进程完全不运行了,但是pid还在

当进程阻塞(Blocked)时,它处于一种等待状态,无法继续执行。这种情况下,可以考虑以下几种处理方式:

1. 超时机制:在某些情况下,阻塞可能是由于等待外部资源的到达或某个事件的发生而导致的。为了避免进程永久阻塞,可以设置一个超时时间,在指定的时间内如果等待的条件没有满足,则中断阻塞状态并采取相应的处理措施。

2. 异步操作:对于一些可能会产生长时间阻塞的操作,可以使用异步模型来避免进程的完全阻塞。通过将阻塞操作转换为非阻塞,并使用回调函数或事件通知来处理结果,可以使得进程能够继续执行其他任务,而不会陷入等待阻塞。

3. 并发模型:如果程序的设计允许,可以采用多线程或并发模型来处理阻塞。将耗时的操作放在独立的线程或协程中进行处理,使得主线程或进程能够继续执行其他任务,从而提高整体的响应性能。

4. 信号处理:在某些情况下,操作系统或外部环境可能会发送信号给进程,用于通知或中断阻塞状态。可以通过注册信号处理函数来捕获相应的信号,并在接收到信号时采取相应的处理措施,例如中断阻塞、终止进程等。

需要注意的是,不同操作系统和编程语言可能有不同的处理机制和API来处理进程阻塞的情况。具体的处理方式应根据实际需求和所使用的平台来选择和实现。

CICD主要做了什么?

CICD(持续集成和持续交付)是一种软件开发流程和实践,旨在通过自动化和持续集成来加快软件的交付速度和质量。CICD主要涉及以下几个方面:

  1. Continuous Integration: Developers frequently integrate code into a shared version control repository. Every code commit triggers the running of automated builds, compilations, unit tests, and other static code analysis tools. This helps identify and resolve code integration issues early on and ensures teams are always working with the latest and reliable code.

  2. Continuous Delivery: Continuous delivery is the deployment of software that has passed automated testing and integration to a target environment similar to the production environment, to be deployed at any time when it is ready for release. This automated delivery process includes building, testing, packaging, configuring, and deploying.

  3. Automated testing: CICD emphasizes the verification of application functionality, performance, and stability through automated testing. This includes writing and running unit tests, integration tests, acceptance tests, and more. Automated testing helps reduce human errors, improve test coverage, and increase confidence in development teams.

  4. Automated Deployment: CICD advocates automating the deployment process of applications, allowing rapid, repeatable and reliable deployment of applications to target environments. By automating deployment, human errors and deployment delays can be reduced, and delivery speed and quality can be improved.

  5. Continuous Monitoring and Feedback: CICD emphasizes continuous monitoring of application performance, errors, and other statistics and providing timely feedback to the development team. This helps to quickly identify and fix potential issues and iteratively improve the software.

To sum up, CICD mainly focuses on automating the steps of integration, testing, delivery, and deployment in software development to improve software delivery speed, quality, and reliability.

Advantages of using flame graph?

Flame Graph is a visualization tool for analyzing and optimizing program performance. It has the following advantages:

1. Visual display: The flame graph shows the call relationship and execution time of the program between different functions in an intuitive way. By using rectangular blocks to represent each function, and cascading them according to the call relationship, you can clearly see the nesting between functions and the distribution of execution time.

2. Quickly locate hotspots: the flame graph indicates the execution time of the function or the amount of resources occupied by the color depth or width. In this way, hot functions in the program can be quickly identified, that is, functions that consume a lot of time or resources, thereby helping developers quickly locate performance bottlenecks.

3. Hierarchical display: The stacked arrangement of flame graphs can display the hierarchical structure of function calls. This is very helpful for understanding function nesting relationships, recursive calls, and function call paths in code. By viewing the flame graph, you can better understand the execution flow of the program, identify potential problems or optimize space.

4. Multi-dimensional analysis: Flame graph supports multi-dimensional analysis, which can be switched or filtered according to different needs and indicators. For example, flame graphs can be generated based on indicators such as execution time, CPU utilization, and memory consumption to analyze program performance and resource usage from different perspectives.

5. Cross-platform support: Flame graph is a general-purpose performance analysis tool that can be applied to various programming languages ​​and operating systems. Whether performing performance analysis in a local development environment or in a production environment, flame graphs can be used as a unified tool to help optimize code and improve program performance.

In short, as a powerful performance analysis tool, the flame graph can help developers understand the performance bottleneck of the program through visual display and multi-dimensional analysis, and optimize it in a targeted manner. Its concise and intuitive visualization form and rich analysis functions enable developers to perform performance tuning and resource management more effectively.

Has cgo understood the risk points introduced?

CGO is a mechanism provided by Go language to call C language code or C language library in Go code. Although CGO can easily realize the interoperability between Go language and C language, there are also some potential risk points, including the following aspects:

  1. Security issues: CGO can call native C code, which may pose a security risk to the application if the C code has vulnerabilities or security issues. Therefore, when using CGO, careful security audit and testing of the calling C code is required to ensure the security of the code.

  2. Portability issue: The C code called by CGO is usually written for a specific operating system and hardware platform, which may cause incompatibility or non-portability of the application on different operating systems or hardware platforms. Therefore, when using CGO, you need to pay attention to platform compatibility and portability issues, and use code that is compatible with the Go language itself as much as possible.

  3. Performance issues: CGO calls to C code usually require additional resource requests and memory allocations, which can affect application performance and scalability. Therefore, when using CGO, it is necessary to carefully select the C code that needs to be called and evaluate its impact on application performance.

  4. 构建和部署问题:由于 CGO 需要依赖外部的 C 语言库,因此在构建和部署应用程序时,需要确保 C 语言库的可用性和正确性。如果 C 语言库发生变化或被移除,可能会导致应用程序无法正常运行。

综上所述,虽然 CGO 可以方便地实现 Go 语言和 C 语言之间的互操作,但同时也存在一些潜在的风险点。在使用 CGO 时,需要仔细评估风险,并采取相应的措施来保障应用程序的可靠性和安全性。

为什么不要频繁创建和停止goroutine

频繁创建和停止goroutine可能会导致一些问题,包括以下几点:

  1. 资源消耗:每个goroutine都需要一定的内存和其他资源来运行。频繁创建大量的goroutine会增加系统的资源消耗,可能导致内存占用过高、上下文切换频繁等问题。

  2. 上下文切换开销:当有多个goroutine在运行时,调度器会在它们之间进行上下文切换。频繁创建和停止goroutine会增加上下文切换的次数,导致额外的开销和性能下降。

  3. 状态管理困难:每个goroutine都有自己的状态和上下文,频繁创建和停止goroutine会增加状态管理的复杂性。如果不正确地管理goroutine的状态,可能会导致数据竞争、死锁等并发问题。

  4. 可读性和维护性:频繁创建和停止goroutine可能会使代码变得复杂和难以理解。当代码中存在大量的goroutine创建和停止操作时,代码的可读性和维护性会降低,增加了代码的复杂性和出错的可能性。

因此,为了避免上述问题,建议在需要并发处理的场景中,尽量重用已有的goroutine,避免频繁创建和停止goroutine。可以使用goroutine池、工作队列等技术来管理和复用goroutine,以提高性能和资源利用率。

channel底层是用什么实现的?

在 Go 语言中,Channel(通道)是一种用于在 goroutine 之间进行通信和同步的机制。底层实现上,Go 使用了类似管程(CSP)模型的并发编程模型。

具体来说,Channel 的底层实现包括以下几个关键组件:

1. Data structure: The underlying data structure of Channel is a queue with a buffer. This queue is used to store passed values ​​and implements a first-in-first-out (FIFO) messaging mechanism.

2. Locks and condition variables: In order to achieve the concurrent security of Channel, the bottom layer uses mutexes (Mutex) and condition variables (Condition Variables) to protect access to shared data structures. This ensures data consistency and thread safety when multiple goroutines read and write to the Channel at the same time.

3. System call: When a goroutine is sending or receiving on the Channel, if the buffer of the Channel is full (for an unbuffered Channel) or empty (for a buffered Channel), the goroutine will be blocked and hand over the CPU Control of other executable goroutines. When this happens, the underlying layer will switch the current goroutine to a wait state through a system call until the Channel is available or there is data to receive.

It should be noted that the specific implementation details of Channel are handled by the Go runtime (runtime), rather than directly implemented through the underlying language features. This abstraction and encapsulation makes the use of Channel easier and safer, and provides a highly consistent programming model.

To sum up, the underlying implementation of Channel uses queues with buffers, locks, condition variables, and system calls to implement concurrent and safe message delivery and synchronization operations. These details are handled in Go's runtime, providing developers with a convenient and efficient communication and synchronization mechanism.

How is the database encryption algorithm designed? How is the general specification for designing such a thing designed?

The design of database encryption algorithm generally includes the following steps:

  1. Data classification: First of all, it is necessary to classify data, and separate sensitive data from non-sensitive data, so as to encrypt and protect sensitive data.

  2. Encryption algorithm selection: select an appropriate encryption algorithm, and select an appropriate encryption algorithm according to the characteristics and application scenarios of the encryption algorithm, such as symmetric encryption algorithm, asymmetric encryption algorithm, hash function, etc.

  3. Key management: Design a secure key management mechanism to ensure the security and confidentiality of keys. Key management includes operations such as key generation, distribution, storage, update, and destruction.

  4. Encryption process: Design the encryption process, combine the encryption algorithm and the key management mechanism to realize the encryption of sensitive data. The encryption process includes processes such as data encryption, key management, and encryption result storage.

  5. Decryption process: Design the decryption process to realize the decryption of encrypted data, including key management, data decryption, decryption result verification and other processes.

Common database encryption specifications are generally formulated by international standards organizations or industry organizations, such as NIST, ISO, PCI DSS, etc. These specifications mainly include the following:

  1. Encryption Algorithm: Specifies the requirements for available encryption algorithms and encryption strength.

  2. Key management: specifies the requirements for key generation, distribution, storage, update, and destruction.

  3. Data encryption and decryption: specifies the process and requirements for data encryption and decryption, including encryption and decryption algorithms, key management, encryption result verification, etc.

  4. Security requirements: Specifies the security requirements of the encryption system, including encryption strength, key length, key protection, key distribution, key update, key destruction, etc.

  5. Testing and verification: specifies the testing and verification methods of encryption systems, including security testing, functional testing, compatibility testing, and performance testing of encryption systems.

In short, the design of the database encryption algorithm needs to take into account the security of the encryption algorithm, the key management mechanism, the encryption process and the decryption process. The general database encryption specification is formulated by the international standard organization or industry organization, which stipulates the encryption algorithm, key management, data encryption and decryption, security requirements, testing and verification and other requirements.

In the first company why did you leave

Time synchronization problem?

ntp protocol

NTP (Network Time Protocol, Network Time Protocol) is a protocol for time synchronization in computer networks. It is a client-server protocol for transmitting accurate time information over a network.

NTP works as follows:

  1. NTP server: There are one or more NTP servers in the network, which provide accurate time information by receiving accurate time signals from time sources such as atomic clocks or GPS.
  2. NTP client: NTP clients are running on computers or devices, and they communicate with NTP servers to obtain accurate time information.
  3. Time synchronization: The NTP client sends a time request to the NTP server to obtain the time information of the server, and then adjusts its own local system time based on this information. This way, the time between the NTP client and server will be kept in sync.

The NTP protocol has the following characteristics:

  1. Accuracy: The NTP protocol can provide very high-precision time synchronization, usually at the millisecond level or higher.
  2. 层级结构:NTP服务器之间可以形成层级结构,较高层的服务器从较低层的服务器获取时间信息,以便更好地扩展和管理时间同步。
  3. 时钟漂移调整:NTP协议不仅可以校准系统时间,还可以根据时间漂移情况进行调整,以保持时间同步的稳定性。
  4. 安全性:NTP协议支持一些安全机制,如身份验证和加密,以确保时间信息的安全传输和防止恶意篡改。

NTP协议被广泛应用于各种计算机网络中,特别是需要高精度时间同步的场景,例如金融交易、网络日志记录和分布式系统等。

小米

自我介绍

算法:二分查找

在 Go 语言中,二分查找(Binary Search)是一种高效的查找算法,用于在有序数组中查找指定元素的位置。

以下是一个使用二分查找算法在 Go 中实现的示例:

```go
package main

import "fmt"

func binarySearch(arr []int, target int) int {
    low := 0
    high := len(arr) - 1

    for low <= high {
        mid := (low + high) / 2

        if arr[mid] == target {
            return mid
        } else if arr[mid] < target {
            low = mid + 1
        } else {
            high = mid - 1
        }
    }

    return -1
}

func main() {
    arr := []int{1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9}
    target := 6

    index := binarySearch(arr, target)

    if index != -1 {         fmt.Printf("The index of the target element %d is: %d\n", target, index)     } else {         fmt.Printf("The target element %d does not exist in the array\n" , target)     } } ```





In this example, the `binarySearch` function implements the binary search algorithm. It takes an ordered array `arr` and the target element `target` to find, and returns the index of the target element in the array if it exists, otherwise returns -1.

The basic idea of ​​binary search is to first set the upper and lower bounds of the search range (using `low` and `high` variables here), and then reduce the search range by half in each iteration until the target element is found or the search range is empty.

In each iteration, the middle position `mid` is calculated, and the element at the middle position is compared with the target element. If they are equal, return to the middle position; if the target element is smaller than the middle position element, it means that the target element is on the left, update the upper bound `high = mid - 1`; if the target element is greater than the middle position element, it means that the target element is on the left On the right, update the lower bound `low = mid + 1`.

Finally, -1 is returned if the target element is not found.

在 `main` 函数中,创建一个有序数组 `arr` 和要查找的目标元素 `target`,并调用 `binarySearch` 函数进行查找。根据返回值打印相应的结果。

请注意,二分查找算法要求被搜索的数组必须是有序的,否则无法得到正确的结果。

sql索引优化问题

mysql数据库引擎

MySQL是一个开源的关系型数据库管理系统,支持多种数据库引擎。常见的MySQL数据库引擎包括:

  1. InnoDB:InnoDB是MySQL的默认存储引擎,它支持事务、行级锁定和外键约束等特性。InnoDB适用于大部分应用场景,特别是需要事务支持和并发读写的场景。

  2. MyISAM:MyISAM是MySQL的另一个常用存储引擎,它不支持事务和行级锁定,但具有较高的性能。MyISAM适用于读密集型应用,例如数据仓库、日志分析等。

  3. Memory:Memory引擎将表数据存储在内存中,提供了非常高的读写性能。但由于数据存储在内存中,重启数据库时数据会丢失。Memory引擎适用于缓存、临时表等临时性数据的存储。

对于SQL索引优化问题,以下是一些常见的优化技巧:

  1. 选择合适的索引:根据查询的字段和条件选择合适的索引。索引可以加速查询,但过多的索引会增加写操作的开销和索引维护的复杂性。

  2. 联合索引:对于多个字段的查询条件,考虑创建联合索引。联合索引可以提高多字段条件查询的性能。

  3. 避免过长的索引:索引字段的长度越长,索引占用的空间越大,查询的性能也会受到影响。

  4. 避免在索引字段上进行函数操作:如果在索引字段上进行函数操作(如使用函数进行字符串比较),会导致索引无法被有效使用,降低查询性能。

  5. 避免过多的全表扫描:尽量避免使用没有索引的字段进行查询,以免触发全表扫描的操作,影响查询性能。

  6. 定期优化索引:根据数据库的使用情况,定期进行索引优化,包括删除不必要的索引、重建索引等操作,以提高查询性能。

综上所述,选择合适的数据库引擎,并根据具体的查询需求和数据特点进行索引优化,可以提高MySQL数据库的查询性能和响应速度。

tcp三次握手四次挥手

TCP is a connection-oriented, reliable transport protocol. In the TCP protocol, a three-way handshake is required to establish a connection, and four handshakes are required to close the connection. The following describes the TCP three-way handshake and four-way handshake process:

TCP three-way handshake:

  1. The client sends a SYN message segment to the server, indicating that the client wants to establish a connection. This segment contains a random Initial Sequence Number (ISN) for subsequent data transmission.

  2. After receiving the client's SYN segment, the server sends a SYN+ACK segment to the client, indicating that the server has received the client's request and is ready to establish a connection. This segment contains an acknowledgment number (ACK) and a new random sequence number (ISN).

  3. After receiving the server's SYN+ACK message segment, the client sends an ACK message segment to the server, indicating that the client has received the server's confirmation and is ready to start data transmission. The message segment contains an acknowledgment number (ACK), and the value of the acknowledgment number is ISN+1 sent by the server, indicating that the client has received the SYN+ACK message segment from the server.

TCP waves four times:

  1. The client sends a FIN message segment to the server, indicating that the client has no data to send and requests to close the connection.

  2. After receiving the client's FIN segment, the server sends an ACK segment to the client, indicating that the server has received the client's request and is ready to close the connection.

  3. The server sends a FIN segment, indicating that the server has no data to send, and requests to close the connection.

  4. After receiving the server's FIN message segment, the client sends an ACK message segment to the server, indicating that the client has received the server's request and is ready to close the connection. At this time, the client enters the TIME_WAIT state, and closes the connection after waiting for a period of time. The server closes the connection immediately after receiving the ACK segment from the client.

It should be noted that the establishment and closing of a TCP connection requires a handshake or wave operation to ensure the reliability and integrity of data transmission. At the same time, the establishment and closing of the TCP connection will involve the transmission of sequence numbers and confirmation numbers to ensure the order and integrity of data transmission.

The reason why the project uses redis

There are several common reasons for using Redis in projects:

1. Cache: Redis is a high-performance memory database, especially suitable for use as a cache layer. By storing frequently accessed data with high computing costs in Redis, the reading speed and response performance of the system can be greatly improved, and the load pressure on the back-end database can be reduced.

2. Fast data access: Because Redis stores data in memory and uses an efficient key-value pair storage structure, it has very fast data access capabilities. This makes Redis very advantageous in scenarios that require fast read and write operations, such as real-time data processing, high concurrent requests, etc.

3. Counters and statistics: Redis provides atomic operations and supports operations such as self-increment and self-decrement on data. This allows Redis to be conveniently used to implement counters, statistics, and leaderboard functions, such as website visit counts, likes records, etc.

4. Publish/subscribe mode: Redis supports publish/subscribe mode (Pub/Sub), which can publish and subscribe real-time messages among multiple clients. This allows Redis to be used as a message queue or real-time communication infrastructure for building real-time chat, event notification and other functions.

5. Data persistence: Redis provides a variety of persistence mechanisms, including snapshot (snapshotting) and log (append-only file), which can store data on disk so that data can be retained during restart or failure recovery. This allows Redis not only to be used as a cache, but also as a persistent storage to meet the needs of data security and reliability.

6. Data structure support: In addition to simple key-value pair storage, Redis also provides rich data structure support, such as strings, hashes, lists, sets, ordered sets, etc. The flexibility and efficiency of these data structures enable Redis to cope with various business needs, such as real-time leaderboards, social network relationship models, etc.

Overall, Redis is a powerful and easy-to-use in-memory database for a variety of scenarios, especially where fast reads and writes, caching, counters, and real-time communication are required. It provides high performance, reliability, and flexibility, making it one of the commonly used data storage and caching solutions in modern application development.

Go's slice expansion mechanism

The difference between threads and processes in linux

Slice in Go language is a dynamic array that can automatically expand as needed. The expansion mechanism of slices is as follows:

  1. 初始容量:当创建一个切片时,会分配一定的初始容量。初始容量可以通过内置函数make()来指定,也可以使用切片字面量进行初始化。

  2. 容量不足:当向切片中添加元素时,如果容量不足,切片会自动进行扩容。扩容时,Go语言会创建一个新的底层数组,并将原有的元素复制到新的底层数组中。

  3. 扩容策略:切片的扩容策略是按照指数级别进行扩容。当切片的容量不足时,Go语言会将容量扩大为原来的2倍。例如,如果切片的容量为4,当需要扩容时,容量会扩大为8。

  4. 内存分配:切片的扩容会涉及到内存的重新分配和数据的复制,因此扩容操作可能会比较耗时。为了避免频繁的扩容操作,可以在创建切片时预估所需的容量,提前分配足够的空间。

需要注意的是,切片的扩容是自动进行的,开发者无需手动管理。切片的扩容机制使得切片在处理动态数据时非常方便和高效。

关于Linux中线程和进程的区别,可以总结如下:

  1. 资源分配:进程是操作系统分配资源的基本单位,每个进程都有独立的地址空间、文件描述符等资源。而线程是进程内的执行单元,多个线程共享同一个进程的资源。

  2. 调度和切换:进程是操作系统进行调度和切换的基本单位,进程间的切换需要保存和恢复整个进程的上下文。而线程的调度和切换相对较轻量,因为线程共享进程的地址空间和其他资源,切换时只需要保存和恢复线程的上下文。

  3. 并发性:由于线程共享进程的资源,线程之间的通信和同步相对容易。而进程之间的通信和同步需要使用特定的机制,如管道、共享内存、信号量等。

  4. 创建和销毁:创建和销毁进程的开销相对较大,需要进行资源的分配和释放。而线程的创建和销毁相对较轻量,开销较小。

  5. 安全性:由于线程共享进程的资源,多个线程之间的访问需要进行同步和互斥,以避免竞态条件和数据不一致。而进程之间的资源访问相对独立,不需要过多的同步和互斥。

总的来说,进程和线程是操作系统中的两个重要概念,进程是资源分配的基本单位,线程是执行的基本单位。线程的轻量和共享资源的特性使得它在并发编程中更加高效和灵活。

go使用中遇到的问题

When developing with Go, there are some common problems you may encounter. Here are some issues you may encounter and their solutions:

1. Package dependency management: Go uses modules (Module) as a package management mechanism, but during the project development process, you may encounter problems such as package version conflicts and dependency updates. The solution is to use a suitable version management tool (such as Go Modules) to manage package dependencies, and pay attention to updating and resolving version conflicts in a timely manner.

2. Error handling: Go advocates explicit error handling, which may lead to a lot of error checking and handling code in the code, making the code lengthy. Error handling patterns such as defer+panic/recover or custom error types can be used to simplify error handling and ensure that errors are handled and propagated appropriately.

3. Concurrency and parallelism: Go provides powerful concurrency support at the language level, but concurrent programming also brings some challenges, such as race conditions and deadlocks. For concurrency-related issues, mutexes, channels, or atomic operations can be used to ensure data synchronization and correctness, while avoiding common concurrency traps.

4. Performance tuning: Although Go has good performance characteristics, in some cases, performance bottlenecks may be encountered. You can use performance analysis tools (such as Go Profiling tools) to identify performance bottlenecks and take corresponding optimization strategies, such as reducing memory allocation, using concurrent mode, and so on.

5. Resource management: Go is relatively simple in resource management, but in large-scale projects, you may need to pay attention to the correct release and management of resources, such as file handles, database connections, etc. You can use the defer keyword to ensure the timely release of resources, or use technologies such as resource pools to manage and reuse resources.

6. Cross-platform compatibility: Although Go supports cross-platform compilation, in actual development, you may still encounter some operating system-related problems. To ensure code compatibility on different platforms, you can use conditional compilation, platform-specific logic, or third-party libraries to handle platform differences.

7. Community support and documentation: Go has an active community that provides a large number of open source libraries and resources. When encountering problems, you can refer to official documents, find relevant community resources, and Q&A websites for help and solutions.

In summary, Go is a powerful and flexible programming language, but you may still encounter various challenges and problems during the development process. Through active learning and exploration, with the help of community resources and tools, we can better deal with and solve these problems, and improve development efficiency and code quality.

The execution process of an update statement

The execution process of an UPDATE statement can be divided into the following steps:

  1. Parsing statement: The database management system first parses the UPDATE statement to determine the table to be updated, the fields to be updated, and the conditions for updating.

  2. Lock records: Before executing the UPDATE statement, the database management system will lock the records that need to be updated according to the update conditions to prevent other concurrent operations from modifying these records.

  3. Execute update: The database management system will update the locked records according to the update conditions and the fields to be updated. Update operations may involve operations such as data modification, insertion, and deletion.

  4. Update index: If the update operation involves the modification of index fields, the database management system will update the index accordingly to maintain the consistency of the index.

  5. Release lock: After the update operation is completed, the database management system will release the previously locked records, allowing other concurrent operations to modify these records.

  6. Commit transaction: If the UPDATE statement is executed in a transaction, the database management system will decide whether to submit the update result to the database after the update operation is completed, according to the isolation level and commit method of the transaction.

It should be noted that different database management systems may have some subtle differences, but generally the process of executing UPDATE statements is similar. In addition, the performance of executing the UPDATE statement is also affected by factors such as the configuration of the database, the use of indexes, and the size of the data volume. In order to improve the execution efficiency of the UPDATE statement, you can optimize the index according to the specific situation, reasonably design the update conditions and fields, and configure the database parameters reasonably.

websocket request header

When using WebSocket for communication, the client needs to include specific request headers when sending WebSocket requests. The following are common fields of WebSocket request headers:

  1. Upgrade: Specifies the protocol to be upgraded. For WebSocket requests, the value of this field should be "websocket".
  2. Connection: Specifies the connection type. For WebSocket requests, the value of this field should be "Upgrade".
  3. Sec-WebSocket-Version: Specify the version number of the WebSocket protocol, the common version number is 13.
  4. Sec-WebSocket-Key: The key used to generate and verify the handshake, usually a random Base64 encoded string.
  5. Sec-WebSocket-Extensions: Specifies WebSocket extensions, such as compression, encryption, etc.
  6. Host: Specify the host name and port number of the server.
  7. Origin: Specify the source of the request for security verification.
  8. User-Agent: Identifies the user agent information of the client.

The specific values ​​of these request header fields will be set according to the actual situation. For example, the headers of a WebSocket request might look like this:

GET /websocket HTTP/1.1
Host: example.com
Upgrade: websocket
Connection: Upgrade
Sec-WebSocket-Key: dGhlIHNhbXBsZSBub25jZQ==
Sec-WebSocket-Version: 13
Origin: http://example.com
User-Agent: Mozilla/5.0 (Windows NT 10.0; Win64; x64) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/58.0.3029.110 Safari/537.3

It should be noted that the fields of the WebSocket request header may vary due to different implementations and applications, and the specific request header fields and values ​​should be set according to the actual situation.

Have you used these message queues?

Message Queue (Message Queue) is a common asynchronous communication mechanism for delivering and storing messages in a distributed system. It achieves decoupled and asynchronous communication by sending messages to queues, and consumers get and process messages from queues.

Here are some common usage scenarios and benefits:

  1. Asynchronous communication: Message queues allow asynchronous communication between senders and receivers. The sender can quickly send messages to the queue without waiting for the receiver's response. This asynchronous communication mode can improve the scalability, flexibility and responsiveness of the system.

  2. Service decoupling: Message queues decouple senders and receivers by sending messages to queues. The sender only needs to publish the message to the queue without caring about the specific receiver, and the receiver can independently obtain and process the message from the queue. This decoupling helps build loosely coupled distributed systems where services can be easily added, removed, and extended.

  3. Flow control and peak shaving and valley filling: The message queue can be used to smoothly control the flow of the system to avoid system overload caused by sudden flow. Message queues allow buffering and adjusting the processing rate of messages to suit the processing capabilities of the system. This helps to balance the speed difference between producers and consumers, and achieve the effect of peak shaving and valley filling.

  4. Message persistence and reliability: Message queues usually have the feature of message persistence. Even after the message is sent, the message will still be persistently stored in the queue to ensure that the message will not be lost. This provides greater reliability against data loss and system failure.

  5. Scalability and flexibility: By using message queues, you can easily build scalable and scalable system architectures. Consumers can be increased or decreased as needed, the load can be shared by adding queue instances horizontally, and message broadcast can be realized by using publish/subscribe mode, etc.

常见的消息队列实现包括 RabbitMQ、Apache Kafka、ActiveMQ 等。这些消息队列系统提供了各种功能和特性,可以根据具体的需求选择合适的实现。

总结起来,消息队列是一种强大的工具,用于实现异步通信、解耦和流量控制等功能。它在构建分布式系统、微服务架构、事件驱动架构等场景中发挥着重要的作用。

微服务注册发现说一下

微服务注册发现是一种用于管理和发现分布式系统中服务的机制。在微服务架构中,服务通常会被拆分成多个小的服务单元,这些服务单元可以部署在不同的服务器上,通过网络进行通信。为了方便管理和使用这些服务单元,需要引入服务注册发现机制。

服务注册发现机制包括以下几个组件:

  1. 服务注册:服务提供者将自己的服务信息注册到注册中心,包括服务名称、IP、端口、协议等信息。

  2. 服务发现:服务消费者从注册中心获取服务提供者的信息,包括服务名称、IP、端口、协议等信息。

  3. 服务负载均衡:当服务提供者有多个实例时,需要对请求进行负载均衡,以实现高可用和容错性。

  4. 服务调用:服务消费者通过获取的服务提供者信息,调用相应的服务接口。

常见的服务注册发现框架有 Etcd、ZooKeeper、Consul 等。这些框架提供了统一的服务注册发现接口,方便应用程序使用。一般来说,服务提供者在启动时需要向注册中心注册自己的服务信息,并定期向注册中心发送心跳包,以保持服务的可用性。服务消费者在调用服务时需要从注册中心获取服务提供者的信息,并进行负载均衡,以实现高可用和容错性。

服务注册发现机制可以有效地管理和发现分布式系统中的服务,提高系统的可用性和可扩展性。同时,也能够实现服务的动态扩容和缩容,方便应用程序根据需求进行水平扩展或收缩。

说一下从浏览器按下一个搜索的完整过程

当用户在浏览器中按下搜索按钮时,以下是一个典型的搜索请求的完整过程:

  1. 用户在浏览器地址栏中输入搜索关键词并按下回车或者点击搜索按钮。

  2. 浏览器根据搜索关键词构建一个HTTP GET请求,并将请求发送到默认的搜索引擎或者用户指定的搜索引擎。

  3. The browser sends the constructed HTTP request to the server of the search engine.

  4. After the server receives the search request, it parses and processes the request. Usually, the server will use the search keyword as a request parameter and execute a search algorithm to retrieve relevant search results.

  5. The server generates a search results page, which may contain information such as titles, summaries, links, etc. of related search results.

  6. The server returns the generated search result page to the browser as an HTTP response.

  7. After the browser receives the response from the search engine server, it starts to parse the response content.

  8. The browser displays the search result page according to the parsed response content. At this point, the user can see relevant search results.

It should be noted that the specific search process may vary with different search engines and browsers. For example, some browsers may use preloading or auto-completion functions when users enter search keywords to provide faster and more accurate search results.

In addition, the search process may involve technologies such as search algorithms of search engines, relevance scoring, and advertisement recommendations. For users, the entire search process is usually transparent, they only need to enter keywords and get relevant search results.

The underlying implementation of go map

A map in Go is a data structure for storing key-value pairs, which provides efficient insertion, lookup, and deletion operations. The underlying implementation of map involves hashing and hash table.

In Go's implementation, the underlying data structure of map is an array of hash tables. Each hash table element stores a bucket, and each bucket can store multiple key-value pairs. The hash value calculated according to the hash function is used to determine the position of the key-value pair in the hash table.

The following is the underlying implementation principle of map:

1. Hash function: When using map to store key-value pairs, the corresponding bucket will be indexed according to the hash value of the key. The hash function used by Go converts the contents of a key into a unique hash value. This hash value is used to determine the position of the key-value pair in the hash table for fast lookup and access.

2. Bucket: Each bucket is the basic unit of the hash table and is used to store one or more key-value pairs. In a bucket, key-value pairs are organized through a chain structure, that is, each key-value pair is attached to the linked list of the bucket. If the linked list in the bucket is too long, the Go implementation will automatically convert it into a red-black tree structure to improve search performance.

3. 冲突处理:由于哈希函数的映射并非一对一的关系,可能会出现多个键值对具有相同哈希值的情况,即哈希冲突。当发生冲突时,Go 的实现会将冲突的键值对依次添加到桶的链表中或红黑树中,确保存储完整的键值对集合。

4. 动态扩容:为了提供高效的插入和查找操作,map 会在需要时动态调整大小。当桶中的键值对数量达到一定阈值时,Go 的实现会触发扩容操作,重新分配更大的哈希表,并将原有的键值对重新散列到新的桶中。

总体而言,Go 中的 map 使用了散列和哈希表的技术来实现高效的键值对存储和检索。通过使用哈希函数计算键的哈希值,确定其在哈希表中的位置,并采用链表或红黑树解决哈希冲突的问题,map 提供了快速的插入、查找和删除操作,适用于大部分的键值对存储需求。

说一下同步阻塞和异步非阻塞

同步阻塞和异步非阻塞是两种不同的 IO 操作模型,它们的区别在于程序在 IO 操作期间是否会被阻塞。

同步阻塞(Synchronous Blocking)模型是指在进行 IO 操作时,程序会一直等待 IO 操作完成后才能进行下一步操作。在同步阻塞模型中,当一个 IO 操作被调用时,程序会一直等待直到操作完成并返回结果,此时程序才能继续执行下一步操作。这种模型通常会导致线程被阻塞,因此在高并发场景下容易造成性能问题。

异步非阻塞(Asynchronous Non-blocking)模型是指在进行 IO 操作时,程序可以继续执行其他操作,而不必等待 IO 操作完成。在异步非阻塞模型中,当一个 IO 操作被调用时,程序会立即返回,并继续执行后续操作。当 IO 操作完成后,程序会通过回调函数等方式通知应用程序,从而完成后续的操作。这种模型通常可以提高程序的并发性能和响应速度。

需要注意的是,同步阻塞和异步非阻塞并不是绝对的,也可以组合使用。例如,可以使用线程池等技术来实现异步非阻塞模型,也可以使用回调函数等技术来实现同步阻塞模型。在实际应用中,需要根据具体的业务场景和需求选择合适的 IO 操作模型。

go的profile工具?

Go 语言提供了一个内置的性能分析工具——pprof,可以用于分析应用程序的 CPU、内存、阻塞等性能瓶颈。

使用 pprof 工具的基本流程如下:

  1. 在程序中导入 pprof 包,并在代码中添加性能分析代码。

  2. 运行程序,并使用浏览器连接到指定的端口,收集性能数据。

  3. 分析性能数据,生成分析报告。

以下是一个简单的示例程序,演示如何使用 pprof 进行 CPU 分析:

package main

import (
    "fmt"
    "math/rand"
    "net/http"
    _ "net/http/pprof"
    "time"
)

func main() {
    go func() {
        for {
            fmt.Println("Hello, World!")
            time.Sleep(time.Duration(rand.Intn(100)) * time.Millisecond)
        }
    }()
    http.ListenAndServe(":8080", nil)
}

在上面的示例程序中,我们通过导入 net/http/pprof 包,使程序支持通过 HTTP 访问性能分析数据。然后,我们在 main 函数中启动一个 goroutine,不断输出 "Hello, World!",并随机等待一段时间。最后,我们通过 http.ListenAndServe 启动一个 HTTP 服务器,监听在 8080 端口上。

接下来,我们可以通过浏览器访问 http://localhost:8080/debug/pprof/profile,收集程序的 CPU 使用情况数据。默认情况下,pprof 会收集 30 秒的 CPU 数据。在收集完数据后,我们可以通过 go tool pprof 命令来分析数据,例如:

go tool pprof http://localhost:8080/debug/pprof/profile

该命令会打开交互式命令行界面,可以输入不同的命令进行性能分析和优化,例如 top 命令可以显示 CPU 使用最高的函数,web 命令可以在浏览器中显示函数调用图等。

除了 CPU 分析外,pprof 还提供了内存、阻塞、互斥锁等性能分析功能。要使用这些功能,可以使用类似的方法,即在程序中导入相应的 pprof 包,并通过浏览器访问相应的 URL。

字节

自我介绍

for range 坑 输出

在 Go 语言中,使用 for range 迭代数组、切片、map 等数据结构时,需要注意一些细节,否则可能会导致输出不符合预期。

具体来说,当使用 for range 迭代 map 时,迭代顺序是随机的,具体取决于 map 内部的哈希值计算,而不是按照 key 的顺序。因此,如果需要按照 key 的顺序迭代 map,需要先对 key 进行排序,例如:

m := map[string]int{"foo": 1, "bar": 2, "baz": 3}
keys := make([]string, 0, len(m))
for k := range m {
    keys = append(keys, k)
}
sort.Strings(keys)
for _, k := range keys {
    fmt.Println(k, m[k])
}

Also, when using  for range iterative slices, be aware that the address of the slice's underlying array may change. Specifically, when using  append a function to add elements to a slice, if the capacity of the slice is insufficient, it will cause the underlying array to reallocate memory, thereby changing the address of the underlying array. Therefore, when using  for range iterative slices, you should avoid modifying slices in the loop body, otherwise the output may not meet expectations, for example:

s := []int{1, 2, 3}
for i, v := range s {
    if i == 0 {
        s = append(s, 4)
    }
    fmt.Println(i, v)
}

In the above sample code, we add elements to the slice in the loop body, which causes the address of the underlying array of the slice to change, so the output does not meet expectations. To avoid this situation, you can first copy the slice, and then iterate over the copied slice, for example:

s := []int{1, 2, 3}
t := make([]int, len(s))
copy(t, s)
for i, v := range t {
    if i == 0 {
        t = append(t, 4)
    }
    fmt.Println(i, v)
}

在上面的示例代码中,我们先将原始切片复制一份到新的切片中,然后对新的切片进行迭代,避免了在循环体内修改原始切片导致底层数组地址改变的问题。

gmp模型

在 Go 语言的 GMP 并发模型中,每个 OS 线程都被称为一个 machine(机器),每个机器都包含了多个 G 和一个 M。

具体来说,G(Goroutine)代表一个 Go 协程,包含了该协程的栈、指令指针等信息,可以看作是一个正在执行的函数的上下文。每个 G 都会被分配到一个 M(Machine)上执行,并绑定到该 M 的本地队列中。M 则代表了一个 OS 线程,其中包含了该线程的状态信息、调度器、本地队列等。每个 M 都会维护一个调度器,用于从本地队列中选择一个 G 进行执行。当某个 G 需要进行阻塞操作时,调度器会将该 G 从本地队列中移除,并将该 M 放入阻塞状态,等待事件的发生。当事件发生后,调度器会从全局队列中选择一个 G,将该 G 绑定到一个空闲的 M 上,并将该 M 切换到运行状态,从而恢复该 G 的执行。

In the GMP concurrency model, the number of G and M is dynamically adjusted, and can be dynamically adjusted according to the load of the system and the operation of the coroutine. When there is no G available in the local queue on an M, the scheduler will select a G from the global queue to achieve load balancing of coroutines. In addition, in the GMP model, the Go language also provides features such as preemptive scheduling and garbage collection, which can help developers write efficient, stable and safe concurrent programs more easily.

In general, the GMP concurrency model is the core of Go language concurrent programming. It realizes efficient, stable and safe concurrent programming by mapping coroutines and OS threads to G and M, and using a scheduler to coordinate the relationship between coroutines and OS threads.

What grammar problems did you encounter

Some common Go language syntax questions. Here are some problems you may encounter:

  1. Missing imported packages: In Go, if you use a function, type, or variable from a package that is not imported, the compiler will report an error. Make sure you importimport the required packages using the statement at the beginning of your code file.

  2. Syntax errors: Check for usage of symbols such as parentheses, quotation marks, and semicolons. Missing or incorrect use of these symbols may result in compilation errors.

  3. Variable declaration: In Go, you need to use keywords varto declare variables. If you forget to use vara keyword, or make other syntax errors (such as double declarations) when declaring variables, the compiler will complain.

  4. Zero-value initialization: In Go, variables are automatically assigned a zero value when they are declared. If you expect a variable to have an initial value, be sure to explicitly assign it.

  5. Function Naming: Go has some rules for naming functions and variables. Function names should start with a letter and can contain letters, numbers and underscores. In addition, function names with uppercase letters can be accessed by other packages, while function names with lowercase letters can only be accessed within the same package.

  6. Package-level variables and functions: If you want to share variables or functions between different Go source files, you need to declare them as package-level. This can be achieved by capitalizing the first letter of the variable or function name.

  7. Type conversion: In Go, assignment between different types requires explicit type conversion. If you try to assign a value with a type mismatch to a variable, the compiler will report an error. To perform a type conversion, enclose the target type in parentheses and precede it with the value to be converted.

These are just some common problems you may encounter. Of course, in the actual coding process, you may also encounter grammatical problems in various other specific situations. Make sure to go through the official documentation and reference materials of the Go language to better understand and apply the syntax rules.

Compare node and go

Both Node.js and Go are very popular server-side programming languages. They both have the characteristics of high efficiency, concurrency, and ease of use, but they are also different in some aspects.

Here are some comparisons between Node.js and Go:

  1. Language features: Node.js is implemented based on the JavaScript language, with features such as dynamic typing, event-driven, and non-blocking I/O, and is suitable for processing I/O-intensive network applications; while Go is based on static typing and compiled languages. With a powerful concurrency model and a built-in network library, it is suitable for processing CPU-intensive background services.

  2. Concurrency model: Node.js uses a single-threaded, event-driven model, which is very efficient in processing a large number of I/O operations; while Go uses an M:N coroutine model, which can handle a large number of concurrent requests at the same time. Has better CPU utilization and responsiveness.

  3. Performance: The runtime and standard library of the Go language are very lightweight, and have an efficient concurrency model and built-in network library, so it is usually more efficient than Node.js when processing CPU-intensive tasks; while processing I/ Node.js' event-driven model and non-blocking I/O mechanisms are generally more efficient than Go for O-intensive tasks.

  4. Ecosystem: The Node.js ecosystem is very rich, with a huge community and rich third-party libraries, supporting the rapid development of web applications, mobile applications, desktop applications, etc.; while the Go ecosystem is relatively small, but also has a wealth of third-party libraries Libraries that support high-performance web development and systems programming.

In general, both Node.js and Go are excellent programming languages ​​with their own advantages and applicable scenarios. Node.js is suitable for processing I/O-intensive network applications, such as Web applications, mobile applications, etc.; while Go is suitable for processing CPU-intensive background services, such as high-performance Web services, distributed computing, etc.

Why use redis instead of mature kafka message queues

The basic data structure and underlying implementation of redis

There may be the following reasons for using Redis as a message queue instead of a mature message queue system (such as Kafka):

  1. Simplicity and ease of use: Redis is an in-memory database with a simple data structure and an easy-to-use API, making using Redis as a message queue relatively simple and easy to get started. In contrast, a message queuing system like Kafka can be more complex to configure and use.

  2. Fast performance: Since Redis is a memory-based database, it can provide very high read and write performance. For applications that need to process messages quickly, Redis' fast performance can be an advantage.

  3. Simple Persistence: Redis supports persisting data to disk so that data can be restored on restart. This allows Redis to provide certain message persistence capabilities to some extent, although it is not as good as the message queue system specially designed for this purpose.

Although Redis can be used as a simple message queue, it is not designed for high-throughput and durable messaging. In contrast, message queuing systems like Kafka focus on high throughput, durability, and distributed processing. Kafka has the characteristics of distributed architecture, durable storage, high throughput and scalability, and is suitable for processing large-scale message flows.

Regarding the basic data structure and underlying implementation of Redis, Redis supports a variety of data types, including strings, hash tables, lists, sets, and ordered sets. These data types are implemented as specific data structures inside Redis. For example, strings use simple byte arrays, hash tables use hash functions and linked lists, lists use doubly linked lists, sets use hash tables or jump tables, etc. . Redis uses a single-threaded event loop model to process requests, and achieves high performance and high concurrent processing through non-blocking I/O and event-driven methods. At the same time, Redis also provides persistence options, including RDB snapshots and AOF logs, so that data can be restored upon restart.

Gateway layer current limiting, current limiting strategy

Implementing rate limiting at the gateway layer is a common strategy for coping with high traffic, which can protect backend services from bursting with a large number of requests. The following are several common current limiting strategies:

1. Token Bucket:
Token Bucket is a token-based current limiting algorithm. The algorithm maintains a fixed-capacity token bucket. Whenever a request arrives, if there is an available token, the request is allowed to pass and a token is consumed; if there is no available token, the request is rejected. This controls the number of requests that pass through the gateway per second.

2. Leaky Bucket:
The leaky bucket algorithm is a current limiting algorithm based on a leaky bucket. The algorithm treats requests as droplets, puts them into buckets at a constant rate, and overflows if the bucket is full, either discards or delays processing. This smoothly controls the rate at which requests enter the backend service.

3. Fixed window algorithm (Fixed Window):
The fixed window algorithm divides a period of time into fixed-size windows, such as one window per second. Within each window, only a limited number of requests are allowed through. If the request exceeds the limit number, the remaining requests are rejected. This algorithm can lead to bursty traffic, allowing a large number of requests to pass through momentarily after the window is reset.

4. Sliding Window algorithm (Sliding Window):
The sliding window algorithm is an improvement on the fixed window algorithm. It maintains a dynamically sized window within which a certain number of requests are allowed to pass. At the end of each time period, the old time period is removed and the window is resized according to the current rate of requests. This allows for more flexibility in dealing with different request rates.

5. Evolution-based current limiting strategy:
In addition to the above-mentioned common current limiting algorithms, custom current limiting policies can also be formulated according to actual needs and business scenarios. This may include dynamic adjustment and control based on factors such as load conditions, user authentication, API keys, etc.

It should be noted that the selection of the current limiting strategy should be based on specific application scenarios and performance requirements, and tests and evaluations should be carried out to ensure that good service quality can still be provided under high load conditions. In addition, current limiting is only one of the means to deal with high traffic. It can also be combined with other strategies such as caching, load balancing, and distributed deployment to improve system reliability and performance.

Message retry, message idempotent problem

Message retry is a common mechanism in distributed systems to deal with message delivery failure or processing failure. It guarantees reliable delivery and processing of messages by resending messages. However, message retries may cause message idempotency issues.

Message idempotence means that the result of multiple processing of the same message should be the same as that of processing only once. In actual scenarios, due to network delays, system failures, or other reasons, the same message may be sent repeatedly or processed multiple times. In order to ensure the correctness of the system and the consistency of the data, the idempotency of the message must be ensured.

Here are some common solutions to deal with message idempotency issues:

1. Request Identifier:
Each request should contain a unique identifier, which can be a globally unique ID or a hash value generated from the content of the message. When receiving a message, first check whether the identifier has been processed, and ignore it if it has been processed to avoid repeated processing.

2. Idempotency verification:
During message processing, some verification mechanisms can be added, such as using version number, timestamp or status mark to determine whether the message has been processed. Before processing a message, perform an idempotence check. If it is found that the message has been processed, the processing result will be returned directly without performing specific operations.

3. Optimistic locking:
Use the optimistic locking mechanism in the database to control concurrent updates by adding a version number field or timestamp field to the data table. During message processing, first read the current state and save the version number. During the update operation, check whether the current version number is consistent with the saved version number, and execute the operation if they are consistent, otherwise ignore the operation.

4. Transactional operations:
If message processing involves multiple steps or interactions between multiple services, distributed transactions or similar mechanisms can be used to ensure the atomicity and idempotence of operations. Make sure that message processing is transactional, either all succeed or all roll back.

It is necessary to choose a suitable idempotent solution according to the specific business scenario and system architecture. For key business operations and situations involving data changes, it is very important to ensure the idempotence of messages to avoid data inconsistencies and wrong operations affecting the stability and reliability of the system.

Fulfills a Promise.all

There is no native Promise type in Go language, but we can use goroutine and channel to implement functions similar to Promise.all. Here is a simple example:

package main

import (
    "fmt"
    "sync"
)

func promiseAll(promises []func() (interface{},)) ([]interface{},) {
    var wg sync.WaitGroup
    results := make([]interface{}, len(promises))
    errors := make([], len(promises))

    for i, p := range promises {
        wg.Add(1)
        go func(index int, promise func() (interface{},)) {
            defer wg.Done()

            result, err := promise()
            if err != nil {
            [index] = err
            } else {
                results[index] = result
            }
        }(i, p)
    }

    wg.Wait()

    for _, err := range errors {
        if err != nil {
            return nil, err
        }
    }

    return results, nil
}

func main() {
    promise1 := func() (interface{},) {
        return "Promise 1", nil
    }

    promise2 := func() (interface{},) {
        return "Promise 2", nil
    }

    promise3 := func() (interface{},) {
        return "Promise 3", nil
    }

    promises := []func() (interface{},){promise1, promise2, promise3}

    results, err := promiseAll(promises)
    if err != nil {
        fmt.Println(err)
        return
    }

    fmt.Println(results) // [Promise 1 Promise 2 Promise 3]
}

In the above example, we defined a promiseAllfunction that takes a slice containing multiple functions. Each function returns a result and an error. We use a sync.WaitGroup to wait for all goroutines to complete, and use slices to store the result and error of each promise. Finally, we check for any errors and return the result.

In mainthe function, we define three mocked Promise functions and put them into a slice. Then, we call promiseAllthe function to await all Promises and get the results. Finally, we print the result.

Please note that this is just a simple example, if the Promise function needs to operate asynchronously, you may need to use more complex techniques to achieve it.

Go implements a concurrent limit crawler

To implement a crawler with a concurrency limit, you can use the Goroutine and semaphore (Semaphore) provided by the Go language to control the number of concurrency. This ensures that the specified concurrency limit is not exceeded while performing crawl operations. Here is a simple sample code:

```go
package main

import (
    "fmt"
    "net/http"
    "sync"
)

var (
    maxConcurrency = 5 // maximum concurrency
    semaphore = make(chan struct{}, maxConcurrency)
    wg sync.WaitGroup
)

func main() {
    urls := []string{
        "https://www.example.com/page1",
        "https://www.example.com/page2",
        "https://www.example.com/page3",
        "https://www.example.com/page4",
        "https://www.example.com/page5",
    }

    for _, url := range urls {
        wg.Add(1)
        go fetch(url)
    }

    wg.Wait()
    fmt.Println("爬取完成!")
}

func fetch(url string) {
    defer wg.Done()

    // 获取信号量
    semaphore <- struct{}{}

    resp, err := http.Get(url)
    if err != nil {
        fmt.Printf("获取页面 %s 失败:%s\n", url, err.Error())
    } else {
        fmt.Printf("获取页面 %s 成功,状态码:%d\n", url, resp.StatusCode)
        resp.Body.Close()
    }

    // 释放信号量
    <-semaphore
}
```

在上述代码中,我们定义了最大并发数 `maxConcurrency`,并创建了一个大小为 `maxConcurrency` 的信号量 `semaphore`(使用空的 struct 来占用更少的内存)。在 `fetch` 函数中,首先获取一个信号量,表示开始执行爬取操作。然后,使用 `http.Get` 方法获取页面内容,并打印结果。最后,释放信号量,表示完成了一次爬取操作。

在 `main` 函数中,我们定义了待爬取的 URL 列表,并使用循环启动多个 Goroutine 来执行爬取操作。通过 `sync.WaitGroup` 来等待所有 Goroutine 完成。

这样就实现了一个并发限制的爬虫。通过控制信号量的数量,可以限制同时进行的爬取操作数量,保证不会超过设定的最大并发数。

自我介绍

服务需要做迁移的原因是什么?

迁移主要是哪些服务?

服务迁移是将一个正在运行的服务从一个环境或平台迁移到另一个环境或平台的过程。服务迁移的原因有很多,以下是一些常见的原因:

  1. Technology update: As technology continues to update, old services may become outdated or no longer support new technology requirements. Therefore, in order to maintain the availability, security, and performance of services, services need to be migrated to new environments or platforms.

  2. Cost optimization: The operating cost of the service may increase over time, such as hardware costs, labor costs, etc. Therefore, migrating services to lower-cost environments or platforms can reduce operating costs and increase efficiency.

  3. Changes in environment: Services may need to be migrated to a different environment or platform, such as from a local server to the cloud, or from one operating system to another. These environmental changes may affect the performance, availability, and security of the service and require migration.

Common services that require migration include:

  1. Web applications: Web applications often need to be migrated to new servers or cloud platforms to improve availability, performance, and scalability.

  2. Databases: Databases need to be migrated to new servers or cloud platforms to improve performance, availability and security.

  3. Message Queuing: Message Queuing needs to be migrated to a new server or cloud platform to improve performance, availability and reliability.

  4. Containers: Containers can be migrated to different environments or platforms, such as from local containers to cloud containers, or from Docker to Kubernetes.

Overall, service migration is a complex process that requires careful consideration and adequate testing to ensure that the service remains functional and meets all requirements after migration.

What are the advantages of self-made customized functions over open source ones?

Which open source configuration centers have you used?

Self-made customized functions have the following advantages over open source ones:

  1. Customization: Self-made customized functions can be developed according to specific needs to meet specific business needs, while open source functions may not fully meet your own needs.

  2. Flexibility: Self-made customized functions can be flexibly adjusted and modified according to business needs, while open source functions may need to follow the specifications and constraints of the open source community.

  3. Security: Customized functions made by yourself can be reinforced and protected according to your own security requirements, while open source functions may have some security risks.

  4. Maintenance and support: Customized functions made by yourself can be maintained and supported by your own team, and functions can be repaired and updated in a timely manner, while open source functions may need to rely on the maintenance and support of the open source community.

  5. Knowledge accumulation: Customized functions made by oneself can accumulate one's own technical knowledge and experience, and improve the technical capabilities of the team, while open source functions may not be able to be deeply understood and mastered.

The open source configuration centers I have used include Apollo and Nacos. disconf、consul

What is the scenario of a scheduled task? How is log scanning and processing done?

Have you seen any open source solutions for log collection?

A scheduled task is a common scenario for executing a scheduled task at a specified time interval or at a specific point in time. It can be used to perform some repetitive operations on a regular basis, such as data backup, data synchronization, sending emails at regular intervals, etc.

For log scanning and processing, a common practice is to use scheduled tasks to periodically scan specified log files or directories, and then process the scanned logs. Processing methods can include log analysis, error detection, data extraction, data storage, etc. The specific processing method depends on business requirements.

Regarding open source solutions for log collection, the following are some common open source solutions:

  1. Logstash: It is part of the Elastic Stack, used for log collection, processing and transmission.

  2. Fluentd: is an open source log collector that can collect, process and forward logs in real time.

  3. Filebeat: It is also part of the Elastic Stack for lightweight log collection and transmission.

  4. Graylog: is an open source log management platform that can collect, store, search and analyze logs.

  5. Splunk: is a commercial log management and analysis platform, but a free version is also available.

These open source solutions provide various functions and features, and you can choose a suitable solution according to your specific needs.

What are the front-end contacts?

Do you know what framework is used on the front end?

In what scenario is nodejs used?

In front-end development, you will be exposed to the following:

1. HTML (Hypertext Markup Language): used to define the structure and content of web pages.

2. CSS (Cascading Style Sheets): used to define the style and layout of web pages.

3. JavaScript: A scripting language used to add interactive and dynamic features to web pages.

4. 前端框架:前端框架是一组已经实现了常见功能和模式的工具和库集合,可以帮助你更高效地开发前端应用。一些常见的前端框架包括:
   - React:用于构建用户界面的JavaScript库。
   - Angular:一个完整的前端开发框架,用于构建复杂的单页应用(SPA)。
   - Vue:一种渐进式JavaScript框架,用于构建用户界面。
   - Bootstrap:一个流行的HTML、CSS和JavaScript框架,用于快速构建响应式网站和Web应用程序。

Node.js是一个基于Chrome V8引擎的JavaScript运行时环境,它使得使用JavaScript也能够编写服务器端代码。Node.js可以在服务端运行JavaScript脚本,并提供了许多内置的API和模块,方便进行文件操作、网络通信等任务。Node.js适用于以下场景:

1. 服务器端开发:使用Node.js可以构建高性能和可扩展的Web服务器,处理大量并发请求。

2. 命令行工具:Node.js提供了许多功能强大的命令行工具,可以快速开发自定义命令行工具和脚本。

3. 实时应用程序:由于Node.js具有事件驱动、非阻塞I/O的特性,适合构建实时应用程序,如聊天应用、游戏服务器等。

4. 微服务架构:通过使用Node.js,可以轻松构建和部署微服务,实现模块化和可扩展的架构。

总结而言,前端开发需要掌握HTML、CSS和JavaScript,并且可以选择适合自己需求的前端框架。而Node.js则主要用于服务器端开发,构建高性能的网络应用和处理I/O密集型任务。

给自己未来发展的定位是什么?

从技术角度讲对自己的要求是什么?

服务打日志的时候涉及过哪些中间件?

借助第三方自己产出的中间件有哪些?

在服务打日志时,常见的中间件有以下几种:

1. 日志记录中间件:这种中间件用于在服务中记录日志。它可以捕获请求和响应的信息,并将其写入日志文件或发送到日志收集工具。一些流行的日志记录中间件包括`morgan`(Node.js)、`log4j`(Java)和`logging`(Python)。

2. 请求日志中间件:这种中间件记录关于传入请求的详细信息,如HTTP方法、URL、IP地址、用户代理等。它可以帮助开发人员追踪和调试请求问题。`morgan`是一个常用的Node.js请求日志中间件。

3. 错误日志中间件:这种中间件用于捕获和记录服务的错误和异常。它可以记录堆栈跟踪、错误消息和其他相关信息,以便进行故障排除和修复。一些Web框架(如Express.js)提供内置的错误处理中间件,同时还有第三方中间件如`errorhandler`(Node.js)。

4. 访问日志中间件:这种中间件记录服务的访问日志,包括每个请求的时间戳、路由路径和响应时间等。访问日志可以用于性能监测、统计分析和安全审计等。类似`morgan`的中间件适用于记录访问日志。

借助第三方自己产出的中间件,可以根据具体需求选择适合的中间件来增强服务功能。一些常见的自定义中间件包括:

1. 身份验证和授权中间件:用于验证请求的身份和权限,确保只有经过身份验证的用户才能访问受限资源。

2. 缓存中间件:用于实现响应结果的缓存,减少重复计算或请求外部资源的次数,提高服务性能和响应速度。

3. 数据转换中间件:用于将输入或输出数据进行格式转换、编码解码或加密解密等操作,确保数据的正确性和安全性。

4. 日志分析中间件:用于对服务的日志进行分析和统计,提取有价值的信息,如错误率、请求频率、响应时间等指标。

5. 请求限流中间件:用于限制请求的频率或数量,以防止恶意攻击或过载服务。

这只是一小部分例子,实际上,中间件的种类非常丰富,可以根据具体的业务需求和技术栈选择合适的中间件。

参数检查中间件核心功能有哪些?

业务的npm包有哪些例子吗?

参数检查中间件的核心功能通常包括以下几个方面:

1. 参数存在性检查:确保必需的参数被正确传递,并处理缺少参数的情况。

2. 参数类型检查:验证参数的类型是否与预期一致,例如检查数字、字符串、布尔值等类型。

3. 参数格式检查:根据预定义的格式要求(如正则表达式),验证参数的格式是否符合要求,例如邮箱地址、手机号码等。

4. 参数范围检查:对于数值型参数,检查其取值范围是否满足要求。

5. 参数合法性检查:根据业务规则验证参数是否合法,例如检查日期是否合法、ID是否存在等。

6. 参数默认值设置:在缺少参数或参数不满足要求时,可以设置默认值,以确保参数的有效性。

7. 参数转换与清理:对参数进行转换和清理操作,例如去除首尾空白字符、将字符串转换为特定格式等。

这些功能的具体实现方式可能因语言和框架而异,但通常通过编写中间件来拦截请求,在处理请求之前对参数进行检查和处理。

关于业务的 npm 包,具体的例子会根据不同的业务领域和需求而有所不同。以下是一些常见的业务相关的 npm 包示例:

1. 数据库操作:例如 `mongoose`(MongoDB的对象模型工具),`sequelize`(适用于关系型数据库的ORM)。

2. 身份验证和授权:例如 `passport`(身份验证中间件),`jsonwebtoken`(JWT 的生成与验证)。

3. 图像处理:例如 `sharp`(高性能图像处理库),`gm`(GraphicsMagick 和 ImageMagick 的封装)。

4. 表单验证:例如 `joi`(强大的数据验证库),`validator.js`(通用的字符串验证库)。

5. 数据格式处理:例如 `moment.js`(日期和时间处理库),`uuid`(生成和解析 UUID)。

6. 日志记录和处理:例如 `winston`(灵活的日志库),`morgan`(HTTP 请求日志中间件)。

这仅是一些例子,实际上有许多针对特定业务和功能的 npm 包可供选择,你可以根据具体的需求在 npm 上进行搜索或参考相关文档和资源。

cicd做了哪些?

How long does es store logs?

Does the es data do some aggregation?

CICD (Continuous Integration and Continuous Delivery) is a software development process whose main goal is to achieve fast, high-quality software delivery through automated and frequent code integration, builds, testing, and deployment. CICD includes the following main steps:

  1. Continuous Integration: Developers frequently integrate code into a shared code repository, and automatically build and test to ensure code stability and quality.

  2. Continuous Delivery: Deliver the deployable software package generated through continuous integration to the test environment or users to achieve the ability to continuously deliver software.

  3. Continuous Deployment: The deployable software package generated through continuous delivery is automatically deployed to the production environment to achieve software deployment without human intervention.

  4. Automated Testing: Automated testing is an important part of the CICD process, including unit testing, integration testing, system testing, and acceptance testing to ensure the correctness and quality of the code.

  5. Automated Deployment: Automated deployment is a key step in the CICD process. Through automated tools and scripts, software packages are deployed to different environments.

Regarding the length of time ES (Elasticsearch) stores logs, it depends on specific configurations and requirements. ES supports flexible data retention policies, and the data retention time can be set according to time, disk space or other conditions. Usually, the storage period of logs can be configured according to requirements, and logs can be kept for a certain period of time, or can be set to be permanently kept.

ES provides a wealth of aggregation functions, which can perform various aggregation operations on data, such as statistics, summation, average value, maximum value, minimum value, grouping, etc. Through aggregation operations, useful statistical information and insights can be extracted from massive amounts of data for data analysis, visualization, and business decision-making. Aggregation operations can be implemented through ES's query DSL (Domain Specific Language) or aggregation API.

Talk about flame graphs? How was it analyzed?

Flame Graph is a visualization tool for analyzing and understanding performance bottlenecks of software programs. It can help developers identify timing bottlenecks in the code and determine where to optimize.

火焰图以层级结构的方式表示代码执行过程中函数的调用关系和耗时。横轴表示时间,纵轴表示函数调用栈。每个矩形代表一个函数,矩形的宽度表示函数的执行时间的相对比例。

要进行火焰图分析,一般需要以下步骤:

1. 生成采样数据:使用性能分析工具,例如 Linux 的 perf、Java 的 AsyncProfiler、Node.js 的 Clinic 等,对目标程序进行采样。这些工具会记录程序在运行过程中的函数调用信息和耗时数据。

2. 处理采样数据:将采样数据进行处理,以便生成火焰图。不同的工具有不同的数据处理方法,但通常会将采样数据转换为火焰图所需的格式。

3. 绘制火焰图:使用专门的火焰图工具,如 Brendan Gregg 开发的 FlameGraph 工具,将处理后的数据绘制成火焰图。火焰图工具会按照函数调用关系和耗时生成相应的图形结果。

4. 分析火焰图:通过观察火焰图,可以从中获取有关程序性能的关键信息。一般来说,以下几个方面是需要关注的:
   - 宽度较宽的函数表示占用较多时间的函数,可能是性能瓶颈所在。
   - 函数调用栈上下文的变化可以提供更多线索,帮助定位问题。
   - 函数之间的嵌套关系反映了代码的执行流程。

5. 优化和改进:结合火焰图的分析结果,开发人员可以根据性能瓶颈所在的函数进行优化和改进。这可能包括使用更高效的算法、减少函数调用次数、并行化处理等方法。

需要注意的是,火焰图是一种工具,对于复杂的代码和多线程应用程序,可能需要综合多个火焰图以获取全面的性能分析。此外,火焰图只是性能分析的一部分,还可以结合其他工具和技术,如基准测试、代码剖析器等,来获取更深入的性能洞察和优化建议。

写一个东西:一个字符串json,转成一个直接可用的map,字符串可能是任何形式

以下是一个使用Golang将字符串JSON转换为可用的map的示例代码:

package main

import (
    "encoding/json"
    "fmt"
)

func main() {
    // 示例字符串JSON
    strJSON := `{"name": "John", "age": 30, "city": "New York"}`

    // 将字符串JSON转换为字节切片
    bytes := []byte(strJSON)

    // 定义一个空的map
    data := make(map[string]interface{})

    // 使用Unmarshal函数将字节切片解析为map
    err := json.Unmarshal(bytes, &data)
    if err != nil {
        fmt.Println("JSON解析错误:", err)
        return
    }

    // 打印转换后的map
    fmt.Println(data)
}

In the sample code, a string JSON is first defined  strJSONand then converted to a byte slice  bytes. Next, an empty map is defined  data. Finally, use json.Unmarshala function to parse the byte slice into a map, and store the parsed result in data. Finally, datathe converted map result is displayed by printing.

Note that the string JSON in the above example must be in valid JSON format, otherwise parsing may fail.

Algorithm question: Given a string, find the longest palindrome string from it (Let’s talk about ideas first)

Finding the longest palindrome string in a given string can be solved using the idea of ​​dynamic programming.

Define a two-dimensional dynamic programming array  dp, which  dp[i][j] indicates whether the substring from the first  i position to the first  j position of the string is a palindrome.

Initially, all substrings of length 1 are palindrome strings, ie  dp[i][i] = true. At the same time, if two characters are adjacent and equal, then they are also palindromic strings, ie  dp[i][i+1] = true.

Then, we traverse from the substring with a length of 3, and calculate whether the substring with a length of 4, 5, 6... until the entire string length is a palindrome. During the traversal process, two pointers  left and  can be used to rightpoint to the start and end positions of the substring respectively. By judging  s[left] whether  s[right] the sum is equal and  dp[left+1][right-1] whether it is a palindrome, the updated  dp[left][right] value.

During the traversal process, record the starting position and length of the longest palindrome substring to obtain the longest palindrome string.

For specific implementation, please refer to the following sample code:

package main

import "fmt"

func longestPalindrome(s string) string {
    n := len(s)

    // 初始化动态规划数组
    dp := make([][]bool, n)
    for i := 0; i < n; i++ {
        dp[i] = make([]bool, n)
    }

    start := 0    // 最长回文字符串的起始位置
    maxLen := 1   // 最长回文字符串的长度

    // 初始化长度为1和2的回文子串
    for i := 0; i < n; i++ {
        dp[i][i] = true
        if i < n-1 && s[i] == s[i+1] {
            dp[i][i+1] = true
            start = i
            maxLen = 2
        }
    }

    // 计算长度大于2的回文子串
    for length := 3; length <= n; length++ {
        for i := 0; i <= n-length; i++ {
            j := i + length - 1
            if s[i] == s[j] && dp[i+1][j-1] {
                dp[i][j] = true
                start = i
                maxLen = length
            }
        }
    }

    return s[start : start+maxLen]
}

func main() {
    str := "babad"
    longest := longestPalindrome(str)
    fmt.Println("最长回文字符串为:", longest) // 输出:bab
}

In the sample code, we first define a function  longestPalindrome to find the longest palindrome string.

In the main function, we are given a string  strand call  longestPalindrome the function to find the longest palindromic string.

After executing the code, the output result is the longest palindrome string, ie  bab.

Pick a more prominent technical achievement and talk about it

How is websocket stable?

There are several key steps you can take to ensure the stability of WebSocket:

1. Proper error handling: During a WebSocket connection, network failures, connection disconnections, or other abnormal conditions may occur. In order to ensure stability, proper error handling mechanisms need to be implemented on the client and server. This includes catching exceptions, reconnecting, restoring state, etc. For example, on the client side, you can listen to the `onclose` event and try to reconnect; on the server side, you can listen to the disconnected event and handle it accordingly.

2. Heartbeat detection: In order to detect the health status of the WebSocket connection in time, it can confirm whether the connection is still active by sending heartbeat messages periodically. If it is found that no heartbeat response is received for a long time, it can be considered that the connection is unstable or has been disconnected, and the corresponding reconnection mechanism will be triggered.

3. Disconnection and reconnection: In case of connection abnormality or disconnection, implementing an automatic disconnection and reconnection mechanism is an important means to ensure the stability of WebSocket. On the client side, an exponential backoff algorithm can be set to try to reconnect periodically to increase the probability of a successful connection. Note that the connection status needs to be specially handled during the reconnection process to avoid repeated connections or multiple reconnection triggers.

4. Load balancing and fault tolerance: Use load balancing technology to distribute WebSocket requests to multiple back-end servers to improve system availability and stability. Load balancing can ensure that requests can still be processed normally when a single server fails, and automatically switch to other available servers through a fault-tolerant mechanism.

5. Monitoring and logging: In order to track the running status and performance indicators of the WebSocket connection in real time, a monitoring and logging system can be set up. The monitoring system can provide real-time display and alarm functions of the number of connections, traffic, delay and other indicators. Logging can help analyze problems and make subsequent optimizations and improvements.

6. Security considerations: WebSocket connections need to pay attention to security to prevent malicious attacks and unauthorized access. Data privacy and integrity can be protected using encrypted transmissions such as SSL/TLS. At the same time, proper authentication and authorization are performed to ensure the legitimacy and security of the connection.

Through the above measures, the stability of WebSocket can be improved and a continuous and reliable connection can be ensured. However, the specific implementation may vary by application and environment, and needs to be adjusted and optimized according to specific needs and situations.

How to ensure the delay of overseas machines

There are several ways to ensure the delay of overseas machines:

  1. Choose a suitable computer room location: When deploying overseas machines, choosing a computer room location that is closer to the target user group can reduce delays. The appropriate computer room can be selected according to the user's geographical location and network conditions to reduce the distance of data transmission and network congestion.

  2. Use a Content Delivery Network (CDN): A CDN is a technology that improves access speed by caching data closer to the user. By caching the website's static resources (such as pictures, videos, etc.) on CDN nodes around the world, the transmission distance of data from the source server to the user can be reduced, thereby reducing latency.

  3. Use Global Load Balancing (GSLB): GSLB is a technique for load balancing by distributing user requests to different servers around the world. By deploying multiple servers around the world and using GSLB technology to distribute user requests to the nearest server, the distance of data transmission and network delay can be reduced.

  4. Optimizing network transmission: The size and transmission time of data transmission can be reduced by optimizing network transmission protocols, using compression algorithms, and using data fragmentation, thereby reducing latency.

  5. Use high-performance hardware and network equipment: Use high-performance servers, network equipment and optimized network architecture to increase data transmission speed and reduce latency.

  6. Latency testing and monitoring: Latency testing and monitoring are carried out regularly to discover and resolve delay problems in a timely manner to ensure that the delay of overseas machines is within an acceptable range.

It is necessary to choose a suitable method according to specific application scenarios and requirements to ensure the delay of overseas machines.

Why choose websocket?

How is websocket compatibility done?

How is compatibility guaranteed?

WebSocket is a communication protocol based on TCP. Compared with the traditional HTTP request-response mode, it has the following advantages, which is one of the main reasons for choosing WebSocket:

1. Two-way communication: Unlike HTTP, WebSocket supports two-way real-time communication. Clients and servers can send messages anytime after a connection is established without waiting for a request-response cycle.

2. Real-time: WebSocket provides low-latency real-time data transmission capabilities, making scenarios such as real-time chat, real-time data push, and multi-person collaboration more efficient and smooth.

3. Reduce network traffic: Compared with using polling or long polling to obtain updated data, WebSocket only needs to maintain a persistent connection, reducing unnecessary network traffic and resource consumption.

4. Less overhead: Since WebSocket uses less header overhead and smaller packet size, it can provide higher performance and throughput compared to HTTP requests.

5. Cross-domain support: WebSocket has the ability to communicate across domains, and can communicate under different domain names, making the development and integration of distributed systems more convenient.

Regarding the compatibility of WebSocket, its compatibility is mainly reflected in two aspects:

1. Browser support: Modern mainstream browsers (such as Chrome, Firefox, Safari, Edge, etc.) already support the WebSocket protocol natively, ensuring compatibility on these browsers.

2. Version downgrade: In some older browsers or environments that do not support WebSocket, you can use compatible solutions (such as Flash Socket, XHR long polling) for version downgrade processing. These schemes can simulate the function of WebSocket, so as to achieve a similar two-way communication effect.

To ensure compatibility, developers usually follow the steps below:

1. Detect browser support: Detect whether the browser supports WebSocket in the client code, if not, use an alternative solution or give a corresponding prompt.

2. Provide alternatives: For environments that do not support WebSocket, alternatives can be provided, such as using long polling or other techniques to simulate real-time communication effects.

3. Polyfill library: Using the Polyfill library can fill in the lack of functions of older browsers or browsers that do not fully support WebSocket, enabling them to use WebSocket.

Through the above measures, WebSocket compatibility can be achieved in most modern browsers, and an alternative can be provided in environments that do not support WebSocket. However, it still needs to be tested and optimized for specific application scenarios and target user groups to ensure compatibility and a good user experience.

How would you choose if you choose a model now?

Can you compare the advantages and disadvantages of websocket, long connection and EventSource?

When choosing a communication technology, the different options should be weighed according to specific needs and scenarios. The following is a comparison of the advantages and disadvantages of WebSocket, long connection (Polling/Long Polling) and EventSource:

WebSocket:

Advantages:
1. Two-way communication: supports two-way real-time communication, and can send and receive messages at the same time.
2. Real-time: Provide low-latency real-time data transmission capabilities, suitable for real-time application scenarios such as real-time chat and multi-person collaboration.
3. Reduce network traffic: By maintaining a persistent connection, unnecessary request headers and polling requests are reduced, and network traffic and resource consumption are reduced.
4. Less overhead: Compared with HTTP requests, WebSocket has less header overhead and smaller packet size, providing higher performance and throughput.
5. Cross-domain support: Supports cross-domain communication to facilitate the construction of distributed systems.

Disadvantages:
1. Compatibility: Although modern browsers widely support WebSocket, there may still be compatibility issues in some older browsers or special environments.
2. Server-side support is required: WebSocket requires the server-side to implement the corresponding protocol, which increases the complexity of back-end development.

Long connection (Polling/Long Polling):

Advantages:
1. Ease of use: easy to implement and does not require special protocol support.
2. Compatibility: Good compatibility, can be used in most browsers and environments.

Disadvantages:
1. Poor real-time performance: Long connections based on polling mode or long polling mode have a certain delay and cannot achieve true real-time communication.
2. Large network traffic: Due to the need to send frequent requests to obtain updated data, long connections will generate more network traffic and resource consumption.
3. Server pressure: In the long connection mode, the server needs to handle a large number of concurrent connections and requests, which increases the load pressure on the server.

EventSource:

优点:
1. 简单易用:使用简单,与服务器之间通过 HTTP 进行通信。
2. 服务器推送:服务器可以主动推送消息给客户端,实现实时推送效果。
3. 兼容性:现代浏览器广泛支持 EventSource,且对跨域通信有良好的支持。

缺点:
1. 单向通信:只能服务器向客户端推送消息,无法实现客户端向服务器发送消息。
2. 较高的网络流量:每次推送都要发送完整的 HTTP 响应头,流量开销较大。
3. 对错误处理的支持较弱:如果连接断开,需要手动重新建立连接。

综合来看,如果需要实时双向通信和较低的延迟,WebSocket 是最理想的选择。长连接适用于不需要实时性要求很高的场景,且对服务器压力较为敏感。EventSource 则适合服务器主动推送消息给客户端的场景,但缺乏双向通信能力。

对于兼容性方面,现代浏览器已经广泛支持 WebSocket 和 EventSource,而长连接则在各种环境下都有一定程度的兼容性。然而,对于特殊需求或要求较高的兼容性,可以选择使用 Polyfill 或备选方案来处理。

最终的选型应根据具体项目需求、目标用户群体和技术栈等因素进行权衡,并综合考虑各项优缺点做出决定

在前端如何处理websocket兼容性问题?

如何去设计兼容这一层?

你对前端这边了解到什么程度?

在前端处理 WebSocket 兼容性问题时,可以采取以下策略:

  1. 检测浏览器支持:在前端代码中检测当前浏览器是否原生支持 WebSocket。可以使用现代前端框架提供的特性检测方法,例如使用 typeof WebSocket 来检查 WebSocket 对象是否存在。

  2. 特性降级和备选方案:对于不支持 WebSocket 的浏览器,可以使用备选方案来模拟实时通信效果。常见的备选方案包括 Flash Socket、XHR 长轮询等。根据支持情况,选择合适的备选方案,并在需要时进行特性降级处理。

  3. Polyfill 库:使用 WebSocket 的 Polyfill 库可以填补旧版浏览器或不完全支持 WebSocket 的浏览器的功能缺失。Polyfill 实际上是一个 JavaScript 库,通过在不支持 WebSocket 的环境下提供自定义实现,使其能够使用 WebSocket API。

  4. 错误处理和提示:在应用中捕获 WebSocket 相关的错误事件(如连接失败、连接关闭等),并提供适当的错误处理和用户提示。这样可以改善用户体验,并为用户提供有意义的反馈。

设计兼容性层的具体方式会根据项目的需求和技术栈而有所不同。一种常见的设计方式是创建一个抽象的 WebSocket 封装层或模块,提供统一的接口和处理逻辑。该封装层可以根据浏览器的支持情况选择使用原生 WebSocket 还是备选方案,以及根据需要加载相应的 Polyfill 库。这种设计方式使得在应用中使用 WebSocket 更加简单和统一,同时也方便后续的维护和扩展。

js原型链原型继承了解吗?

js变量提升作用域问题?

是的,我了解JavaScript的原型链和变量提升作用域问题。

原型链是JavaScript中实现继承的一种机制。每个JavaScript对象都有一个原型对象,通过原型链的方式,可以实现对象之间的属性和方法的继承。当访问一个对象的属性或方法时,JavaScript会先在该对象本身查找,如果找不到,则会继续在其原型对象上查找,直到找到该属性或方法或者到达原型链的顶端(即Object.prototype)。

变量提升是JavaScript中的一个特性,即在代码执行之前,JavaScript会将变量的声明提升到作用域的顶部。这意味着你可以在变量声明之前使用变量,但是在赋值之前,变量的值会是undefined。这种行为可能会导致一些意外的结果,因此建议在使用变量之前先进行声明。

例如,以下是关于原型链和变量提升作用域的示例代码:

// 原型链示例
function Person(name) {
  this.name = name;
}

Person.prototype.sayHello = function() {
  console.log("Hello, " + this.name);
}

var person = new Person("John");
person.sayHello(); // 输出 "Hello, John"

// 变量提升作用域示例
function foo() {
  console.log(x); // 输出 undefined
  var x = 10;
  console.log(x); // 输出 10
}

foo();

在上述示例中,我们定义了一个Person函数构造器,并将其原型对象上添加了一个sayHello方法。通过使用new关键字创建一个person对象,并调用其sayHello方法,我们可以看到它成功地继承了原型对象上的方法。

在变量提升作用域示例中,我们在函数foo内部先使用了变量x,尽管在使用之前进行了声明,但由于变量提升的原因,第一个console.log语句输出的是undefined。随后在赋值之后,第二个console.log语句输出的是变量的实际值10。

算法题:n*n的矩阵,按圈顺时针打印这个矩阵

写完之后做一些testcase,把需要的case都列一下

以下是用 Go 实现按顺时针顺序打印矩阵的代码,并附带一些测试案例:

package main

import "fmt"

func printMatrixClockwise(arr [][]int) []int {
    if len(arr) == 0 {
        return []int{}
    }
    
    rows := len(arr)
    cols := len(arr[0])
    
    var result []int
    
    // 初始位置和边界
    left, top := 0, 0
    right, bottom := cols-1, rows-1
    
    for left <= right && top <= bottom {
        // 打印从左到右
        for i := left; i <= right; i++ {
            result = append(result, arr[top][i])
        }
        top++
        
        // 打印从上到下
        for i := top; i <= bottom; i++ {
            result = append(result, arr[i][right])
        }
        right--
        
        // 确保还有未打印的行和列
        if top <= bottom {
            // 打印从右到左
            for i := right; i >= left; i-- {
                result = append(result, arr[bottom][i])
            }
            bottom--
        }
        
        if left <= right {
            // 打印从下到上
            for i := bottom; i >= top; i-- {
                result = append(result, arr[i][left])
            }
            left++
        }
    }
    
    return result
}

// 测试案例
func main() {
    arr := [][]int{
        {1, 2, 3},
        {4, 5, 6},
        {7, 8, 9},
    }
    fmt.Println(printMatrixClockwise(arr)) // 输出 [1 2 3 6 9 8 7 4 5]
    
    arr = [][]int{
        {1, 2, 3, 4},
        {5, 6, 7, 8},
        {9, 10, 11, 12},
        {13, 14, 15, 16},
    }
    fmt.Println(printMatrixClockwise(arr)) // 输出 [1 2 3 4 8 12 16 15 14 13 9 5 6 7 11 10]
    
    arr = [][]int{
        {1, 2, 3, 4, 5},
        {6, 7, 8, 9, 10},
        {11, 12, 13, 14, 15},
        {16, 17, 18, 19, 20},
        {21, 22, 23, 24, 25},
    }
    fmt.Println(printMatrixClockwise(arr)) // 输出 [1 2 3 4 5 10 15 20 25 24 23 22 21 16 11 6 7 8 9 14 19 18 17 12 13]
}

此代码定义了printMatrixClockwise函数来实现按顺时针顺序打印矩阵。在矩阵中,我们使用lefttoprightbottom变量来标记当前处理的边界。通过循环,逐渐收缩边界并按顺序打印各个方向上的元素。最后返回一个包含所有打印元素的切片(数组)。

测试案例中提供了不同尺寸的矩阵,并打印了按顺时针顺序获取的结果。

好未来

自我介绍

说一个项目的架构

go主要用什么框架

Go语言主要使用的框架有以下几种:

  1. Gin:Gin是一个轻量级的Web框架,具有快速、简单、易用的特点,适用于构建高性能的Web应用程序。
  2. Echo:Echo是一个高性能、简洁的Web框架,具有强大的路由功能和中间件支持,适用于构建RESTful API。
  3. Beego: Beego is a full-stack development framework that provides rich functions such as routing, ORM, and template engine, and is suitable for building various types of web applications.
  4. Revel: Revel is a full-stack web framework that provides many features, such as routing, ORM, template engine, etc. It is easy to use and suitable for quickly building web applications.
  5. Buffalo: Buffalo is a full-stack web framework that integrates functions such as routing, ORM, and template engine, and provides higher development efficiency through code generation and automation tools.
  6. Iris: Iris is a high-performance, flexible web framework that provides powerful routing functions and middleware support, and is suitable for building various types of web applications.

These frameworks have different characteristics and applicable scenarios, and developers can choose a suitable framework for development according to their own needs.

Do you have an understanding of go's middleware and working mechanism?

Yes, I have some knowledge of Go middleware and how it works.

In Go, middleware is a common design pattern for handling HTTP requests or other types of requests. Middleware can perform additional logic, such as authentication, logging, error handling, etc., before or after the actual request handler. Through middleware, the request processing process can be divided into multiple reusable components to improve the maintainability and scalability of the code.

Middleware in Go is usually implemented using functions or methods. A typical middleware function signature might look like `func(http.HandlerFunc) http.HandlerFunc`. This means it takes an argument of type `http.HandlerFunc` (the actual request handler) and returns a new function of type `http.HandlerFunc` (the wrapped request handler).

The way middleware works is by nesting middleware functions in the request processing chain. When a request is received, the server calls each middleware function in sequence, and finally calls the actual request handler. Middleware functions can be pre-processed before the request handler (e.g. authentication, logging) or post-processed after the request handler (e.g. error handling, response modification).

Here is a simple example showing how to use the middleware to log request information:

```go
package main

import (
    "fmt"
    "log"
    "net/http"
    "time"
)

// middleware
func LoggingMiddleware(next http.HandlerFunc) http.HandlerFunc {     return func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {         start := time.Now()

        // Call the next middleware or request handler
        next(w, r)

        // Calculate and record the request processing time
        duration := time.Since(start)
        log.Printf("Handled request: %s %s in %v", r.Method, r.URL.Path, duration)
    }
}

// the actual request handler
func HelloHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {     fmt.Fprint(w, "Hello, World!") }

func main() {
    // 创建路由器
    mux := http.NewServeMux()

    // 使用中间件包装请求处理程序
    mux.HandleFunc("/", LoggingMiddleware(HelloHandler))

    // 启动服务器
    log.Println("Server started on :8080")
    http.ListenAndServe(":8080", mux)
}
```

在上述示例中,`LoggingMiddleware` 是一个记录请求信息的中间件。它接受一个 `http.HandlerFunc` 类型的参数 `next`,并返回一个新的 `http.HandlerFunc` 类型的函数。这个函数中首先记录请求的起始时间,然后调用 `next`(即实际的请求处理程序),最后计算请求处理时间并进行日志记录。

通过使用中间件,我们可以将请求处理过程和额外逻辑解耦,并创建可复用的组件来增强服务器功能。

需要注意的是,Go 的中间件模式不仅限于 HTTP 请求处理,在其他类型的应用中也可以采取类似的设计思路。

对数据库操作有什么了解吗

对连接池有了解吗?

数据库操作是指与数据库进行数据的增删改查等操作。对数据库操作有以下几种常见的方式:

  1. SQL语句:使用SQL语句来直接操作数据库,包括创建表、插入数据、更新数据、删除数据等操作。可以使用数据库驱动程序来执行SQL语句。

  2. ORM(Object Relational Mapping):ORM是一种将对象和数据库之间进行映射的技术,通过定义对象和数据库表之间的映射关系,实现对象的持久化和数据库操作的简化。

  3. 数据库连接池:数据库连接池是一种管理数据库连接的技术,通过提前创建一定数量的数据库连接,并将其保存在连接池中,当需要连接数据库时,从连接池中获取连接,使用完毕后再将连接放回连接池,避免频繁地创建和关闭连接,提高数据库的访问效率。

对于连接池的了解,连接池是一种管理数据库连接的技术,用于提高数据库的访问性能和效率。连接池中保存了一定数量的数据库连接,当需要连接数据库时,从连接池中获取一个连接,使用完毕后再将连接放回连接池,而不是每次都创建和关闭连接。连接池可以减少连接的创建和关闭所带来的开销,同时可以重复利用已经创建的连接,提高数据库的访问效率。连接池可以设置最大连接数、最小连接数、连接超时时间等参数,以便根据实际需求进行配置。

go的垃圾回收机制

Go 语言使用自动垃圾回收(Garbage Collection,GC)机制来管理内存。以下是 Go 的垃圾回收机制的一些关键特点:

1. 并发标记清除(Concurrent Mark and Sweep):Go 的垃圾回收器使用并发标记清除算法来进行垃圾收集。这意味着在进行垃圾回收时,程序的执行可以与垃圾回收器并发地进行,从而减少了对应用程序的停顿时间。

2. 分代回收(Generational GC):Go 的垃圾回收器将堆内存划分为不同的代,并根据对象的存活时间将其放入相应的代中。垃圾回收器会更频繁地扫描短生命周期对象所在的新生代,并较少扫描长生命周期对象所在的老年代,以提高垃圾回收效率。

3. 增量标记(Incremental Marking):为了降低 GC 导致的暂停时间,Go 的垃圾回收器使用增量标记算法。它将标记阶段分解为多个小步骤,在每个小步骤之间允许应用程序继续执行,从而分摊了垃圾回收期间的停顿时间。

4. Object processing on the stack: Go's garbage collector can directly process objects on the stack without putting all objects on the heap for management. This on-stack allocation reduces heap memory usage and allows for faster allocation and deallocation of objects.

5. Write Barrier: Go's garbage collector uses write barrier technology (Write Barrier) to track the modification of pointers in order to correctly mark reachable objects. A write barrier inserts some special code logic when pointer assignments are made to update relevant garbage collector metadata.

Overall, Go's garbage collection mechanism is designed to provide efficient automatic memory management while minimizing disruption to application execution. It adopts algorithm strategies such as concurrency, increment, and generation, combined with on-stack object processing and write barrier technology, which makes the garbage collection process relatively smooth and can maintain a low pause time in most cases.

gmp model

In the Go language, Machine in the GMP model does not refer to a specific concept, but an abstract representation in the GMP model. The Machine in the GMP model can be understood as a virtual machine in the runtime system, which is responsible for managing and scheduling the execution of Goroutine.

In the GMP model, each Machine corresponds to an operating system thread (M), and a Machine can run multiple Goroutines at the same time. The operating system thread (M) is responsible for executing the actual code of the Goroutine and providing low-level operations such as system calls, blocking, and waking up.

The Machine in the GMP model also includes the concept of P (Processor), and P is the middle layer between the Scheduler and M. The scheduler is responsible for managing and scheduling all Goroutines, assigning Goroutines to idle Ms for execution, and creating new Ms to handle concurrent tasks when necessary. The number of P can be configured via the GOMAXPROCS environment variable.

By using the GMP model, the Go language implements an efficient concurrent programming model, which can easily create and manage a large number of Goroutines to achieve high-performance concurrent programming.

Do you understand go's sync.Map?

Yes, I know about `sync.Map` in Go.

`sync.Map` is a concurrency-safe dictionary type provided in the Go language standard library. It can safely store and access data across multiple goroutines without additional mutex operations.

Here are some features of `sync.Map`:

1. Concurrency safety: `sync.Map` internally uses some efficient techniques to ensure concurrency safety. It can read and write operations in multiple goroutines at the same time without explicit locking.

2. Key-Value storage: `sync.Map` is a container that stores data in the form of key-value pairs, similar to the `map` type in Go. Only one value can be associated with each key.

3. Dynamic growth: The size of `sync.Map` can grow dynamically as needed, without pre-specifying the capacity.

4. Atomic operations: `sync.Map` provides atomic Load, Store, and Delete methods to operate key-value pairs. These operations are atomic, which ensures the integrity of the operation.

5. Range iteration: `sync.Map` can iterate through the Range method, traverse all key-value pairs, and still maintain concurrency safety during the iteration process.

Although `sync.Map` provides a convenient concurrency-safe key-value storage method, it is not suitable for all scenarios. Due to the complexity of its internal implementation, the performance of `sync.Map` may not be as good as the normal `map` type in some specific scenarios. Therefore, in some single-threaded or low-concurrency situations, it may be more appropriate to use the traditional `map`.

It should be noted that `sync.Map` was introduced in Go 1.9 version, if you are using an older version of Go, it may not have this type. Please make sure your version of Go supports the use of `sync.Map`.

What does the channel mainly do

In Go language, channel is an important mechanism for communication and synchronization between goroutines. It provides a safe, reliable, and efficient way to pass data and perform concurrency control.

The main functions are as follows:

1. Data transfer: channel can be used to transfer data between different goroutines. One goroutine can send data to a channel, and another goroutine can receive that data from a channel. This approach enables point-to-point communication between goroutines, avoiding problems caused by race conditions and shared memory.

2. Concurrency control: channels can be used for concurrency control, such as limiting the number of concurrently executing goroutines through the capacity of the channel or achieving synchronization through the sending and receiving operations of the channel. With channels, you can ensure that goroutines wait for other goroutines to complete before meeting certain conditions.

3. Synchronous operations: channels can be used as a synchronization tool, allowing one goroutine to wait for another goroutine to complete an operation. For example, one goroutine can send data to a channel and continue executing when another goroutine receives data from that channel.

4. Error handling: channels are also useful in handling errors. For example, you can use a channel with a buffer to collect and pass error messages, or send error messages to a dedicated error-handling goroutine for processing.

It should be noted that channels are typed, that is, the data they pass has a specific type. The data type needs to be specified when creating a channel, and only data of this type can be sent and received.

In addition, the channel is blocked, and when there is no data to send or receive, it will block the goroutine of the related operation, which can effectively avoid race conditions and save CPU resources.

In short, channel is a key mechanism in Go language for communication and synchronization between goroutines, which provides a safe and reliable way to perform concurrent programming.

Is mysql used a lot in the database?

What does the storage engine know about?

What do you know about mysql indexes

MySQL is currently one of the most popular relational database management systems and is widely used in various application scenarios. It has the characteristics of open source, high performance, and ease of use, so it is widely used in various industries and fields.

MySQL supports multiple storage engines, and different storage engines have different characteristics and applicable scenarios. The following are some common MySQL storage engines:

  1. InnoDB: InnoDB is the default transactional storage engine of MySQL, supports ACID transactions, has good concurrency performance and data integrity, and is suitable for high-concurrency OLTP applications.

  2. MyISAM: MyISAM is the early default storage engine of MySQL. It does not support transactions and foreign keys, but has high insertion and query performance, and is suitable for applications that read more and write less.

  3. Memory (or Heap): The Memory storage engine stores data in memory, and the reading and writing speed is very fast, but the data will not be persisted. It is suitable for scenarios such as temporary data storage and caching.

  4. Archive: The Archive storage engine is suitable for data storage that only performs insertion and query, and has a high compression ratio and query efficiency, but does not support update and delete operations.

  5. NDB Cluster: The NDB Cluster storage engine is part of the MySQL cluster solution, supports horizontal expansion and high availability, and is suitable for large-scale distributed storage and high-concurrency applications.

A MySQL index is a data structure used to improve query performance. Here are some common MySQL indexes:

  1. B-tree index: B-tree index is the most commonly used index type in MySQL, suitable for range query and fuzzy query, and supports fast insertion and deletion operations.

  2. Unique index: A unique index ensures that the values ​​in a column are unique and are used to ensure data integrity.

  3. Primary key index: The primary key index is a special unique index used to uniquely identify each row of data in the table.

  4. Full-text index: Full-text index is used to support full-text search, which can efficiently search text content.

  5. Spatial index: The spatial index is used to support geographical location-related queries, and can perform fast spatial queries on spatial data.

The correct use of indexes can greatly improve query performance, but too many or unreasonable indexes will also bring additional overhead. Therefore, when designing and using indexes, it is necessary to make reasonable selection and optimization according to specific business scenarios and query requirements.

MySQL is currently one of the most popular relational database management systems and is widely used in various application scenarios. It has the characteristics of open source, high performance, and ease of use, so it is widely used in various industries and fields.

MySQL supports multiple storage engines, and different storage engines have different characteristics and applicable scenarios. The following are some common MySQL storage engines:

  1. InnoDB: InnoDB is the default transactional storage engine of MySQL, supports ACID transactions, has good concurrency performance and data integrity, and is suitable for high-concurrency OLTP applications.

  2. MyISAM: MyISAM is the early default storage engine of MySQL. It does not support transactions and foreign keys, but has high insertion and query performance, and is suitable for applications that read more and write less.

  3. Memory (or Heap): The Memory storage engine stores data in memory, and the reading and writing speed is very fast, but the data will not be persisted. It is suitable for scenarios such as temporary data storage and caching.

  4. Archive: The Archive storage engine is suitable for data storage that only performs insertion and query, and has a high compression ratio and query efficiency, but does not support update and delete operations.

  5. NDB Cluster: The NDB Cluster storage engine is part of the MySQL cluster solution, supports horizontal expansion and high availability, and is suitable for large-scale distributed storage and high-concurrency applications.

A MySQL index is a data structure used to improve query performance. Here are some common MySQL indexes:

  1. B-tree index: B-tree index is the most commonly used index type in MySQL, suitable for range query and fuzzy query, and supports fast insertion and deletion operations.

  2. Unique index: A unique index ensures that the values ​​in a column are unique and are used to ensure data integrity.

  3. Primary key index: The primary key index is a special unique index used to uniquely identify each row of data in the table.

  4. Full-text index: Full-text index is used to support full-text search, which can efficiently search text content.

  5. Spatial index: The spatial index is used to support geographical location-related queries, and can perform fast spatial queries on spatial data.

The correct use of indexes can greatly improve query performance, but too many or unreasonable indexes will also bring additional overhead. Therefore, when designing and using indexes, it is necessary to make reasonable selection and optimization according to specific business scenarios and query requirements.

What is the expiration policy of redis?

Redis is an open source high-performance key-value storage database. It has two expiration strategies: lazy deletion (Lazy Expire) and periodic deletion (Voluntary Expire).

1. 惰性删除(Lazy Expire):
   当客户端尝试获取一个已经过期的键时,Redis 会在访问该键之前进行检查,并将其删除。这种方式被称为惰性删除,因为 Redis 只在需要访问键时才会检查它是否过期。这种策略可以确保过期键被及时删除,但可能会导致一些已过期但仍然存在的数据。

2. 定期删除(Voluntary Expire):
   Redis 运行时会以每秒钟十次的频率随机抽取一些键并检查它们是否过期。如果发现某个键已过期,Redis 会将其删除。这种方式被称为定期删除,因为 Redis 在固定时间间隔内定期检查过期键并执行删除操作。定期删除策略可以避免在大量过期键堆积时的性能问题,但可能会导致一些过期键的删除延迟。

此外,Redis 还提供了配置选项来调整过期策略的行为,包括以下几个参数:

- `maxmemory`:指定 Redis 的最大内存限制。
- `maxmemory-policy`:定义了当达到最大内存限制时,Redis 采取的策略,例如 `volatile-lru`、`allkeys-lru`、`volatile-ttl` 等。
- `maxmemory-samples`:指定每次检查的随机样本数量。

通过合理配置这些参数,可以根据实际需求来控制 Redis 的过期策略和内存管理行为。需要根据具体的应用场景和数据特点来权衡延迟删除和内存使用之间的平衡。

微服务这边用到哪些?

微服务架构是一种将应用程序拆分为多个独立的小型服务的软件开发方法。每个微服务都独立部署、运行在自己的进程中,并且通过轻量级的通信机制(如REST API或消息队列)进行相互通信。以下是在微服务架构中常用的一些技术和组件:

  1. Service registration and discovery: Services in a microservice architecture need to be able to automatically register and discover the location and availability of other services. Commonly used service registration and discovery tools include Consul, Etcd, and Zookeeper.

  2. Load balancing: Due to the large number of services in the microservice architecture, load balancing is essential. Load balancing can be achieved through software load balancers (such as Nginx, HAProxy) or service meshes (such as Envoy, Linkerd).

  3. API gateway: Microservices in the microservice architecture usually provide a unified access interface through the API gateway. API gateways can handle functions such as authentication, authentication, access control, and request routing. Commonly used API gateways include Kong, Apigee, and Envoy.

  4. Configuration management: The configuration in the microservice architecture may be scattered across multiple services, so a centralized configuration management mechanism is required. Commonly used configuration management tools are Spring Cloud Config, Consul and Zookeeper.

  5. Service monitoring and tracking: Each microservice in the microservice architecture needs to be monitored and tracked in order to detect and solve problems in a timely manner. Commonly used monitoring and tracking tools are Prometheus, Grafana, Zipkin, and Jaeger.

  6. Message queues: Message queues are often used for asynchronous communication between microservices. Message queues can achieve decoupling and asynchronous processing. Commonly used message queues include Kafka, RabbitMQ, and ActiveMQ.

  7. Distributed transaction management: In a microservice architecture, transaction management across multiple microservices is a challenge. Commonly used distributed transaction management solutions include Saga mode, TCC (Try-Confirm-Cancel) mode and XA protocol.

The above are just some common technologies and components used in the microservice architecture. In fact, the technologies and tools used in the microservice architecture also depend on the specific business requirements and technology stack selection.

Algorithm: Find the intersection of two unordered arrays

To find the intersection of two unordered arrays, you can use a hash table to solve this problem. Specific steps are as follows:

  1. Declare a hash table (set data structure can also be used) to store the elements in the array.
  2. Traverse the first array and store the elements in the array as keys in the hash table.
  3. Traversing the second array, for each element, determine whether it exists in the hash table, if it exists, it means that this is one of the intersections of the two arrays.
  4. Add the intersection elements to a new array or collection.
  5. Returns the intersection array.

The following is a sample code implemented in Go language:

func findIntersection(nums1, nums2 []int) []int {
    // 创建哈希表
    hashTable := make(map[int]bool)
  
    // 遍历第一个数组,将元素存储到哈希表中
    for _, num := range nums1 {
        hashTable[num] = true
    }
    
    result := make([]int, 0)
  
    // 遍历第二个数组,查找交集
    for _, num := range nums2 {
        if hashTable[num] {
            result = append(result, num)
        }
    }
  
    return result
}

func main() {
    array1 := []int{1, 2, 3, 4, 5}
    array2 := []int{4, 5, 6, 7, 8}
  
    intersection := findIntersection(array1, array2)
  
    fmt.Println(intersection)
}

在上面的示例代码中,我们首先创建了一个哈希表 hashTable,然后遍历第一个数组,将每个元素存储到哈希表中。接下来,我们遍历第二个数组,对于每个元素,判断是否存在于哈希表中,如果存在,则将其添加到结果数组 result 中。最后,我们返回结果数组 result,即为两个数组的交集。

算法:分层遍历二叉树

分层遍历二叉树(Level Order Traversal)是一种广度优先搜索(BFS)的算法,用于按层级顺序遍历二叉树的节点。在 Go 中,可以通过使用队列来实现分层遍历。

下面是一个示例代码,展示了如何分层遍历二叉树:

```go
package main

import (
    "container/list"
    "fmt"
)

type TreeNode struct {
    Val   int
    Left  *TreeNode
    Right *TreeNode
}

func levelOrderTraversal(root *TreeNode) [][]int {
    if root == nil {
        return nil
    }

    result := [][]int{}
    queue := list.New()
    queue.PushBack(root)

    for queue.Len() > 0 {
        levelSize := queue.Len()
        levelValues := []int{}

        for i := 0; i < levelSize; i++ {
            node := queue.Remove(queue.Front()).(*TreeNode)
            levelValues = append(levelValues, node.Val)

            if node.Left != nil {
                queue.PushBack(node.Left)
            }
            if node.Right != nil {
                queue.PushBack(node.Right)
            }
        }

        result = append(result, levelValues)
    }

    return result
}

func main() {
    // 构建二叉树(示例)
    root := &TreeNode{Val: 3}
    root.Left = &TreeNode{Val: 9}
    root.Right = &TreeNode{Val: 20}
    root.Right.Left = &TreeNode{Val: 15}
    root.Right.Right = &TreeNode{Val: 7}

    // 分层遍历二叉树
    result := levelOrderTraversal(root)

    // 输出结果
    for _, level := range result {
        fmt.Println(level)
    }
}
```

运行以上代码,会输出二叉树按层级遍历的结果。

该代码利用队列实现了广度优先搜索,从根节点开始,逐层遍历每个节点,并将它们的值存储在 `result` 中。每次迭代中,首先记录当前层级的节点数量(`levelSize`),然后依次处理当前层级的节点,并将它们的子节点加入队列。

注意,在循环体内部,先将节点出队列,并将其值添加到 `levelValues` 中,然后判断并将其左右子节点加入队列。这样可以保证在下一次循环时,处理的是下一层级的节点。

最终,`result` 中存储了分层遍历的结果,每个元素表示一层的节点值。

希望以上示例能够帮助你理解如何在 Go 中实现分层遍历二叉树的算法。

常见的http状态码

tcp和udp区别

tcp three-way handshake and four-way handshake

Common HTTP status codes include the following:

1. 1xx (Informational status code): Indicates that the request has been received and processing continues.

2. 2xx (success status code): indicates that the request has been successfully received, understood and processed by the server.

   - 200 OK: The request is successful and normal results are returned.
   - 201 Created: The request was successful and a new resource was created on the server.
   - 204 No Content: The request was successful, but no content was returned.

3. 3xx (Redirect Status Code): Indicates that further action is required to complete the request.

   - 301 Moved Permanently: The requested resource has been permanently moved to a new location.
   - 302 Found: The requested resource was temporarily moved to a different location.
   - 304 Not Modified: The resource cached by the client has not been modified, and the cached version can be used directly.

4. 4xx (client error status code): Indicates that the request sent by the client has an error.

   - 400 Bad Request: invalid request, syntax error, etc.
   - 401 Unauthorized: Authentication required or failed.
   - 404 Not Found: The requested resource does not exist.

5. 5xx (Server Error Status Code): Indicates that an error occurred while the server was processing the request.

   - 500 Internal Server Error: The server encountered an unknown error.
   - 503 Service Unavailable: The server is temporarily unable to process the request, possibly due to overload or maintenance.

The difference between TCP and UDP is as follows:

1. Connection-oriented vs connectionless: TCP is a connection-oriented protocol, which needs to establish a connection before communication, and then perform reliable data transmission; while UDP is a connectionless protocol, each data packet is sent independently, and no persistent connect.

2. Reliability vs speed: TCP provides reliable data transmission, which guarantees that data arrives at the destination in order, and can detect and correct errors in transmission; UDP does not have these mechanisms, and it pays more attention to speed and simplicity.

3. Message boundary: TCP is a byte stream protocol, which treats data as a continuous byte stream; UDP is a datagram protocol, and each datagram has its own boundary and identification.

4. Connection-oriented vs connectionless: TCP establishes a connection through a three-way handshake, and needs to wave four times when disconnecting; UDP does not need the process of establishing and disconnecting.

About TCP's three-way handshake and four-way wave:

1. Three-Way Handshake:

   - Step 1 (SYN): The client sends a SYN packet (synchronization sequence number) to the server and enters the SYN_SENT state.
   - The second step (SYN+ACK): After receiving the SYN packet, the server sends a response with a SYN/ACK packet (confirmation sequence number) to the client and enters the SYN_RCVD state.
   - The third step (ACK): After receiving the SYN/ACK packet, the client sends a response with an ACK packet (confirmation sequence number) to the server and enters the ESTABLISHED state. After the server receives the ACK packet, it also enters the ESTABLISHED state. At this point, the TCP connection is established.

2. Four-Way Handshake:

   - The first step (FIN): When the client wants to close the connection, it sends a packet with the FIN (end) flag to the server and enters the FIN_WAIT1 state.
   - The second step (ACK): After receiving the FIN packet, the server sends a response with an ACK packet to the client and enters the CLOSE_WAIT state.
   - Step 3 (FIN): When the server closes the connection, it sends a packet with FIN to the client and enters the LAST_ACK state.
   - Step 4 (ACK): After receiving the FIN packet, the client sends a response with an ACK packet to the server and enters the TIME_WAIT state. server received

Has business iteration ever encountered something that goes online at night?

Is there any way to avoid business interruption when going online?

Yes, it is more common to go online at night in business iterations. In this case, in order to avoid business interruption, the following methods can be adopted:

  1. Pre-release testing: Before the official launch, pre-release testing can be conducted first. This can be done in a separate test environment, simulating the actual production environment. Through pre-release testing, potential problems and risks can be found and repaired in time to ensure the stability of the system when it is officially launched.

  2. Gradually go online: Divide the go-live process into multiple stages and go live step by step. New functions or changes can be launched to a small number of users or traffic first, and then gradually expand the scope of launch according to the stability of the system. In this way, risks can be effectively controlled, and once a problem occurs, it can be rolled back or repaired in time.

  3. Grayscale release: Grayscale release refers to releasing new features or changes to a small group of users, and then adjusting and optimizing based on user feedback and data. Through grayscale release, potential problems can be discovered and resolved in a timely manner, reducing the impact on the entire business.

  4. Monitoring and alarming: During the online process, it is necessary to set up monitoring and alarming mechanisms to detect system abnormalities and problems in a timely manner. You can set monitoring indicators, such as system load, response time, error rate, etc., and set corresponding alarm rules. Once an abnormal situation is discovered, measures can be taken in time to avoid business interruption.

  5. Rollback plan: Before going online, a rollback plan needs to be formulated. Once a serious failure or problem occurs, it can be rolled back to the previous version in time to avoid impact on the business.

Through the above methods, the risk of business interruption can be effectively avoided, and the stability and availability of the system can be guaranteed. At the same time, it is also necessary to establish a good communication and collaboration mechanism to ensure that team members can respond and deal with problems in a timely manner during the online process.

k8s pod switching strategy

In Kubernetes, the Pod switching strategy refers to how to switch and update Pods during operations such as rolling updates or automatic expansion. Kubernetes provides the following Pod switching strategies:

  1. RollingUpdate: Rolling update is the default Pod switching strategy. When performing a rolling update, Kubernetes will gradually replace old Pods with new Pods, while ensuring that at least a certain number of Pods are running at any time. Rolling updates can control the speed and failure rate of updates, and can roll back to previous versions during the update process.

  2. Recreate: Recreate is another Pod switching strategy. During the Recreate operation, Kubernetes will first stop the old Pod, and then create a new Pod. This method updates quickly, but may cause service interruption during the update.

  3. Pause: Pause is a special switching strategy. During the Pause operation, Kubernetes will first pause all old Pods, and then create new Pods. This method can avoid service interruption, but it needs to be performed manually every time an update is made, so it is not suitable for automated update operations.

When using the rolling update strategy, Kubernetes also provides some parameters to control the update speed and failure rate, such as:

  1. maxUnavailable: Indicates the maximum number of Pods that can be stopped during an update. For example, a setting of 1 means that at most one pod can be stopped during an update, keeping the application available.

  2. maxSurge: Indicates how many extra Pods can be created at most during the update. For example, a setting of 1 means that at most one additional pod can be created during an update, ensuring that there are always enough pods running during the update.

In general, Kubernetes provides a variety of Pod switching strategies and parameters, which can be selected and configured according to actual needs to ensure high availability and stability of updates and deployments.

Self introduction

Tell me about the projects you have done

How to check go problems

To check for problems in Go code, there are several options:

  1. Code review: Ask other developers or team members to review the code. They can provide new perspectives and spot potential problems. Code reviews can be done through code review tools, the Pull Request feature of a version control system, or meeting discussions.

  2. Static Code Analysis Tools: Use static code analysis tools like GoLint, Go Vet, Go Static Analyzer, etc. to check your code for potential issues, code style violations, and bugs. These tools can help find common bugs, potential memory leaks, concurrency issues, and more.

  3. Unit testing: Write and run unit tests to verify the correctness and stability of your code. By writing comprehensive unit tests covering every branch and edge cases of the code, problems in the code can be found and fixed early.

  4. Performance testing: Use performance testing tools to evaluate the performance and efficiency of your code. By simulating real load and concurrent environments, potential performance problems and bottlenecks can be discovered and optimized accordingly.

  5. Logging and Error Handling: Add proper logging and error handling mechanisms to your code. By recording key log information, it can help us locate and solve problems. At the same time, handle errors reasonably to avoid potential exceptions and crashes.

  6. Monitoring and alarming: Set monitoring indicators and alarming rules. By monitoring the system's operating status and performance indicators, problems can be discovered and resolved in time.

Above are some commonly used methods to check for problems in Go code. Combined use of these methods can improve the quality and stability of the code. In addition, good coding practices, code readability, and comments are also important factors to reduce problems, so pay attention to these aspects when writing code.

How to choose the future technology direction

gmp model

In the Go language, the GMP model is a concurrency model, where G stands for Goroutine, M stands for Machine, and P stands for Processor.

M represents the thread of the operating system, which is responsible for executing the Goroutine. One M can execute multiple Goroutines, but one Goroutine can only be executed by one M. Goroutine scheduling is managed by the Go runtime, which assigns Goroutines to M for execution and schedules M according to the load balancing strategy.

P is an intermediary between M and G, and it is responsible for assigning Goroutines to M for execution. In the GMP model, the number of P is usually equal to the number of CPU cores. Each P has a local queue containing Goroutines waiting to execute on that P. When the Goroutine on a certain M finishes executing, it will get the next Goroutine from the local queue for execution. If the local queue is empty, P will get the Goroutine from the global queue and assign it to M for execution.

Goroutines are lightweight threads in Go that can execute on a single M or on multiple M's. Goroutines can communicate through channels to achieve collaboration between different Goroutines.

In the GMP model, the numbers of M and P are automatically managed by the Go runtime, and their numbers will be dynamically adjusted according to the load of the system and the execution of Goroutines, so as to achieve efficient, stable and safe concurrent programming.

In general, the GMP model is the core of concurrent programming in Go language. It maps Goroutine and Machine to G and M, and uses Processor to coordinate the relationship between Goroutine and Machine to achieve efficient, stable and safe concurrency programming.

The underlying implementation of slices

In the Go language, a slice is an abstraction of a dynamic array, which can conveniently manipulate and manage variable-length sequence data. The underlying implementation of a slice is actually a structure that contains three fields:

  1. Pointer to the underlying array (ptr): A pointer to the underlying array is stored in the slice, which is used to access elements in the underlying array.

  2. The length of the slice (len): Indicates the number of elements in the slice. The length is the number of elements currently stored in the slice.

  3. Slice capacity (cap): Indicates the capacity of the underlying array of the slice. Capacity is the number of elements in the underlying array from the start of the slice to the end of the underlying array.

When we operate on the underlying array by slicing, the slice will automatically expand or shrink as needed. This is because the underlying array of the slice may exceed the capacity of the slice. At this time, the Go language will create a new underlying array and copy the original elements to the new underlying array. In this way, the length and capacity of the slice will change.

It should be noted that the pointer, length, and capacity of the slice are stored as fields of the slice structure, so different slices can share the same underlying array, but they may have different lengths and capacities.

The underlying implementation of slices enables efficient dynamic expansion and contraction while reducing memory waste. This is one of the reasons why slices are widely used in Go language.

The difference between go and node

Go (also known as Golang) and Node.js are two different programming languages ​​and runtime environments with several key differences:

1. Language design and type system:
   - Go: Go is a statically typed programming language with strong typing and explicit type declarations. It has a concise syntax and supports concurrent programming and native goroutines.
   - Node.js: Node.js uses JavaScript as the programming language, and JavaScript is a dynamically typed scripting language with greater flexibility in execution.

2. Concurrency model and asynchronous programming:
   - Go: Go supports concurrent programming at the language level, and implements lightweight concurrency control and communication through goroutines and channels. It provides simple and easy-to-use concurrency primitives, making concurrent programming more intuitive and safe.
   - Node.js: Node.js is based on an event-driven and non-blocking I/O single-threaded model, using callback functions and asynchronous programming models to handle high concurrent requests. It uses event loop mechanism and callback function to realize non-blocking I/O operation.

3. Ecosystem and usage:
   - Go: Go is designed as a system-level programming language widely used to build high-performance, scalable and concurrent applications. It has strong performance in network programming, distributed systems, cloud computing, microservices and other fields, and is loved by many developers and companies.
   - Node.js: Node.js is mainly used to build server-side applications and web services. Its ecosystem is very rich, with a large number of third-party modules and libraries, suitable for rapid development of high-performance Web, API and real-time applications.

4. Compilation and execution methods:
   - Go: Go is a compiled language, using the Go compiler to compile the source code into machine code, and then directly execute the generated executable file.
   - Node.js: Node.js is an interpreted language that uses the V8 JavaScript engine to parse and execute JavaScript code. Its runtime environment compiles JavaScript code on the fly and executes it in a virtual machine.

You need to choose Go or Node.js according to specific needs and scenarios. If you need to build high-performance, concurrent system-level applications, Go may be more suitable; and if you need to quickly build lightweight network services and real-time applications, Node.js is a good choice.

Self introduction

How does k8s find all pods on a node

In Kubernetes, to find all pods on a node, you can use the following methods:

  1. Use the kubectl command: You can use the kubectl command line tool to get all Pods on a node. Run the following command to list all Pods on a given node:

    kubectl get pods --field-selector spec.nodeName=<节点名称>
    

    will be  <节点名称> replaced with the node name to query.

  2. Using the Kubernetes API: You can use the Kubernetes API to get all Pods on a node.  You can filter the results by sending a GET request to  api/v1/pods the endpoint and  fieldSelector specifying parameters  .spec.nodeName=<节点名称>

  3. Pod list using Node object: You can use a Kubernetes client library, such as client-go, to write a Go program to get all Pods on a node. You can use  v1.CoreV1().Nodes().Get(<节点名称>) the method to get a node object, and then use  Node.Status.Conditions and  Node.Status.Addresses to get a list of Pods on the node.

The above are several commonly used methods to find all Pods on a node. According to the specific usage scenarios and needs, choose the appropriate method to obtain the required information.

How to write code through go client to get

To write code using the Go client to get all Pods on a specific node in the Kubernetes cluster, you can use the official Go client library client-go provided by Kubernetes. Here is a sample code:

package main

import (
    "flag"
    "fmt"
    "log"
    "path/filepath"

    corev1 "k8s.io/api/core/v1"
    "k8s.io/client-go/kubernetes"
    "k8s.io/client-go/tools/clientcmd"
)

func main() {
    // 解析kubeconfig文件路径
    kubeconfig := flag.String("kubeconfig", filepath.Join(
        "~", ".kube", "config"), "kubeconfig文件的路径")
    flag.Parse()

    // 使用kubeconfig文件创建一个Config对象
    config, err := clientcmd.BuildConfigFromFlags("", *kubeconfig)
    if err != nil {
        log.Fatal(err)
    }

    // 创建一个新的Kubernetes客户端
    clientset, err := kubernetes.NewForConfig(config)
    if err != nil {
        log.Fatal(err)
    }

    // 获取所有节点
    nodes, err := clientset.CoreV1().Nodes().List(context.TODO(), metav1.ListOptions{})
    if err != nil {
        log.Fatal(err)
    }

    // 遍历每个节点,获取该节点上的所有Pod
    for _, node := range nodes.Items {
        nodeName := node.GetName()
        pods, err := clientset.CoreV1().Pods("").List(context.TODO(), metav1.ListOptions{
            FieldSelector: fmt.Sprintf("spec.nodeName=%s", nodeName),
        })
        if err != nil {
            log.Fatal(err)
        }

        // 打印节点名称和Pod列表
        fmt.Printf("节点: %s\n", nodeName)
        for _, pod := range pods.Items {
            fmt.Printf("  - %s\n", pod.GetName())
        }
    }
}

In the example code above, the path to the kubeconfig file is first parsed and a Config object is created with that path. Then use the Config object to create a new Kubernetes client. Next, use the client to get all nodes, and traverse each node, and get all Pods on the node through the node name. Finally, print the node name and Pod list.

Please note that the above code is just an example and needs to be modified and adjusted according to the actual situation. At the same time, you need to ensure that the kubeconfig file is configured correctly and that you have sufficient permissions to access the cluster.

How does log monitoring work?

Log monitoring is a method for real-time monitoring and analysis of log data generated by the system. The following are general steps and common tools for implementing log monitoring:

  1. Identify monitoring targets : Identify the applications, services, or system components that need to be monitored, and the logs they generate.

  2. Choose an appropriate log collection tool : Choose a log collection tool that suits your needs, for example:

    • ELK Stack (Elasticsearch, Logstash, Kibana): ELK Stack is a popular open source log management solution, where Elasticsearch is used to store and index log data, Logstash is used for log collection and transmission, and Kibana is used for log visualization and query.
    • Fluentd: Fluentd is an open source log collector that can collect and forward log data to different destinations. It supports flexible logging pipeline configuration and plugin system.
    • Prometheus: Prometheus is an open source monitoring and alerting system that can also be used to collect and process log data.
  3. Configure log collection and transmission : According to the requirements of the selected log collection tool, configure the application or service to send log information to the log collection tool. This usually involves modifying logging configuration files or using an appropriate logging library.

  4. 设置过滤和处理规则:根据需求,配置日志收集工具以过滤、解析和结构化日志数据。这将帮助你对日志进行更高效的搜索和分析。

  5. 可视化和查询:使用所选的日志监控工具的用户界面(如 Kibana)或查询语言(如 Elasticsearch 查询语言)来执行实时查询和分析,并根据需要创建仪表板和报警规则。

  6. 设置报警和通知:根据关键指标和异常事件,设置报警规则,以便在出现问题时及时通知相关人员或团队。

  7. 自动化和持续改进:将日志监控整合到持续集成和持续交付(CI/CD)流程中,并不断优化、评估和改善监控策略和工具配置。

以上是一个一般性的日志监控流程。具体实施时,还需考虑应用程序的特定要求和技术栈。

dockerfile

cmd和entrypoint有什么区别

CMD和ENTRYPOINT是Dockerfile中用于指定容器启动时要执行的命令或程序的指令。

区别如下:

  1. CMD指令可以在Dockerfile中多次出现,但只有最后一次CMD指令有效,它指定了容器默认的执行命令。在运行容器时,如果没有提供执行命令,会使用默认的CMD指令执行。CMD指令可以被替换或被覆盖。

  2. ENTRYPOINT指令也可以在Dockerfile中多次出现,但每次的指令都会被执行。它指定了容器的入口点,即容器启动时始终会执行的命令。ENTRYPOINT指令不会被替换或覆盖,而是当指定运行容器时的命令时,会将该命令作为ENTRYPOINT指令的参数传递给容器。

简单来说,CMD指令一般用于指定容器默认的执行命令,而ENTRYPOINT指令一般用于指定容器的入口点,并将执行命令作为参数传递给入口点。

项目里面有自己独立负责的吗?

说下在线教室

如何保证连接的均衡?不至于所有连接连到一个地方?

在分布式系统中,为了保证连接的均衡,通常可以采用以下几种策略:

  1. Load Balancer (Load Balancer): The load balancer can distribute requests to different servers, so as to avoid all requests from being connected to the same server. Load balancers can be assigned according to different strategies, such as round robin, minimum number of connections, etc.

  2. Hash Sharding (Hash Sharding): Hash sharding can distribute requests to different servers according to the hash value of the request. This method can ensure that the same request is always allocated to the same server, thereby ensuring the balance of the connection.

  3. Consistent Hashing: Consistent hashing can map servers to a hash ring, and assign requests to the nearest server on the hash ring according to the hash value of the request. This method can ensure that when the number of servers changes, only a small number of requests need to be redistributed, thus ensuring the balance and scalability of the connection.

  4. Failover: In a distributed system, a server may fail, causing the connection to be lost. In order to ensure the reliability of the connection, a failover strategy can be adopted to redistribute the disconnected connection to other available servers.

In general, in order to ensure the balance and reliability of connections, it is necessary to adopt appropriate load balancing strategies and failover strategies in distributed systems. These strategies can be selected and configured according to the characteristics and needs of the system to achieve efficient, stable and reliable distributed services.

What is the ocr identification of the survey?

The researched OCR (Optical Character Recognition, optical character recognition) recognition usually refers to the process of automatically recognizing and extracting text in images or scanned documents. OCR technology is designed to convert printed or handwritten text into editable and searchable electronic text.

The following are some main application scenarios of OCR recognition:

  1. Document digitization and archiving : OCR can be used to scan paper documents, books, newspapers, etc. into electronic documents, and perform text recognition for digital storage and archiving. This facilitates retrieval, copying and editing of documents.

  2. Automated data entry : OCR can be used to automatically extract printed text from paper documents, invoices, forms, etc., and convert it into structured data for subsequent processing and analysis. For example, extract product information and amounts from invoices for financial management and report generation.

  3. ID card/passport identification : OCR can be used to read and extract information on ID cards, passports and other identification documents, such as name, ID number, date of birth, etc. This is useful during authentication and user registration.

  4. License plate recognition : OCR technology can be used to automatically recognize and extract the license plate number of a vehicle. This has a wide range of applications in traffic enforcement, parking management, road monitoring, and more.

  5. Bill processing : OCR can be used to automatically read and parse bills, such as bank checks, deposit slips, shopping receipts, etc. This increases the accuracy and efficiency of data entry.

  6. Image search and tagging : By extracting and indexing the text in the image, OCR can realize image search and tagging based on text content. This has applications in image repositories, libraries, archives, etc.

In short, OCR recognition technology can help convert printed or handwritten text into editable and searchable electronic text, thereby realizing document digitization, automated data entry, and information extraction and processing in various practical application scenarios.

Make a question, see what is the problem with this writing

Write a channel-related question, concurrency model, crawler url, control the amount of concurrency

The following is a sample program written in Go language to implement a crawler and control the concurrency model of concurrency:

package main

import (
    "fmt"
    "net/http"
    "sync"
)

func main() {
    urls := []string{
        "https://www.example.com/page1",
        "https://www.example.com/page2",
        "https://www.example.com/page3",
        "https://www.example.com/page4",
        "https://www.example.com/page5",
    }

    concurrency := 2
    urlChan := make(chan string)
    var wg sync.WaitGroup

    // 启动goroutine来处理url
    for i := 0; i < concurrency; i++ {
        go func() {
            for url := range urlChan {
                processURL(url)
                wg.Done()
            }
        }()
    }

    // 添加url到channel并等待所有请求完成
    for _, url := range urls {
        wg.Add(1)
        urlChan <- url
    }
    close(urlChan)
    wg.Wait()
}

func processURL(url string) {
    res, err := http.Get(url)
    if err != nil {
        fmt.Printf("Error fetching %s: %s\n", url, err)
        return
    }
    defer res.Body.Close()

    fmt.Printf("Fetched %s\n", url)
    // 在这里对响应进行处理
}

In the above example, we created a urlChan channel to store the URLs to crawl. Then, we start a specified number of goroutines to process the URL. Each goroutine receives a URL from the channel and calls processURLa function to process that URL. When processing is complete, we wg.Done()notify the WaitGroup that the task is complete using .

In the main function, we add the URLs to be crawled to the channel and wait for all requests to complete. By controlling the amount of concurrency, we can use concurrencyvariables to specify the number of URLs to be processed simultaneously.

Please note that this example is only to demonstrate the concurrency model and the concept of controlling concurrency, and does not have complete crawler logic. In the actual crawler application, you also need to handle errors, limit the crawling depth, remove duplicate URLs, etc.

The following is a crawler program implemented using Goroutine and channel in Go language, which is used to crawl all links under the specified URL and control the amount of concurrency:

go

Copy

package main

import (
    "fmt"
    "net/http"
    "golang.org/x/net/html"
)

func main() {
    // 爬取的起始 URL
    url := "https://example.com"

    // 创建一个有缓冲的 channel,用于存储待爬取的 URL
    pendingUrls := make(chan string, 100)

    // 将起始 URL 放入待爬取的 URL 列表中
    go func() {
        pendingUrls <- url
    }()

    // 创建一个无缓冲的 channel,用于限制并发量
    sem := make(chan struct{}, 10)

    // 循环从待爬取的 URL 列表中取出 URL 并进行爬取
    for url := range pendingUrls {
        // 获取一个令牌,表示可以进行一次爬取
        sem <- struct{}{}

        // 在一个 Goroutine 中进行爬取
        go func(url string) {
            defer func() { <-sem }()

            // 发送 GET 请求
            resp, err := http.Get(url)
            if err != nil {
                fmt.Println("Error:", err)
                return
            }
            defer resp.Body.Close()

            // 解析 HTML
            doc, err := html.Parse(resp.Body)
            if err != nil {
                fmt.Println("Error:", err)
                return
            }

            // 提取链接并存入待爬取的 URL 列表中
            for _, link := range visit(nil, doc) {
                pendingUrls <- link
            }
        }(url)
    }
}

func visit(links []string, n *html.Node) []string {
    if n.Type == html.ElementNode && n.Data == "a" {
        for _, a := range n.Attr {
            if a.Key == "href" {
                links = append(links, a.Val)
            }
        }
    }

    for c := n.FirstChild; c != nil; c = c.NextSibling {
        links = visit(links, c)
    }

    return links
}

In the above program, a buffered channel is used  pendingUrls to store URLs to be crawled, and an unbuffered channel is used  sem to limit the amount of concurrency. First put the starting URL into  pendingUrls , and then take out the URL from it in a loop and crawl it. Before each crawl, a token will be obtained sem from it  , indicating that a crawl can be performed. After the crawl is completed, the token will be returned sem to . . This can limit the amount of concurrency and avoid excessive system load caused by crawling too many links at the same time.

http.Get In the implementation process, Goroutine and anonymous functions are used to realize asynchronous concurrent processing, and functions and  packages are used  golang.org/x/net/html to make HTTP requests and HTML parsing. At the same time, in order to avoid memory leaks, it is necessary to close the body of the HTTP response in time after each crawl is completed.

Here is an example topic when it comes to concurrent programming in Go and using channels to control the amount of concurrency:

Topic: Write a simple crawler program that fetches web page content concurrently from a given URL list and returns the results through a channel. At the same time, limit the amount of concurrency to N, that is, only N crawlers can run at the same time at a time.

```go
package main

import (
    "fmt"
    "net/http"
)

func crawl(url string, ch chan<- string) {
    resp, err := http.Get(url)
    if err != nil {
        fmt.Println("Error fetching URL:", url, "-", err)
        ch <- ""
        return
    }
    defer resp.Body.Close()

    // Here you can do further processing on resp.Body, such as parsing HTML or extracting information

    ch <- url + " - Completed"
}

func main() {     urls := []string{         "https://example.com",         "https://google.com",         "https://github.com",         "https://stackoverflow.com ",         // add more URLs     }






    concurrencyLimit := 3
    resultCh := make(chan string)

    for _, url := range urls {
        go crawl(url, resultCh)
    }

    // Control concurrency
    for i := 0; i < len(urls); i++ {         select {         case result := <-resultCh:             fmt.Println(result)         default:         }




        if i >= concurrencyLimit-1 {
            <-resultCh
        }
    }
}
```

In the above code, the `crawl` function is used to fetch the content of the web page for the given URL and send the result to the channel `ch`. In the `main` function, we create a string type channel `resultCh` to receive the results of the crawler.

By using `go crawl(url, resultCh)`, we can start multiple crawlers in a concurrent manner, each crawler will fetch the content of a URL and send the result to the channel.

To limit the amount of concurrency, we use a loop and `select` statement to control the number of crawlers running at the same time. The `concurrencyLimit` variable controls the maximum amount of concurrency allowed. When the concurrency limit is reached, we receive a result from the channel to free up a slot and start the next crawler.

Note that this is just a simple example, real crawlers require more sophisticated error handling, timeout controls, etc. In addition, the code can be modified and expanded according to actual needs.

How is it implemented inside the context package?

The Context package is part of the Go language standard library and is used to transfer request context information between Go coroutines to control cancellation operations and timeout management between them. Context is very useful in handling concurrent requests between Go goroutines.

Internal implementation details:

  1. Context uses a structure context.Contextto represent the context. This structure contains a Donechannel and some methods for managing context cancellation and timeout.

  2. Context passes the context based on the tree structure. Child contexts created within a context inherit the values ​​of the parent context and can be canceled independently of the parent context.

  3. When the function is called , a subcontext context.WithCancelwith a new channel is created . Channels are used to send signals when the context is canceled.DoneDone

  4. When the function is called context.WithDeadline, a subcontext with a deadline is created. After the specified deadline, the subcontext will be automatically canceled.

  5. When the function is called context.WithTimeout, a subcontext is created with a timeout. in the specified

Self introduction

Who is the user you serve for the first company?

Quality education or exam-oriented education?

What problem do you use technology to solve in it?

Are there any projects that you think are better done?

What service do you use for video?

Signaling with wss or ws?

Which user is scheduled to connect to which machine?

The signaling uses the WebSocket protocol, and you can choose to use wss://or ws://to connect. Which one to choose depends on the security requirements of the application and the deployment environment.

  • wss://:使用 WebSocket Secure(WSS)协议进行加密通信,通过 TLS/SSL 提供安全性和数据保护。这是在对网络通信进行加密和保护时的首选选项,适用于需要保护用户数据和隐私的场景。

  • ws://:使用普通的非加密 WebSocket 协议进行通信。这在一些非敏感数据传输或本地开发环境中可以使用,不要求数据加密和保护的场景。

关于调度用户连接到哪个机器的问题,这通常涉及负载均衡和路由策略。以下是一些常见的方法:

  1. DNS 负载均衡:使用 DNS 解析将用户请求分配到不同的机器上。通过配置多个 A 记录或 CNAME 记录来实现负载均衡策略,例如循环、随机或基于权重的策略。这种方式简单易用,但缺乏动态调整能力。

  2. 反向代理:使用反向代理服务器作为前端接收用户请求,并根据特定算法(如轮询、IP 哈希、最少连接数等)将请求转发到后端的多个服务器。反向代理可以动态调整负载均衡策略,根据服务器的健康状况和负载情况进行动态调度。

  3. 会话粘滞:在用户首次连接时,将其分配给特定的机器,并在后续请求中保持与同一机器的连接。通过这种方式,可以确保与特定用户的通信始终路由到相同的服务器上。这通常通过在负载均衡层使用会话标识符(如 Cookie 或 URL 参数)来实现。

  4. 自定义调度算法:开发自己的调度算法,根据特定的需求和业务逻辑将用户分配到不同的机器上。这可能涉及考虑服务器的性能指标、地理位置、用户权重等因素,并使用自定义的负载均衡策略。

选择合适的调度方法取决于应用程序的规模、性能要求、可用资源以及网络架构。在复杂的场景下,可能需要使用专门的负载均衡设备或服务来处理大量的并发连接和动态调度需求。

如果业务量大,如何让客户端能够均衡的连接服务器

wss是基于tcp的,tcp有个半连接队列,有没有遇到发了信令但是服务器没收到的情况?

当业务量大,需要让客户端均衡地连接多台服务器时,可以采用以下方法:

1. **使用负载均衡器**:在服务器前面引入负载均衡器(Load Balancer),例如使用专门的硬件负载均衡设备或使用软件负载均衡解决方案。负载均衡器可以根据预定义的算法(如轮询、最少连接数、哈希等)将客户端请求分发到多台服务器上,实现请求的均衡分布。

2. **动态调整负载均衡策略**:根据服务器的负载情况和性能指标,动态调整负载均衡策略。例如,根据服务器的 CPU 使用率、内存利用率或网络流量等指标来调整每个服务器的权重,以实现更精确的负载均衡。

3. **会话粘滞和持久化**:为了保持与特定服务器的连接稳定,可以使用会话粘滞或持久化机制。即使负载均衡器将请求发送到不同的服务器上,该机制可以确保相同的客户端在一段时间内继续连接到相同的服务器,从而保持会话状态的一致性。

关于 wss 是基于 TCP 的问题,TCP 协议确实有半连接队列的概念。当客户端发送连接请求并等待服务器确认时,连接会被放置在半连接队列中。如果服务器未能及时接受连接请求,队列可能会被填满,并且客户端可能会遇到连接超时或连接被拒绝的情况。

这种情况下,可能发生客户端已经发送了信令但服务器并未收到的情况。要解决这个问题,可以考虑以下方法:

1. **增加半连接队列长度**:可以通过调整操作系统或服务器的设置,增加半连接队列的长度,以容纳更多的等待连接的请求。这样可以减少因半连接队列溢出而导致的连接丢失。

2. **优化服务器资源和性能**:确保服务器具备足够的计算资源和网络带宽,以便能够及时处理客户端的连接请求。优化服务器的性能可以减少连接排队和延迟,提高连接成功率。

3. **使用连接池技术**:在服务器端实现连接池,使服务器能够有效管理和复用连接。连接池可以帮助减少连接建立和拆除的开销,并提高连接的可用性和效率。

总结来说,为了避免客户端发送信令但服务器未收到的情况,需要合理配置服务器的半连接队列长度,优化服务器资源和性能,并考虑使用连接池技术来提高连接的效率和可靠性。

自习和用户增长?

题拍拍主要做拍搜服务的,题拍拍主要做增长,后面会做微服务架构k8s等

考虑问题的时候从用户角度去考虑?用户是谁?为谁服务?

自我介绍

devops是怎么做的?

会保留一些tag、镜像之类的东西吗?

DevOps是一种软件开发和运维的方法论,旨在通过自动化和协作来加快软件交付速度和质量。

DevOps的实践包括以下几个方面:

  1. 持续集成(Continuous Integration,CI):开发人员将代码频繁地集成到共享存储库中,然后进行自动化构建、测试和部署。

  2. 持续交付(Continuous Delivery,CD):将软件交付到生产环境的过程自动化,包括构建、测试、部署和配置等环节。

  3. 自动化测试:通过自动化测试来确保软件质量,包括单元测试、集成测试、功能测试、性能测试等。

  4. 基础设施即代码(Infrastructure as Code,IaC):使用代码来定义和管理基础设施,通过版本控制和自动化工具来管理和部署基础设施。

  5. 自动化部署:使用自动化工具来自动化软件的部署过程,减少人工操作,并确保一致性和可重复性。

关于保留tag、镜像等方面的问题,通常会使用容器技术(如Docker)来构建和管理应用程序的镜像。在DevOps中,镜像和相关的标签会被管理和存储在镜像仓库中,例如Docker Hub、私有镜像仓库等。这些镜像可以根据需要进行版本控制,并在部署过程中使用特定的标签进行指定。这样可以确保在不同环境中使用相同的镜像版本进行部署,提高了可重复性和一致性。

服务的属性配置用的什么?

docker是怎么做隔离的?

docker和宿主机有几种网络通信方式

服务的属性配置可以使用各种方法,具体取决于应用程序和部署环境。以下是一些常见的配置方法:

1. **Configuration file**: Use a configuration file to define the properties of the service. Configuration files can be in different formats like JSON, YAML, INI, etc. By reading the configuration file, the application can obtain the required property values ​​and configure accordingly.

2. **Environment variables**: Use environment variables to configure the properties of the service. Environment variables can be set at the operating system level or in the container runtime and read by the application. This approach separates property configuration from application code, making it easy to configure in different environments.

3. **Command line parameter**: pass the attribute configuration through the command line parameter. The application can parse the command line parameters and configure accordingly according to the parameter values. This approach is suitable for dynamically specifying property values ​​when starting an application.

4. **External Configuration Center**: Use an external configuration center (such as Consul, Etcd, ZooKeeper) to store and manage service attribute configurations. Applications can obtain attribute values ​​from the configuration center to achieve centralized configuration management and dynamic updates.

Regarding Docker isolation, Docker uses a variety of technologies to achieve container isolation:

1. **Namespaces**: Docker uses Linux namespace functions, such as PID namespace, network namespace, mount namespace, etc. Each container has its own independent namespace, so that the processes in the container can only see their own resources and isolate them from other containers.

2. **Control group (Cgroups)**: Docker uses the control group function of Linux to limit and manage the resource usage of containers. Through the control group, the CPU, memory, disk and other resources of the container can be restricted and allocated to prevent resource contention or exhaustion among containers.

3. **File system isolation**: Each Docker container has its own file system, and the container image layer and the writable layer are superimposed through the union file system (UnionFS) technology to realize file system isolation and sharing.

4. **Network isolation**: Docker provides a variety of network drivers and network modes, which can connect containers to different networks to achieve network isolation between containers and between containers and hosts. Each container has its own network stack, IP address and port space.

There are several common ways of network communication between Docker and the host:

1. **Bridge network**: Docker creates a virtual network bridge named `bridge` by default, and connects all containers to the bridge. The Docker daemon on the host machine acts as a gateway, handling the communication between containers and the external network. Containers can communicate with the host machine and other containers through the bridge network.

2. **Host mode**: In host mode, the container will directly use the host's network stack and share the network namespace with the host. In this way, the container can directly access network resources through the IP address of the host machine without port mapping or NAT.

3. **User-Defined Networks**: Docker allows the creation of user-defined networks into which containers can be connected. User-defined networks provide flexible network isolation and custom configuration options, allowing containers to communicate in their own network environment.

4. **Port mapping**: Docker supports port mapping to map the port of the container to a port on the host, so that the IP address and specific port of the host can be used to

What is the relationship between k8s and pod?

What standard does k8s define to manipulate docker

k8s has several service types

Kubernetes (often shortened to K8s) is an open source container orchestration platform for automating the deployment, scaling, and management of containerized applications. Pod is the smallest deployable unit in Kubernetes, which is a combination of one or more containers, sharing network and storage resources.

Kubernetes defines a set of standards to manipulate Docker containers for easier management and orchestration of containerized applications. These standards include:

  1. Pod: Pod is the most basic deployment unit in Kubernetes, which can contain one or more containers and share the same network and storage resources.

  2. Deployment: A Deployment is an object used to define and manage Pod replicas. It can specify the number of pod replicas to run, and provides rolling update and rollback functions.

  3. Service: Service is an abstraction used to expose a set of Pods to other services or external networks. It provides a stable network address for Pods, and can route requests to backend Pods through load balancing.

  4. ReplicaSet: A ReplicaSet is an object used to ensure that a specified number of Pod replicas are running. It can automatically scale up or down the number of Pods as needed.

  5. Namespace:Namespace是用于在Kubernetes集群中创建虚拟的隔离环境的对象。它可以帮助不同的团队或项目在同一个集群中独立地管理和部署应用程序。

Kubernetes有以下几种Service类型:

  1. ClusterIP:将Service暴露为集群内部的虚拟IP地址,只能在集群内部访问。

  2. NodePort:将Service暴露为每个节点上的静态端口,可以通过节点的IP地址和指定的端口访问Service。

  3. LoadBalancer:在云平台上创建负载均衡器,并将外部流量路由到Service。

  4. ExternalName:将Service映射到集群外部的CNAME记录,通过DNS解析访问Service。

这些Service类型可以根据应用程序的需求选择合适的方式来暴露和访问应用程序。

报警这边怎么做的?  

报警系统是指在系统运行时出现异常或故障时,自动发送报警信息给相关人员或团队,以便及时处理。报警系统通常包括以下几个方面:

  1. 监控指标:报警系统需要监控系统的关键指标,例如 CPU 使用率、内存占用率、磁盘空间使用率、网络流量等。通过监控这些指标,可以及时发现系统的异常或故障。

  2. 报警规则:报警系统需要根据监控指标设置相应的报警规则,例如当 CPU 使用率超过某个阈值时,自动发送报警信息给相关人员或团队。

  3. 报警方式:报警系统需要支持多种报警方式,例如邮件、短信、电话等。报警方式需要根据不同的场景进行选择和配置,以确保及时、准确地通知相关人员或团队。

  4. 报警响应:报警系统需要定义报警响应流程,例如当收到报警信息后,如何快速响应、如何排查和解决问题等。报警响应流程需要事先制定并进行演练,以确保在出现问题时能够快速、有效地响应。

总的来说,报警系统是保障系统稳定运行的重要组成部分,需要根据实际需求进行选择和配置。在配置报警系统时,需要考虑多个方面,例如监控指标、报警规则、报警方式和报警响应等,以确保系统在出现异常或故障时能够及时发现并进行处理。

在 Go 语言中,可以使用各种方法和工具来实现报警功能。以下是一些常见的做法:

  1. 日志监控:通过在应用程序中添加日志记录,并使用日志监控工具(如 ELK Stack、Prometheus)来实时收集和分析日志数据。当触发预定义的告警条件时,可以发送通知或触发其他操作。

  2. 指标监控:通过在应用程序中暴露关键指标(如请求处理时间、错误率、内存使用量等)并使用监控工具(如 Prometheus)进行采集和分析。当指标超过或低于阈值时,可以触发报警动作。

  3. 错误处理:在应用程序中合理处理和记录错误。可以设置针对不同类型错误的策略,例如发送电子邮件、短信或调用外部 API 发送报警信息。

  4. 心跳检测:定期向监控系统发送心跳信号以确认应用程序的可用性。如果心跳信号中断或无响应,监控系统可以触发报警。

  5. 运维工具:利用运维工具(如 Nagios、Zabbix)进行服务器和服务的监控。这些工具提供了广泛的监控能力和报警设置,可以覆盖硬件、网络、服务状态等方面。

  6. 第三方服务:使用第三方的监控和报警服务(如 Datadog、New Relic、PagerDuty)来集成和管理报警。这些服务通常提供了丰富的功能和灵活的配置选项。

具体选择哪种方法取决于你的需求和预算。一般来说,综合使用多种方法可以增加报警的可靠性和覆盖范围。另外,及时处理和响应报警也是保证系统稳定性和可用性的重要环节。

为什么没有用ELK

go怎么实现封装继承多态

在 Go 语言中,封装、继承和多态的概念与传统面向对象编程语言(如 Java、C++)略有不同。Go 语言没有明确的关键字来表示类、继承和多态,但可以使用一些技巧来实现相似的效果。

1. **封装**:Go 语言通过大小写字母区分成员的可访问性来实现封装。通常将首字母大写的标识符定义为公开的(public),可以在包外部访问,而首字母小写的标识符则为私有的(private),只能在包内部访问。通过合理地定义结构体字段和方法的可访问性,可以有效控制数据和行为的封装。

2. **组合**:Go 语言使用组合来实现代码重用。通过在结构体中嵌入其他类型(匿名字段),可以将其属性和方法继承到包含它的结构体中。这种方式可以看作是一种对象组合的形式,以实现代码的复用和模块化。

3. **接口**:Go 语言通过接口来实现多态。接口是一种抽象类型,定义了一组方法签名。通过实现接口中的方法,类型可以被赋值给接口变量,从而实现多态性。这样,不同的类型可以表现出相同的行为,简化了代码的编写和扩展。

综合使用封装、组合和接口,可以实现面向对象编程中的封装、继承和多态的概念。虽然 Go 语言没有明确的类和继承机制,但通过这些技巧,可以在代码中达到类似的效果。需要根据具体的需求和设计原则来决定如何组织和设计代码结构。

为什么go的变量申请类型,为了什么?

在Go语言中,变量声明时需要指定其类型,这是为了类型安全和编译器的类型检查。

类型安全:指的是在编译时能够检查变量是否被正确使用,以避免潜在的类型错误。通过在变量声明时指定类型,编译器可以确保变量在使用时与其预期的类型相符合,从而减少类型相关的编程错误。

编译器类型检查:Go语言是一种静态类型语言,编译器在编译时会对变量的类型进行检查。通过在变量声明时指定类型,编译器可以根据类型信息进行静态类型检查,确保变量的使用是类型安全的。这样可以提前发现和避免一些潜在的类型错误,减少运行时错误和调试时间。

另外,指定变量类型还可以提高代码的可读性和可维护性。通过明确指定变量的类型,可以使代码更易于理解,减少歧义和误解。同时,也可以方便代码的维护和修改,因为在变量声明时已经明确了其类型,后续对变量的修改或使用可以更加可控和可预期。

总结来说,Go语言中变量申请类型是为了类型安全、编译器的类型检查以及提高代码的可读性和可维护性。这些特性有助于减少潜在的类型错误,并提高代码的质量和可靠性。

京东面经

京东:三 / 四⾯技术 + HRBP
美团:四⾯技术 + HRBP + 专职HR

京东面试过程总结

⾯试方式:电话⾯试,他们都不露脸呀!好处是不⽤⼿撸代码了。
京东物流:三轮或四轮技术⾯
通常⼀或⼆⾯是研发同学(即未来跟你⼀起⼯作的同事)、⼆或三⾯(架构师T7或T8,要给你
定级的)、三或四⾯(部⻔负责⼈,也会有技术⾯)。你的定级是在最后两⾯综合来确定的。

京东⼀或⼆⾯

因为⼀⾯或⼆⾯都是研发同学。 基本都是常⻅的⼀些⾯试题,也不会很深,群⾥同学肯定都
会。个⼈在部⻔内曾推⼴过 Apollo 配置中⼼,⾯试官也会让你说出实现原理。 京东内部应该是
不使⽤ Dubbo 的,他们的RPC框架叫做「
JSF」,内部实现机制 应该是跟 Dubbo 很像。 所以 京东⾯试官要问RPC,基本都问到 Dubbo 实现原理,内部扩展机制等等,肯定不会问 JSF了,也没开源。

京东架构师⾯

项⽬问的很详细,说的我很累~ 基本每个项⽬具体实现⽅案、亮点都讲了⼀下,遇到的问题。
具体技术⾯:
1. JVM & GC 1)你们JVM线上使⽤的什么垃圾回收算法?CMS、G1
2. 详细说⼀下CMS垃圾回收算法回收过程?4个阶段
3. CMS中的remark阶段⽐较慢,怎么分析和解决?
XX: +CMSScavengeBeforeRemark Remark前提前来⼀次YGC;增加CMS回收的线程数...
1. 线上如何来分析GC问题?
2. JVM线上是如何调优的?
3. 1.7和1.8中jvm内存结构的区别?
4. Will Metaspace memory be reclaimed when Full GC occurs?
database
1. How to deal with the lock waiting problem? A local transaction is called in a transaction, and the RPC interface is also called? I say it involves
Distributed transactions, he said no, put the RPC interface call at the end... However, the actual logic is not necessarily like this...
He probably wanted to ask how to deal with deadlocks and gap locks. He talked about the solution to deadlocks, and he didn’t get too far.
to the point.
2. Cache & High Concurrency 1) How to ensure the consistency between cache and database under high concurrency? 2) In the case of high concurrency, deduct inventory such as
What to do? How to optimize? Refer to article 3 in the Shishan Architecture Notes. When the queue is full, the core thread is idle and the extended thread
Also idle, who gets it from the queue?
3. JUC 1) Why should a core thread of coreSize size be created first in the thread pool? 2) The content of each parameter in the thread pool
Can you explain?
4. Framework & source code 1) What are the specific differences between SpringCloud and RPC? 2) What have you encountered in Spring Cloud
Pit, which specifically downgrades the pit of the Eureka registration center. 3) The calculation of the number of times reported in the last minute is wrong, bug 4) Self-protection
It is not 90 seconds to remove the Down server, it is also a bug, at least 180 seconds or more.
5. Algorithm questions 1) A question in Programming Pearls: a random number of 4 billion, please find the number that does not exist 2) A very large
The list in the list is of int type, how to achieve summation? Because of the telegram, I talked about my thoughts

Leaders of JD.com's four departments

1. Introduce the highlights of the project, a project with a sense of accomplishment
2. JVM-related in-depth 1) In-depth discussion of CMS, GC Roots, how to perform GC across generations? a bit divergent, mentioned
GC Roots Tracing, Rset, Card Table 2) Do you understand ParallelScavenge, what algorithm? Actually
Replication Algorithm [Serial Old or Parallel Old can be used in the old age] 3) Why can't it be used with CMS
Woolen cloth? ? Later, I heard that the person in charge had read the source code of jvm, and the research was very in-depth.
3. How to optimize MySQL index? 1) Suppose there are dozens of table fields, how to create the index? All fields are
能建吗?区分度、选择性、列基数 2)MySQL为什么是B + 树的结构,为什么不能是红⿊树
呢?优化的是什么,优化的是磁盘IO,减少磁盘寻址。
4. MQ队列⽤了哪些,Kafka,那⾦融场景下,Kafka如何保证消息不丢失?ack = -1,
Leader-->ISR写⼊所有的follower 5、Redis⽤过哪些数据结构?zset底层是什么结构,
hash和跳表,为什么是跳表,查找效率⾼。
5. 其他 1)⾃身优缺点? 2)⼀句话总结下⾃⼰? 3)对待加班的看法?

美团面经1

美团A部⻔门⾯面试过程汇总

⾯试⽅式: ⽜客⽹视频链接,因为可以⼿撸代码 ⼀般职级越⾼,技术⾯试轮次越多。
3-1以下应该是三轮技术⾯。
3-1通常四轮技术⾯,⼀、⼆轮技术和项⽬负责⼈⾯,三、四轮是交叉⾯或部⻔领导
⾯,五⾯是HRBP,六⾯专职HR谈薪⽔。
收到offer后接受开始背调,⼀般需要5个⼯作⽇背调结果给到公司,联系⼈及⼯作时间
必须准确⽆误。
3-2以上据⾄少五轮技术⾯,没这待遇啊。⼤体这样,当然每个部⻔安排顺序不⼀定相
同。因为是两个部⻔都做了⾯试,⾯试官⻛格也不⼤⼀样。

【美团A部门一面技术】

1. JVM如何优化的?CMS算法执⾏流程?什么情况下发⽣的Full GC?
2. 分布式事务讲⼀下?结合项⽬想讲的可靠消息⼀致性实现⽅案 + 最⼤努⼒送达通知
⽅案,最后也提到了单应⽤多DB(
JPA)、TCC事务以及适⽤场景。
3. ES是如何调优的?副本机制作⽤?写⼊doc操作执⾏过程?
4. 其他也都是基础问题,印象不是很深刻了。

【美团A部门二面技术】

1. 将最近做的两个项⽬详细讲解 + 现场画出整体系统架构图并结合架构图讲解+ 设计
模式类图 我是拿了⼀张纸,画出来然后对着电脑屏幕开讲,这⾯试画⻛可以想象⼀
下哈,⾯试官隔着屏幕看。
2. 因聊的项⽬时间⽐较⻓,也因为电脑快没电了,所以接下来⼏道技术题他出完我很
快回答出来了。
3. MySQL数据库底层实现结构?B+树结构,也讲了数据⻚,以及⻚⽬录相关的
4. Spring Bean循环依赖如何解决的? 5 .MyBatis⼆级缓存如何实现的?
5. 有个项⽬⽤的分布式缓存是CouchBase,要求讲下CouchBase基本原理?
6. RabbitMQ如何保证⾼可⽤的?queue数据在节点之间如何同步的?死信队列 如何实
现的?
技术回答的很快,最后丢⼀句「等HR电话」,我是有点懵逼,难道都该聊到hr ⾯了,
这不才2⾯技术⾯么。 因为电脑⻢上没电了,没有多问,已经聊了⼀个半⼩时了。 后来
才知道,是等HR电话通知我约下⼀个⾯试官啊。。。果然是好久没⾯试 了^_^ 【美团A部门三面技术】
讲解了项⽬的从客户端到后端的具体流程。主要问了⼀些扩展技术⾯,⽐如Http2都有
哪些改进的?Redis最新特性了解哪些?等等吧,总体也不是很难的。

【美团A部门四面技术】

1. ⾃我介绍、介绍具体项⽬突出贡献
2. 离职原因?业务⽅向如何考虑的? 职业规划?
3. ⾼并发与性能的关系?根据项⽬经验⾃有发挥吧,但尽量还是答案宏观⼀点。
4. 缓存和数据库⼀致性如何保证的?谈到了分布式锁,那详细讲讲分布式锁实现?
redis setnx、redisson、zookeeper
5. 项⽬架构中如何做技术选型?
6. 有什么要问我的吗?

【美团A部门五⾯面HRBP】

1. 为什么要离职,基于什么原因考虑的?
2. 你的未来职业规划是什么样的?项⽬中的⻆⾊是什么样的?
3. 你认为⾃⼰还有哪些需要提升的吗?
4. 你在团队中的绩效如何?
5. 有什么需要问我的吗?

美团面经2

美团B部⻔门⾯面试过程汇总

【美团B部门一⾯ 技术】

1. JVM中的CMS和G1垃圾回收算法具体区别?
2. 问了两道线程池相关问题,觉得没啥问题了 此时,话锋⼀转,咱们聊聊中间件相关
吧 【后来听说,⼈家是有个⾯试⼩模板^+^ 】
接下来开始问中间件相关:
1. Dubbo 1.1 说⼀下Dubbo的具体执⾏流程,涉及哪些模块,作⽤? 1.2 使⽤过过
Dubbo哪些特性,做过哪些扩展?Dubbo⾥的泛化有了解过吗? 1.3 Dubbo中的注
册中⼼Zookeeper是如何注册上去的?
2. Zookeeper 2.1 Zookeeper节点有哪⼏种类型(临时、持久)? 2.2 如何注册的,
如何选举的(选举算法?), 2.3 如何完成监听或者说是订阅的? 2.4 提到了分布
式锁,在Curator框架中是如何实现的,watch机制本地数据结构啥样的?
3. Redis 3.1 都⽤过哪些数据类型?分别介绍下使⽤场景? 3.2 持久化机制,AOF、
RDB具体区别有哪些? 3.3 Redis 主从同步机制是怎么样的,⽐如slave启动之后同
步过程? 3.4 Redis Cluster集群如何选主的? 3.5 Redis Cluster 跟哨兵模式有什
么区别吗? 3.6 Sentinel 哨兵模式是如何选主的?这⾥说跟cluster差不多,追问了
下,其实还是有些区别的, sdown odown 主观宕机、客观宕机⽅式不太⼀样
4. Kafka 4.1 ⽣产端是如何发送⼀条消息到Broker的? 4.2 具体可以调整哪些参数提
升吞吐量? 4.3 消费端发⽣rebalance的过程是怎样的?⽐如有⼀个新的consumer
加⼊ 到了Group中是个什么流程?
5. ⼿写算法 算法题:⼀个链表,输⼊k,⽐如k=3,翻转前3个链表值

【美团B部门二⾯技术】

1. 都是发散探讨性的题⽬⽐如⽤过CouchBase,那你觉得CouchBase有哪些不⾜的地
⽅,哪些不够专注的?谈到专注,我也提到了Redis不够专注,因为Redis5.0还提供
了Stream作为持久化队列解决⽅案,Redis应该更专注分布式缓存这块,反⽽野⼼
也很⼤,还要⽀持类似MQ的功能,并且也参考了Kafka设计思想,所以也不够专
注。
2. Handwritten multi-threaded questions: T1 thread outputs all A, T2 thread outputs all B, and T3 thread outputs all C.
Find the output sequence after the three threads start: ABCABCABC
The elder brother of the second technical side is from Tsinghua University, and the person in charge of the Jingdong project is also from Tsinghua University. Both of them have a common characteristic,
That is, the topics are relatively divergent. It is to discuss technology and implementation with you, from the shallower to the deeper, and see how you think
Exam, why such a design? Is there any better solution?
[Meituan B department three-sided technology]
The director of the department mainly talked about the project, and also talked about the Reactor mode. Because it has been confirmed to go to another department, no
Arrange a cross-face, or have already had a cross-face, if you decide to go to this department, you may not necessarily rearrange it again,
The cross-interviewer is not very easy to meet, its main function is to check, and the decision is still made by the department
door interview.

Guess you like

Origin blog.csdn.net/niwoxiangyu/article/details/131534259